74370078YLPFWHE337162023-01-012023-12-3174370078YLPFWHE337162022-01-012022-12-3174370078YLPFWHE337162023-12-3174370078YLPFWHE337162022-12-3174370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-3174370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:AdditionalPaidinCapitalMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMemberiso4217:EURiso4217:EURxbrli:shares74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:PreviouslyStatedMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMemberifrs-full:FinancialEffectOfCorrectionsOfAccountingErrorsMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMemberifrs-full:FinancialEffectOfCorrectionsOfAccountingErrorsMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMemberifrs-full:FinancialEffectOfCorrectionsOfAccountingErrorsMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:AdditionalPaidinCapitalMemberifrs-full:FinancialEffectOfCorrectionsOfAccountingErrorsMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMemberifrs-full:FinancialEffectOfCorrectionsOfAccountingErrorsMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMemberifrs-full:FinancialEffectOfCorrectionsOfAccountingErrorsMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMemberifrs-full:FinancialEffectOfCorrectionsOfAccountingErrorsMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:FinancialEffectOfCorrectionsOfAccountingErrorsMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:AdditionalPaidinCapitalMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember74370078YLPFWHE337162021-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember74370078YLPFWHE337162022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember74370078YLPFWHE337162022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember74370078YLPFWHE337162022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember74370078YLPFWHE337162022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:AdditionalPaidinCapitalMember74370078YLPFWHE337162022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember74370078YLPFWHE337162022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember74370078YLPFWHE337162022-01-012022-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember74370078YLPFWHE337162022-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember74370078YLPFWHE337162022-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember74370078YLPFWHE337162022-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember74370078YLPFWHE337162022-12-31ifrs-full:AdditionalPaidinCapitalMember74370078YLPFWHE337162022-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember74370078YLPFWHE337162022-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember74370078YLPFWHE337162022-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember74370078YLPFWHE337162023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember74370078YLPFWHE337162023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember74370078YLPFWHE337162023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember74370078YLPFWHE337162023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:AdditionalPaidinCapitalMember74370078YLPFWHE337162023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember74370078YLPFWHE337162023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember74370078YLPFWHE337162023-01-012023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember74370078YLPFWHE337162023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember74370078YLPFWHE337162023-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember74370078YLPFWHE337162023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember74370078YLPFWHE337162023-12-31ifrs-full:AdditionalPaidinCapitalMember74370078YLPFWHE337162023-12-31ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember74370078YLPFWHE337162023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember74370078YLPFWHE337162023-12-31ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember
ANNUAL
REPORT
2023
Part 1 - Annual review
Multitude SE in brief 4
The year 2023 in brief 6
Remarks from the CEO 8
Multitude’s history 12
What is Multitude? 14
Why investors trust us 18
ESG Report 21
Legal and regulatory environment 86
Part 2 - Financial review
Board of Directors’ report 2023 90
Financial key figures and ratios 92
Business unit highlights 94
Ferratum 94
CapitalBox 98
Sweep Bank 102
Wholesale banking 106
Key developments and progress 2023 110
Shares of the company 119
Consolidated financial statements 2023 (audited) 124
Multitude SE separate financial statements 2023 (audited) 252
Contents
3
Multitude SE
in brief
Multitude SE in brief
Multitude (“Multitude”, “Company”, “we”, “the Group” are used interchangeably for the purpose of
this report) is a listed European FinTech company offering digital lending and online banking services
to consumers, small and medium-sized businesses, and other FinTechs overlooked by traditional
banks. We provide services through three independent business units, supported by our internal
Banking-as-a-Service (BaaS) growth platform. In 2023, our business units comprised Ferratum
(consumer lending), CapitalBox (SME lending), and SweepBank (banking app). In 2024, SweepBank
will become an underlying enabler of a broadened offering at Ferratum (from consumer lending
to consumer banking) and CapitalBox (from SME lending to SME banking) to better serve our
customers. In November 2023, we announced our plan to form a new business unit in 2024 that
offers wholesale banking that would be managed by Multitude Bank on behalf of the Group. As a
Group, we employ over 700 people in 25 countries and provide services in 16 countries. In 2023,
we achieved a combined turnover of EUR 230 million. Our company was founded in Finland in
2005 and is listed on the Prime Standard segment of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange under the
symbol ‘FRU’.
Strategic integration in 2024
During 2024, SweepBank’s assets will become an integral part of the well-established business
units Ferratum and CapitalBox. SweepBank will maintain its identity in the mobile banking and
shopping sector, ensuring customers retain the brand’s familiarity. Simultaneously, they will gain
access to new product offerings through Ferratum and CapitalBox.
The wholesale banking offering is emerging as new independent business unit with-
in the Group. This business unit has a twofold offering: Secured Debt (formerly called
Warehouse lending) and Payment Solution. After successfully piloting these products in 2023, the
teams, processes, and technology are poised for expansion in 2024.
4
COMPANY FACTS
OUR BUSINESS UNITS THROUGHOUT 2023
5
Year in brief
The year 2023 in brief
KEY HIGHLIGHTS:
• We reached our ambitious guidance: EUR 45.6 million EBIT
• Interest income increased by 8.5% from EUR 212.5 million in 2022 to EUR 230.5 million in 2023
• Net profit increased by 39.6% from EUR 11.8 million in 2022 to EUR 16.4 million in 2023
• Basic earnings per share increased by 34.2% from EUR 0.38 in 2022 to EUR 0.51 in 2023
6
SIGNIFICANT EVENTS:
• The Board of Directors of Multitude SE proposed a transfer of the company’s registered office
from Finland to Switzerland via a temporary location in Malta
• Multitude strengthened its commitment to sustainability by joining the Partnership for Carbon
Accounting Financials (PCAF)
• We initiated an all-employees shareholder programme to strengthen employee ownership
• We announced our new guidance for the next three years: Net profit to reach EUR 30 million in 2026
• We announced changes in our Group structure during November 2023 Capital Markets Day,
which will take place from January 2024 onwards
• SweepBank business unit will no longer be reported
• Instead of reporting under SweepBank, Wholesale Banking will be reported going forward as
a separate business unit (wholesale banking was previously reported under SweepBank during
the year 2023)
• SweepBank assets will be integrated into Ferratum and CapitalBox business units
• The Board of Directors proposes to the Annual General Meeting 2024 to distribute a dividend
of EUR 0.19 per share
7
Remarks
from the CEO
Dear Shareholders,
Nineteen years ago, Multitude’s story began with a group of visionary individuals in Helsinki,
Finland. We wondered why the financial sector had yet to evolve to address the modern customer’s
needs. The finance world seemed to trail behind as other industries swiftly embraced digital
solutions. Identifying a genuine need, we took matters into our own hands. Our goal was to
design fully digital, user-friendly, and fast solutions tailored to the financial needs of consumers
and SMEs often overlooked by traditional banks. These three principles have guided us strongly
from the start, shaping the core of the Multitude approach.
Since founding, I’ve had the honour of being the CEO and working with an incredible, talented
and committed team. Together, we share a dream: to help our customers, who traditional banks
ignore, achieve their dreams and goals. Our mission is to change the financial industry, making it
faster, easier, and more environmentally friendly. This mission drives all our actions and inspires
the Multitude team daily, fuelling our motivation and energy for nearly two decades. To clarify
our goal, we’ve defined our vision as becoming the most valued financial platform for overlooked
customers. This vision gives us a shared direction and a metric against which we can measure our
progress.
At Multitude, we work smart by leveraging abundant data and cutting-edge technology technol-
ogies such as AI and Machine Learning to enhance every aspect of our operations, spanning from
marketing to risk management.
Thanks to our agile way of working and our commitment to finding the best talent from anywhere
in the world, our team can move fast and quickly improve where needed. Multitude’s technology
is based on advanced microservice architecture and cloud-based systems, ensuring our solutions
are both powerful and ready to scale. Most importantly, our focus lies in ensuring our customers
enjoy exceptional experiences with our products and constantly looking for areas of improvement.
It’s how we work at Multitude, and these are the principles we believe in.
We recognise that 2023 was a tough year for many companies, including the players in the
FinTech sector. Despite this, it was a year of continuous success for our growth platform and
business units. Our target customer segments grew in our business units, partly because many
other banks and financial institutions began changing their services and treating some customers
8
unfavourably. As a result, many valuable customers were left without service from their usual
banks. This led to increased customer demand and intake on our side, driving our revenue up by
8.5% to reach EUR 230.5 million in 2023. Our EBIT grew by 44.8% during the same period, reaching
EUR 45.6 million. We are proud to say that we’ve met our ambitious guidance of increasing
EBIT by 50% per year for the third consecutive year! The main contributors to the EBIT growth
were stable credit risk management, fixed costs management, and increased sales, offsetting
the higher funding costs and allowing us to diversify effectively. This remarkable achievement
strongly indicates that we’ve chosen and executed our strategy well.
Over the past year, many of you have inquired about the remarkable success of our business,
especially when some of our industry peers are facing challenging times. My answer is straightforward:
we have revitalised our commitment to a laser-sharp focus on supporting SMEs, consumers, and
institutional customers, which other banks often overlook. Keeping our operations simple, swift,
and driven by technology and data enables our customers access to exceptional financial services.
We have also observed a positive direction sparked by a transformative change within our teams.
Our people have raised their expectations of each other, fostering more direct communication, even
on challenging topics, and have shown a healthy increase in overall enthusiasm and ownership. This
is due to a combination of factors: our investment in internal training programs, positive customer
feedback, improved share and bonus programmes, and our general success and high performance.
At the end of 2023, Multitude had its third Capital Markets Day, where we presented two strategic
decisions and changes that have significantly contributed to improving our future operations. First,
we integrated SweepBank into our established operations, enhancing our business units in consumer
lending (Ferratum) and SME lending (CapitalBox). SweepBank will keep its name in the mobile banking
and shopping sector, ensuring customers continue to enjoy the brand they know while benefiting
from new product offerings from Ferratum and CapitalBox. This strategic move expands our potential
and paves the way for introducing new products and innovations to benefit our customers.
Our second decision was to launch a new business unit at the beginning of 2023, Wholesale
Banking. It has two products: Secured Debt, previously recognised as warehouse lending, and a
comprehensive payment solution infrastructure initially developed to cater to our internal business
needs. We are now prepared to extend the availability of our Payment Solution to external FinTech
firms and banking institutions.
9
Jorma Jokela
Founder and CEO, Multitude SE
During the preceding year’s Capital Market Day, we presented the revised total addressable
markets for each of our business units. We still have a small market share, which indicates, that
we are at the beginning of our story. The total addressable market, as measured by portfolio size,
stood at EUR 25 billion in consumer banking, EUR 15 billion in SME banking, and EUR 16 billion in
wholesale banking.
Multitude’s FinTech growth platform is the backbone of our strategy. Centralising compliance, our
banking licence, technology stack, and customer management allow our business units to focus
on enhancing their customer experiences and sales. In the future, we will have three business units
operating independently on our platform: Ferratum for consumer banking, CapitalBox for SME
banking, and wholesale banking, managed by Multitude Bank, for banking, lending, and payment
services to larger companies. SweepBank’s customers, now part of the consumer and SME units,
will enjoy an enriched array of services.
In line with our platform’s emphasis on scalability and exploring new ventures, we invested in Sortter
Oy at the beginning of 2023. Sortter is a leading Scandinavian financial services comparison
platform. Our investment signals our readiness to embrace new opportunities. Whether Sortter
becomes a new business unit or a catalyst for growth, we see significant opportunities to support its
accelerated development and expand our global reach and Multitude’s growth platform. Every step
we take, whether through our current business units or future ones, is a part of our commitment to
support customers overlooked by traditional banks.
Looking ahead, our strategy for profitable growth builds on three pillars: organic growth, acquisitions,
and partnerships.
• For organic growth, we aim to significantly enhance our AI applications and further automate
our processes while broadening our product offerings for customers. This approach will
improve our services and help us manage costs more effectively. Our newly launched wholesale
banking unit will be crucial to our future success.
• Through acquisitions, we plan to expand our profitable growth into new countries and introduce
new products.
• Partnerships are equally vital, enabling us to expand our product range through new distribution
channels and enhance our offerings with embedded finance solutions.
Investing in our business is more than just developing products and solutions or improving our
operations. Investing time, money, and effort into our culture and people is just as important.
As I finish this letter, I want to share Multitude’s management’s dream with you: To increase its
valuation to EUR 1 billion within the next five years. Thank you to the team, supporters, and investors
for a fantastic year exceeding many expectations. We’re excited to keep working hard to increase
value for our shareholders.
Best regards,
10
Multitude’s
history
Our journey to positive impact
In 2005, our Founder and CEO, Jorma Jokela, drew inspiration from an article about the Grameen
Bank in Bangladesh—a pioneering institution serving overlooked people with small loans. This
visionary concept led him to realise the transformative potential of merging finance with mobile
technology, an unexplored frontier in the Western world at the time. Through digital distribution of
financial services, he could effectively address the needs of Europe’s underserved people. Ferratum, a
pioneering digital consumer lender, was born. Some years later, we broadened the consumer offering
with banking and applied the same approach of serving the underserved to businesses through
CapitalBox. In 2024, we extended it even further to other FinTechs through a new wholesale banking
offering.
The World Savings and Retail Banking Institute reports in their latest study back in 2022 that more
than 13 million adult EU citizens still lack access to formal financial services, with room for Europe’s
savings and retail banks to continue contributing to financial inclusion. This alarming discrepancy in
access has resulted in a growing segment of the population with dwindling options at their disposal.
We aim to make a threefold positive impact. By extending financial access to these overlooked
customers, we enable them to have bank accounts and navigate financial challenges effectively.
Simultaneously, our services for businesses foster economic growth, job creation, and
entrepreneurship. Furthermore, our initiatives contribute to cultivating financial literacy and
expertise, opening pathways to economic prosperity and, ultimately, wealth accumulation for
previously marginalised people.
MULTITUDE’S HISTORY
12
Some of the most significant milestones in our history:
• Founded in 2005 in Finland and originally named Ferratum, we pioneered digital financial solutions.
From the beginning, we focused on fast, easy, and entirely digital consumer loans. This approach
built the foundation of our core values, which still apply today.
• Within just a few years, we expanded rapidly across Europe. Between 2006 and 2011, we entered
multiple markets each year while diversifying our product portfolio for consumers from bullet
loans to instalment loans and credit limits.
• In 2012, we were granted a banking licence, enabling further EU expansion. This strategic
milestone led to significant growth opportunities, one of the biggest being in Germany. In
addition, it gave us a significant competitive edge and capital efficiency by allowing us to fund
growth through deposit funding.
• Completing our Initial Public Offering in 2015 on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange in Prime Standard
was another pivotal milestone for us and allowed us to raise substantial capital. We also began our
expansion into SME lending by offering businesses rapid digital working capital financing.
• In 2016, we launched fully digital banking solutions to consumers, providing them with an even
broader range of financial services.
• Despite the challenges of the COVID-19 pandemic in 2019-2021, we were able to show our
resilience and adaptability by strategically focusing on European markets.
• In 2021, we rebranded from Ferratum to Multitude. We also introduced a dynamic, agile approach
to working while unveiling a transformative business strategy of being a growth platform that
nurtures Ferratum, CapitalBox, and SweepBank as independent business units. We aimed for
robust and profitable growth from 2021 to 2024.
In November 2023, Multitude announced the integration of the SweepBank business unit into its
existing business units, Ferratum and CapitalBox, including the launch of a new business unit
for wholesale banking managed by Multitude Bank. The integration of SweepBank aims to
streamline our operations and enhance our capabilities across various financial industry sectors
to serve our customers better.
13
What is
Multitude?
Multitude is a listed European FinTech company offering digital lending and online banking services
to consumers, small and medium-sized businesses, and other FinTechs overlooked by traditional
banks. We provide services through three independent business units, supported by our internal
Banking-as-a-Service (BaaS) growth platform.
In 2023, our business units comprised Ferratum (consumer lending), CapitalBox (SME lend-
ing), and SweepBank (banking app). In 2024, SweepBank will become an underlying en-
abler of a broadened offering at Ferratum (from consumer lending to consumer banking)
and CapitalBox (from SME lending to SME banking) to better serve our customers. In No-
vember 2023, we announced the plan to form a new business unit in 2024 that would offer
wholesale banking managed by Multitude Bank on behalf of the Group.
As a Group, we employ over 700 people in 25 countries and provide services in 16 countries. In
2023, we achieved a combined turnover of EUR 230 million. Our company was founded in Finland
in 2005 and is listed in the Prime Standard of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange under the symbol
‘FRU’.
14
How we, as Multitude Group, will reach our ambitious vision
of building the most valuable financial platform
for overlooked customers
We built the core of our strategy, the growth platform, from value-adding components,
such as our technology stack, compliance framework, Multitude Bank’s banking processes
and licence, and various centralised functions that support business operations.
How we define overlooked customers
At Multitude, overlooked customers are individuals or businesses that may not meet traditional
financial players’ criteria. Alternatively, many financial service providers, from conventional to
neo banks, do not have the experience and tools to assess them properly. Such overlooked
customers might have a limited credit history, irregular income, or unconventional financial
needs. These are all reasons to be overlooked by traditional banks and lenders.
In addition, underserved communities, including those in rural or low-income areas, may also be
overlooked due to limited access to financial services or discriminatory practices. Addressing
the needs of these overlooked customers takes us back to the original spark of inspiration
that led to founding of Multitude, Nobel Prize winner Dr Muhammad Yunus, with his Grameen
Bank in Bangladesh. These overlooked customers require innovative approaches and inclusive
financial products to access potentially life-changing, essential banking and lending services.
Through our robust and proven combination and experience in credit risk scoring and a digital-
only approach, we are ideally positioned to address the needs of many of these overlooked
and underserved customers.
Multitude growth platform
We designed our services to be accessible to anyone, anywhere, anytime and built our business
on these principles from the first day of operations. Our commitment to them remains as strong
as ever. The core enabler for us today is our growth platform, an internal provider of Banking-as-
a-Service (BaaS). As a vital enabler of scalability, our centralised and standardised operations to
offer BaaS are built on its six elements:
• Compliance framework
• Banking licence
• Technology stack
• Big data and AI
• Product library
• Customer management systems and processes
15
Multitude’s growth platform generates value through these core elements that our customers can
leverage. Complemented with a solid track record, despite macroeconomic challenges and changes
during our history, we continue to build an ecosystem of sustainable finance for our customers.
These customers comprise our internal business units and external institutional customers. The pri-
mary value that we unlock for customers derives from one or multiple of the following factors:
• Faster and leaner execution of their business
• Attractive funding conditions through our access to deposit funding
• Benefiting from our global pool of talents with over 40 nationalities
• Cross-selling opportunities between customers
• Scalability through the combined power of all the above
2024 GROWTH PLATFORM2024 GROWTH PLATFORM
an internal Banking-as-a-Service platform for our business
units, is key to enabling our growth and scalability
16
Our growth platform as an engine empowers us to create the most valuable financial platform
for overlooked customers. The underlying technology of this platform was developed by more
than 200 internal technology and IT professionals and is based on:
• A highly available cloud-native infrastructure
• Flexible domain-driven design
• Automated business processes and workflows
• Unified identity and access management
• Fast and secure APIs
• Scalable event-driven architecture
• Real-time monitoring
• Data integration and data analytics
• A vast number of external integrations
A variety of mobile and web platforms aim to transcend the hassle of physical banking and
manual financial transactions. Over the past 18 years, we have developed proprietary data and
credit scoring algorithms that deliver instant credit decisions digitally. Our technology and data,
paired with the regulatory experience from global operations over so many years, brings us a
significant competitive advantage in large-scale financial industry disruption as it allows us to make
fully risk-assessed scoring at a pace and scale unmatched by traditional banks, neo-banks, or the
general lending industry. In 2023, through the internal customers of our growth platform, Sweep-
Bank, Ferratum and CapitalBox, our platform served over 400,000 customers in 16 countries.
Multitude in 2024
At Multitude, we embark on an ambitious three-year plan to expand our growth platform’s
customer base significantly. Alongside our established consumer banking unit, Ferratum,
catering to individuals and our SME banking unit, CapitalBox, serving small and medium-sized
enterprises, we introduce a new offering of wholesale banking, managed by Multitude Bank.
This new banking service targets larger companies and was previously integrated into
SweepBank alongside our shopping and financing app and prime lending services.
The service of wholesale banking will become its own unit as we integrate SweepBank, with
its offerings other than wholesale banking, into Ferratum and CapitalBox. This integration
optimises our operations as a Group, enhancing our capabilities across various financial
sectors. SweepBank, retaining its identity in mobile banking and shopping, will offer
customers access to new products through Ferratum and CapitalBox. The wholesale banking
services focus on Secured Debt and Payment Solution and are set for significant expansion
in 2024 following successful piloting in 2023.
In 2024, we look forward to delivering innovative financial services through our three
independent business units: Ferratum for consumer banking, CapitalBox for SME banking,
and the new business unit managed by Multitude Bank offering wholesale banking. Our
commitment to driving organic growth, alongside strategic partnerships and acquisitions,
underscores our dedication to extending our value chain and global presence. We anticipate
financing these initiatives primarily through self-generated free cash flow, ensuring sustainable
growth and innovation in the years ahead.
17
Why investors
trust us
With a proven track record of profitable growth in the FinTech
megatrend, our investment case is unique
19 years track record of profitable growth in FinTech and digitalisation
megatrends
Since our foundation 19 years ago, we have been one of the pioneers and become a market leader
in the FinTech megatrend with our fully digitalised financial platform. Our lending and investment
portfolio has grown by 15% per year on average since 2017, reaching EUR 638 million at the end of
2023. We are growing highly profitably and aim to improve our net profit by a factor of 2.5 to at
least EUR 30 million by 2026.
Unique business platform to support growth along the FinTech and financial
services value chain
We offer highly regulated, independent financial and banking services in 16 individually regulated
countries and across multiple segments. Our business model is based on a unique financial
platform which allows us to offer fully digitalised, fast, easy, and green financial services to
customers overlooked and underserved by other financial institutions. This platform provides a
state-of-the-art compliance framework and technology, a banking licence, makes targeted use
of AI and big data, and is perfectly tailored to customer needs. In 2023, approx. 400,000 cus-
tomers accessed services across three segments in the FinTech value chain: consumer lending
(Ferratum), SME lending (CapitalBox), and an app for shopping and financing (SweepBank). In
2024, we integrate SweepBank into Ferratum and CapitalBox, and a new business unit, Whole-
sale Banking managed by Multitude Bank, will emerge.
Significant organic and inorganic potential for further profitable growth
The growth of our platform is built on three fundamentals: organic growth, partnerships and
acquisitions. Organic growth will be driven by enhanced customer centricity, a more direct
approach, and a continued product and country portfolio expansion. Partnerships will be
established based on sales alliances, the offering of additional services, and embedded finan-
cial solutions. Acquisitions will help us enter new countries and products, enhance our offering
in existing markets, and attract new segments into the growth platform. In addition, substantial
economies of scale will support our profitability.
18
Sound financial basis and robust risk management to support growth
In addition to high resilience through diversification of activities, Multitude’s strategic focus remains
on the financial stability and risk minimisation of our business model. As a result, we reported solid
cash and cash equivalents of EUR 284 million at the end of 2023. The Group’s net equity ratio, one
of the most important measures of capital adequacy, stood at 26% and our total equity stood at
EUR 184 million. Our coverage ratio for impaired loans (ILCR) stood at 16.6%.
Clear commitment to value generation supported by focused ESG strategy and values
In everything we do, we focus on increasing value for all our stakeholders: our employees,
customers, partners, and shareholders. Our profitable growth is expected to increase our company’s
value sustainably. At the same time, Multitude’s shareholders also benefit from the fact that we
allow them to participate appropriately in the company’s success with a payout ratio of 25 to 50%
of our net profits. A clear commitment to sustainability also flanks our growth strategy. This com-
mitment is documented in a detailed sustainability strategy and ambitious sustainability targets to
minimise our environmental footprint by 2025 and 2030.
19
20
Multitude
Group ESG
Report 2023 –
Responsible
Financial
Services for the
Overlooked
Customer
ESG Report 2023
22
About the ESG Report 2023 24
Responsible financial services for the overlooked customer 25
Our ESG priorities 29
Our material topics 30
Towards a net-zero digital future 32
Our people 44
Serving our communities 56
Creating value and protecting the wellbeing of our customers 57
Governance and ethics 62
EU Taxonomy disclosure 71
GRI Index 2023 76
Contents
ESG Report 2023
23
ESG Report
2023
About the ESG Report 2023
We are proud to present our ESG Report 2023, highlighting our commitment to ESG principles
and sustainable transformation within our operations and the society we impact through financial
products and services.
This report marks the third ESG report under our new name and strategy as Multitude Group, with
our growth platform and mission to democratise financial services through digitalisation, making
them fast, easy, and green.
The ESG Report 2023 provides insight into the environmental, social, and governance matters we
manage through our programmes, strategies, and performance indicators. This report covers our
activities in 2023 and serves to meet the obligations under Chapter 3a of the Finnish Accounting
Act 1336/1997, based on Directive 2014/95/EU.
In producing this report, we used the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards and emerging
regulatory frameworks, to show transparency and alignment with good practice.
Recognising that there are linkages between ESG reporting and enabling effective strategy
development towards sustainable business practices, we are resolute in advancing disclosure that
addresses stakeholder information needs.
For investor related queries, please contact lasse.makela@multitude.com.
ESG Report 2023
24
Responsible financial services for the
overlooked customer
Our business model as a growth platform providing financial services to the overlooked customer
is ESG-led. Our mission drives an approach that enables financial and social inclusion, supports
global climate ambitions, and limits potential carbon emissions through the absence of a physical
branch network.
We demonstrated sustainable value creation through our inclusive product offering with three
business units: Ferratum (consumer lending), CapitalBox (SME lending), and SweepBank (shopping
and financing app). The products of these business units each serve a unique customer segment
with unique needs for banking and finance. A new independent business unit is emerging within
Multitude Group in 2024. The business unit has a twofold offering: Secured Debt (formerly called
Warehouse lending) and Payment Solution. After successfully piloting these products in 2023, the
teams, processes, and technology are poised for expansion in 2024.
Wider access to finance and positive impact generation through our activities is underpinned by
value drivers derived from our diverse skills, technological know-how, strong partnerships, and
responsible lending approach.
Through our value drivers, product and service offerings, and ESG priorities, we responsibly serve
the overlooked customer while contributing to local economic growth. This means continuous
cognisance of the evolving needs of stakeholders and driving a transformative strategy that
embeds ESG principles in our processes.
ESG Report 2023
25
Our business activities enable positive impact generation
Our journey and external environment
We formalised our ESG journey in 2021 by establishing initial ESG governance mechanisms and
the Group ESG Steering Committee. We then concentrated on defining ESG policies, focus areas,
ambitions, and capacity building at all levels of our organisation.
Our focus has expanded to enhanced monitoring of impacts, risks, and opportunities and
strengthening our governance and transparency as regulation and disclosure frameworks
advancing ESG transparency increase.
The Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive’s (CSRD) approaching implementation date
has been a key driver of the EU sustainability programme’s direction. In addition, the issue of
greenwashing risk is increasingly prominent as balancing transparency and elimination of
greenwashing rises in priority. We are resolute in pursuing a transparent reporting approach
strengthened by comprehensive stakeholder engagement in accordance with our values.
In an era of geopolitical, economic, climate risk and heightened environmental degradation, we are
positioning ourselves for transitional financial services and product delivery approaches. Building
on our efforts to develop strong governance and policies, we identify opportunities to support
responsible and sustainable practice through finance and banking.
In no event should the ESG Risk Rating be construed as investment advice or expert opinion as defined by the
applicable legislation.
Our ESG approach
At the inception of our ESG programme, we outlined three goals for 2025 that would guide
our mission-underpinned progress. The goals addressed social matters, including stakeholder
wellbeing, measuring employee and customer happiness, and the fairness of our practices.
Even though our digital-first business model enables reduced environmental impact and risk,
we set out to be part of the solution, measuring our footprint and monitoring it using a target
setting. In this regard, we considered impacts through our own operations and our core business,
lending.
In addition, to support the effective integration of ESG principles, we aim to embed ESG-
conscious practices through strong policies, procedures, and governance.
ESG ratings
Morningstar Sustainalytics regularly assesses our
ESG performance to determine an ESG risk score
based on disclosure. Our ESG risk rating has
improved in the past two years, and as at 31
December 2023, Multitude received an ESG Risk
Rating of 21.4. We were assessed to be at Medium
risk of experiencing material financial impacts
from ESG factors.
ESG Report 2023
27
ESG Goals & Progress Highlights
ESG Report 2023
28
2024 and beyond
Considering the increased pace of ESG matter relevance, stakeholder demand and business
strategy evolution, we continuously advance our ESG ambition. We seek to be a responsible
financial services provider for overlooked customers by providing a sustainable product and
service offering with robust customer selection and a fair and transparent customer journey.
To us, responsible financial services also means deploying technologies that support and enable
businesses a green, socially sustainable transition toward lower carbon levels. To be a FinTech
providing responsible financial services for the overlooked customer, the Group must be able to
demonstrate environmental future-proofing of services and products, measure what matters, and
show leadership in embedding ESG.
We are well positioned by offering digital, paperless, and cardless banking and services, utilising
cloud technology and working in a hybrid model to reflect ESG performance that aligns with the
global transition.
Our ESG priorities
Social parameter-aligned access to financial services
The wellbeing of our customers and employees is a central pillar in our approach to ESG. It is a
key area where our ability to be a responsible financial services provider is most evidenced. This
means enabling socially inclusive products and services and protecting vulnerable customers
through responsible lending and customer education. Our largest business unit, Ferratum,
pioneered the Responsible Lending Index to monitor customer protection as part of our focus
on wellbeing.
As a company, we also monitor and benefit from the diversity of skill sets, nationalities, genders,
and ages. Thus, we have set targets accordingly. We want to strengthen our wellbeing-monitoring
and leverage knowledge across teams to achieve an insight-driven approach to managing social
matters.
Future-proofing environmental impact
We consider the rising imperative to address environmental challenges. To future-proof our
impact, we need to understand it. By understanding our impact and setting targets, we can be
part of the solution. Thus, in 2022, we started reporting on our carbon emissions. We began
monitoring the emissions from our operations and lending, commencing with SME lending. In
2023, we set targets on climate action to position ourselves as a low-carbon finance provider for
overlooked customers.
Transformative governance
We can only achieve our environmental and social objectives through good governance. We embed
ESG-conscious practices with governance, fostering transformation.
We recognised the pivotal role of governance when embedding ESG early on in our journey. We
set up an ESG Steering Committee comprising Leadership team members and co-chaired by
our Group CEO and Group ESG Officer. This commitment from top management laid a strong
foundation for ESG and transparent communication across stakeholders and sets expectations
for the organisation to follow. Our activities drive ESG integration further, including sustainable
finance and materiality determination.
ESG Report 2023
29
Our material topics – Defining what matters
During 2023, we conducted a double-materiality assessment addressing the outside-in and
inside-out impacts of ESG matters. Our approach to materiality assessment is informed by EU
regulations and voluntary reporting standards, such as the Global Reporting Initiative (GRI). The
Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) comes into effect in January 2024, requiring
company reporting based on double-materiality perspectives of ESG impacts as well as risks and
opportunities emanating from company activities. CSRD differentiates between outside-in and
inside-out views of ESG matters, with the former assessment referred to as financial materiality
assessment and the latter as impact materiality assessment.
Our approach to materiality
As a first step, we mapped our value chain to identify material matters. We mapped issues across
our value drivers, including technology know-how and the customer journeys in our business
units.
To gather insights on relevant ESG matters, we followed a stakeholder engagement process that
included internal focus groups and investor engagement. We used several sources of industry
information to support identifying potentially relevant material matters and to ensure regulatory
alignment and reference to topics outlined in the EU reporting standards (CSRD).
We scored a long list of potential material matters considering business model impacts and
risks, potential strategy evolution, and emerging ESG matters. We conduct our ESG scoring in
consultation with our Group Risk and the ESG Steering Committee.
We based scoring on the relevant value chain elements and assessed financial and impact
materiality for these elements. In 2023, our materiality assessment accounted for time horizon
differences, addressing impacts and risks over the short and medium term. We plan to integrate
a long-term impacts and opportunities assessment in future iterations.
We aim to review the materiality assessment methodology regularly, subject to emerging best
practices and relevant jurisdictional requirements.
ESG Report 2023
30
Material topics
Loans to carbon intensive sectors
IT infrastructure energy consumption
Contract worker protection
Financing the transition
to a low carbon economy
Cloud transition
Access to financial services
Employee work-life balance
Employee upskilling
Product transparency
Health and safety
Responsible marketing
Employee anti-harrassment
Customer fairness
Whistleblowing policy
Corporate culture
Bribery and corruption
Cybercrime controls
Data protection
Note: To assess impact materiality, we identified topics having potential and actual impacts on people and the environment
from both positive and negative perspectives. In assessing financial materiality, topics with potential financial implications
were considered from a risk perspective. Certain topics have been identified as having both potential and negative
impact and others have only potentially positive impact for people and the environment
ESG Report 2023
31
Towards a net – zero digital future:
Low carbon banking and finance for the overlooked customer
We recognise the gravity and urgency of the climate crisis and its societal and economy-wide
implications. Thus, we seek to manage risks, identify opportunities, and reduce negative climate and
environmental-related impacts.
We outlined ambitions to understand and reduce our environmental footprint. As a first step, we must
understand and manage the footprint of our own operations. As a second step, on account of financial
institutions’ predominantly indirect impact on climate change, we address emissions from our financing
activities. Finally, we seek to protect our ability to service and create value for our customers against
the physical and transition risks arising from climate and identify opportunities in the next phase of our
approach. These areas drive our environmental priority to bring low-carbon banking and finance to the
overlooked customer.
Managing environmental impact and risks
We utilise a data-driven
approach guided by our
Environmental Policy to
manage emissions from
our operations, mainly the
emissions of our global
offices, employee commuting
patterns, and purchases.
We measure and disclose
emissions associated with our
business lending activities
following the Partnership for
Carbon Accounting Financials
(PCAF) methodology, allowing
us to benchmark in line with
industry standards.
We assess vulnerability
and perform customer
due diligence to ensure
a preparedness against
climate risk.
Environmental initiative milestones
ESG Report 2023
32
Environmental initiative milestones
METRICS
AND TARGETS
2022
• Publishing Scope 2 and 3 emissions
2023
• Scope 2 and 3 2025 targets set
• Net zero targets for Scope 2 and 3 emissions set
• Relative targets for emissions arising from SME lending portfolio set
• Corporate loans and investment emissions reporting
RISK
MANAGEMENT
2022
• Publishing Multitude Group ESG Policy
2023
• Advancing climate risk assessment for corprate loans and investments
• Reporting on climate risk preparedness to the Banking Authority
• Publishing Multitude Bank ESG Risk Policy
GOVERNANCE
AND STRATEGY
2022
• Board of Directors approval of Group-wide Environmental Policy
• ESG Steering Committee engagement on climate and impact risks
2023
• Group- wide double materiality assessment integrating climate topic
• Piloting IT infrastructure climate risk assessment
ESG Report 2023
33
Taking responsibility for our direct operational activities
As a FinTech, our core business activities inherently enable net-zero ambitions. Our digital platform
offers cardless banking and paperless processes, eliminates the need for physical branches, and
empowers our customers to reduce their negative environmental impacts.
We strive to support the low-carbon economy transition by effectively measuring our footprint,
leveraging digital tools, and utilising a data-driven approach to climate impact assessment while
maintaining close engagement with stakeholders on data collection.
Scope 2 Emissions
In 2023, we took further steps to measure emissions from our global offices, building on our 2022
inaugural carbon footprint measurement programme. We engaged colleagues from across our
European, North American, and Asia Pacific offices to collect data on building emissions, covering
Scope 2 emissions from electricity, heating, and cooling. We also started to delve into our Scope 1
emissions arising from stationary combustion fuel in 2023, and did not identify any emissions from
this source.
To increase the use of renewable energy, we want to improve our selection of office electricity
service providers and energy sources. As of 2023, our offices in Finland, Sweden, and Switzerland
use 100% renewable energy sources.
Climate action roadmap
- Set up our
inaugural
Group-wide
carbon emissions
measurement
programme
- Reporting
on own
operations
emissions
and financed
emissions
- Net zero
Scope 2
emissions
- Net zero
Scope 3
Purchased
emissions
- Reduce SME loan
carbon intensity
by 20%
- Reduce Scope 3
Purchased
emissions by 20%
- Reduce Scope 2
emissions by 30%
2022
2025
2023
2030
2035
ESG Report 2023
34
Guided by the Group Environmental Policy, we encourage our offices to implement proactive
actions to minimise our negative environmental impact. Such actions include installing LED
lighting with motion sensors and water control valves, providing recycling bins for office waste,
and limiting paper use when possible. Where paper is needed, we supply our offices with
FSC-certified paper supporting a zero-deforestation harvest process and fair wages for forestry
workers. Buildings we lease as our office space in selected countries receive a BREEAM rating
of “Very Good” to “Excellent”.
To complement the Environmental Policy, we aim to publish further guidelines for employees to
drive environmentally friendly practices across our offices.
Scope 3 emissions
Our scope 3 emissions mainly relate to employee commuting, upstream spend data, and downstream
lending activities. For spend data, we collect company transaction data on purchased products
and services from various suppliers across different categories. We calculate emissions against the
appropriate inflation-adjusted emission factors in line with the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Technical
Guidance.
Hybrid working for a greener workplace
Our Hybrid Work Policy accommodates flexible work locations, with some people working
fully remote where we do not have local offices. For the employees who work at the office at
any time of the week, we encourage public transportation by providing public transportation
passes where feasible.
In 2023, we launched a survey to measure our carbon footprint arising from employees
commuting between work and home. We asked employees six questions on commuting
patterns, such as modes of transport, frequency of office commute per week, and distance
travelled. The responses feed directly into our carbon accounting programme and strategic
planning on climate action.
Group Environmental Policy
In 2022, we published our first ESG Policy incorporating the Board-approved Environmental Policy.
It describes our commitments and strategies to responsibly manage and reduce environmental
impacts and embed ESG-conscious practices in daily operations. In managing our impact on the
environment, we commit to:
• Promoting initiatives to minimise environmental degradation and support sustainable natural
resource management
• Contributing to global efforts in combatting climate change
• Educating employees on climate and environmental matters
• Integrating environmental criteria into our processes and governance
• Complying with applicable environmental regulations
• Improving our environmental performance monitoring to align with best practices and the
expectations of our stakeholders
ESG Report 2023
35
Managing our financed emissions
As a financial sector player, we understand that indirect emissions from our financing activities
dominate most of our climate impacts. Financed emissions are the GHG emissions from investee
and lending entities’ activities attributed to the financial institution providing the capital.
Understanding and measuring financed emissions is a key step to a financial institution’s climate
action journey, as this enables understanding climate-related transition risks and opportunities. It
also serves as a basis for setting targets and developing transparent disclosures. We work with a
carbon footprint measurement partner that supports our journey, taking accountability in earnest
regarding our financing activities.
We use an industry-standard methodology for measuring and disclosing emissions applicable to
financial institutions to understand our financed emissions. We selected the Partnership for Carbon
Accounting Financials (PCAF) Methodology as the most suitable framework.
Multitude strengthens commitment to sustainability by joining
Partnership for Carbon Accounting Financials (PCAF)
In 2023, we officially signed to become a signatory of PCAF, solidifying our commitment to
transparently measure and disclose our Scope 3 financed emission and our climate action.
PCAF is a global collaboration comprising over 440 financial institutions spanning six continents,
focused on harmonising assessments and disclosures of greenhouse gas emissions associated
with loans and investments.
The PCAF methodology provides Multitude with a standardised and internationally recognised
framework to align our portfolio with the Paris Climate Agreement and enables transparency
and accountability in greenhouse gas accounting.
We aim to follow best practice approach by following detailed methodological guidance as
outlined by PCAF to measure our emissions for corporate loans and investments and SME loans.
For our lending activities, we initially assessed emissions associated with Multitude’s SME lend-
ing segment and in 2023 have since expanded this assessment to include corporate loans and
investments.
ESG Report 2023
36
Data score
We source required data from reported emissions of investees and borrowers to apply the standard
and measure financed emissions. Considering that data availability varies across markets and
companies, PCAF provides a scoring system to enable financial institutions to communicate reported
data accuracy based on acceptable data on a scale of 1 to 5 (1 being best and 5 worst).
The quality score is determined by the usage of data of different qualities using three different options:
Option 1: Borrower or investee company reported emissions
Option 2: Physical activity-based emissions
Option 3: Economic activity-based emissions
Such a scoring approach ensures that data limitations do not deter a transparent inventory of
financial institutions’ financed emissions and encourage progress over time. Emissions reported
by the borrower and verified by a third party receive the highest score of 1. When using proxy
information in the absence of direct and verified borrower reporting, scoring is adjusted accordingly.
We navigate the existing data gaps by relying on approximates where necessary in assessing
the carbon footprint of our loans, either by applying sector-level or country-level proxies when
company-level data is unavailable, particularly for SME loans where SMEs may not be subject to
mandatory reporting requirements.
We expect to make progress as we continuously update our methodologies and align with
available, evolving best practices.
PCAF formula
The PCAF calculation methodology and formula used to calculate financed emissions from
borrowers and investees’ emissions:
Financed emissions Attribution factor Emissions
M
i
ii
(with
i = borrower or investee)
= x
Outstanding amount
Business loans
Corporate
loans and bonds
i
Total equity + debt
i
Enterprise value
including cash (EVIC)
*
* Outstanding loan amount is referring to loans outstanding as at 31 December 2023 excluding accrued interest
ESG Report 2023
37
Data
quality
Options to estimate
the financed emissions
When to use each option Multitude Score
Score 1 Option 1:
Reported emissions
1a Verified emissions of the
company is available
Score 2 1b Unverified emissions
calculated by the company
is available
Option 2:
Physical activity-based
emissions
2a Emissions calculated using
primary physical activity
data of the company’s
energy consumption and
emission factors specific to
the primary data
Score 3 2b Emissions are calculated
using primary physical
activity data of the
company’s production and
emission factors specific to
that primary data
Score 4 Option 3:
Economic activity-based
emissions
3a Emission factors for the
sector per unit of revenue
are known (e.g., tCO2e per
euro or dollar of revenue
earned in a sector)
84% of SME Loans
100% of Corporate Loans and
Investments - Warehouse
lending
Score 5 3b Emission factors for the
sector per unit of asset (e.g.,
tCO2e per euro or dollar of
asset in a sector) are known
16% of SME Loans
3c Emission factors for the
sector per unit of revenue
(e.g., tCO2e per euro or
dollar of revenue earned in
a sector) and asset turnover
ratios for the sector are
known.
General description of data quality score for listed equity and corporate bonds.
Adapted from PCAF (2022). The Global GHG Accounting and Reporting Standard
Part A: Financed Emissions. Second Edition.
Attribution factor
The attribution factor is the share of total emissions of the borrower or investee to the loans or
investment. Following the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate Value Chain (Scope 3) Accounting
and Reporting Standards, we calculate the attribution factor specific to the earmarked asset classes.
For us, this comprises small business loans, corporate loans, and bond investments. We align the
observation period with the financial accounting period.
For loans to unlisted companies, including SME loans, we use total equity and debt for attribution
and, in its absence, sectoral asset turnover ratios.
In the case of listed company loans, we used EVIC, the sum of the market capitalisation of ordinary
shares at fiscal year-end, preferred shares at fiscal year-end, and the book values of total debt and
minorities’ interests with no cash or cash equivalents deductions.
ESG Report 2023
38
Emissions
We calculated emissions using sector and revenue information for PCAF Score 4. In instances
where updated revenue information was available, the PCAF Score was 4. Otherwise, we used
sectoral asset turnover, resulting in a PCAF Score 5.
SME portfolio
In 2023, we undertook efforts to refine our SME portfolio data quality, having commenced reporting
on these emissions in 2022.
Our 2023 work to improve the data quality scores for SME loans resulted in a large part of the
portfolio scoring a data quality score of 4 over 5, the lowest possible quality score. In 2022, 94%
of SME loans were at a data quality score level of 5, with only 6% at a data quality score level of
4. In 2023, this improved substantially with 84% of the SME loans portfolio at a data quality score
level of 4. This demonstrates the impact of our commitment to data enhancement in managing
our carbon footprint.
Our data refinement included excluding dormant accounts (non-repayment in the past 12 months).
In addition, we revised our definitions of “latest available information” in cases where financial
information on companies is unavailable.
While improved data quality score levels supported our broader quality refinement efforts, in
2023, we observed a substantial increase in SME financed emissions as an outcome. In 2024, the
Group will consider revised baseline and target setting to account for the change in overall data
quality as we continue to progress in our efforts as a signatory of the Partnership for Carbon
Accounting Financials.
Corporate loans and investments – Warehouse Lending
In 2023 we have expanded assessment of financed emissions to include corporate loans and
investments. Up-to date revenue information was available resulting in PCAF data quality score of
4 for the entire portfolio.
ESG Report 2023
39
Our carbon emissions and targets
In 2023, we set net-zero targets for our spend-based emissions by 2035 and scope 2 emissions
targets for our global offices by 2030. Net zero is the achievement of a state where company
activities do not have a net impact on the climate change arising from greenhouse gas emissions.
Emission category (Tons CO
2
e) 2022 2023 Target
Scope 2: Indirect emissions
Purchased electricity and heating 196 254
30% reduction by 2025,
Net zero by 2030
Total 196 254
Scope 3: Indirect emissions
A. Business operations
Business travel - 103
Purchased goods and services 8,575 5,395
20% reduction by 2025,
Net zero by 2035
Fuel- and energy-related activities - 35
Employee commuting* - 1,787
Total 8,575 7,319
B. Financed emissions
SME lending 21,300 43,005
Corporate loans and investments - Warehouse
lending
- 6,053
Total 21,300 49,058
Total emissions 30,071 56,631
Emissions per €M revenue 141 246
Emissions per €M financed through corporate
loans and investments - Warehouse lending
- 95
Emissions per €M financed through SME loan** 203 412
20% intensity
reduction by 2025
Emissions per employee*** 46 86
Notes: * In 2023, we started to assess emissions stemming from employee commuting.
** Emissions figures for SME loans in 2022 have been revised post reporting year to account for PCAF 4 data.
*** Employees total is full time equivalent (FTE) as at 31 December 2023 (658 employees).
ESG Report 2023
40
Protecting our operations
- Managing climate risks
We further seek to protect operations by assessing climate-related risks relevant to our organisation.
In 2023, we started mapping the impacts of climate risks on existing risk categories within our
banking activities and addressing climate risk in a Group-wide materiality assessment.
Our Group-wide ESG Risk Policy and a dedicated ESG Risk Policy for Banking activities outline
the framework for identifying, assessing, and managing ESG risks, including risks stemming from
climate change, further support our climate risk management.
Physical risks impact assessment – IT infrastructure
We conducted a preliminary assessment of the physical impacts of climate change in 2023 as
part of the Multitude Bank ESG risk assessment activities, focusing on critical IT infrastructure,
commencing with a pilot assessment of data centres.
The assessment result further informs the decision-making processes regarding climate risk
assessment with plans to widen the scope of assessment to address further processes and
infrastructural migration.
In 2023, we migrated from premise solutions to cloud solutions, enhancing our Infrastructure as a
Service (IaaS). The latest move strengthens our global growth through cost efficiency, scalability,
flexibility, and security while supporting our commitment to reducing our carbon footprint and
climate-related transitional risk.
ESG Report 2023
41
We recognise that a comprehensive approach to climate risk management will require an extension
of the scope of the climate risk assessment processes and integrating these further into a broader
risk management framework. Furthermore, it will require increased Board engagement and
formalised monitoring. Through a double-materiality assessment, we aim to strengthen climate
risk governance and further address potential climate risk exposures arising from lending and
infrastructure.
Financing activity ESG due diligence
We have started undertaking ESG due diligence on certain customer segments as part of our effort
to steer our lending portfolio towards more sustainable decisions. Multitude Bank implements an
in-house ESG tool assessing social and environmental issues across five risk assessment categories:
country, sector, incident, policy, and borrower level.
The sector assessment incorporates an exclusion list of sectors deemed unacceptable for loans
and investments due to the severity of potential and environmental impacts and scoring based on
the climate impact of respective sectors.
We use incident reporting in our assessment and evaluate further specific borrower-level indicators
based on potential material topics. The final risk score supports our borrower engagement on ESG
and monitoring of potential borrower-related risks.
Presently, the pilot tool outcomes form part of our risk review, and we are considering expanding
the scope of usage during 2024.
Multitude Bank corporate lending ESG assessment
HIGH
1.
Assessment
and scoring
2.
Borrower company
monitoring and
engagement
MEDIUM
LOW
ESG Report 2023
42
ESG Report 2023
43
Our people
As a FinTech offering products and services in an era of redefined ways of work and increasingly
scarce skills, our approach to people development is a key driver of our long-term sustainability.
Our people are at the heart of achieving our vision to build the most valuable financial platform
for overlooked customers. Our values of candor, entrepreneural spirit, respect and winning teams
underpin our approach.
We aim to cultivate a workplace where our people thrive and achieve individual and collective
success, with meaningful work underpinned by our agile and hybrid way of working. This includes
providing tools that enable career growth and building collaborative teams where everyone has
a voice.
A key contributor to our ability to deliver on our ambitions is the diversity of our people,
over 40 nationalities across 25 countries, bringing multiple experiences and skills to our
value proposition. Our recruitment approach demonstrates our commitment to diversity and
inclusion: we source talent where it is.
Our people further support our progress in driving positive societal outcomes and reducing
negative impacts on communities and the environment.
Engaging our people
Employee engagement is an important pillar of our approach. We foster a culture of openness
and encourage employees to engage with leaders and each other in accordance with our values.
Engagement works both ways, and we seek to empower every individual to use their voice in a
supportive and fair environment.
In driving a culture of engagement, our people regularly have exchanges with our Leadership
Team through bi-weekly meetings. During the meetings, the Leadership Team provides updates on
organisational developments and gives further insight into current topics by answering questions
presented in the Q&A segment. Bi-weekly meetings are, in addition, used for training and
information sharing on employee social impact initiatives and benefits.
ESG Report 2023
44
Driving employee happiness – Navigating change to achieve excellence
On average, employees
received 17 hours of
training in 2023
Since 2020 and as part of monitoring wellbeing, we have been using the employee net promoter
score, eNPS, to measure the happiness and satisfaction of our people.
We conduct a bi-annual survey to determine our eNPS, gathering insights from the employees’
perspectives and identifying areas for improvement. Our eNPS has gradually improved, reflecting
our evolution of migrating to an agile model and transitioning from a norming phase to a
performance-driven engaged phase.
We set an eNPS target of 25 by 2025. We achieved the objective in 2023, reflecting our efforts to
enhance employee experience through engagement and responsiveness to their needs, including
leadership training and improved transparency.
The conducted eNPS surveys have further provided insights into what our people value. Things
mentioned include our hybrid working model, flexibility, growth opportunities, autonomy, and
thriving culture built on shared values, vision, and mission.
Nurturing our people
Cultivating the development of our people is integral to our success and the delivery of our vision.
Our approach benefits from a shift to a hybrid working model and agile teams. We transitioned from
a central hub model to sourcing diverse talent where it is, irrespective of geographical boundaries.
We have people located on three continents with more than 25 locations. Our largest offices
are Malta, Philippines, Germany, Lithuania, and Slovakia.
for our employees, our efforts are aimed at bringing high quality training for our people. Training
and development opportunities are made available through various platforms and formats such as
internships, leader meetups and regular educational information sharing.
We grow our people through internal development
programmes with on-demand courses made available
to support skills development and strengthening
of core competencies. Recognising the importance
of continuous career development opportunities
ESG Report 2023
45
In 2023, we launched a customised course crafted explicitly for our leaders. The foundational
leadership course aligns seamlessly with our core competencies, values, and culture. Over 50
leaders participated in this program, marking a significant milestone in our commitment to lead-
ership development. We set this initiative to be an enduring force, strategically shaping the
growth of current and future leaders. We are dedicated to expanding on this robust foundation
and will unveil additional modules in 2024 and beyond. This continuous evolution underscores
our unwavering dedication to cultivating skilled and visionary leaders within our organisation.
As a FinTech, we are well positioned to utilise our efficiency to support our people. We use AI to
optimise our processes and enable our people and leaders to focus on value-adding activities
and objectives beyond automation capabilities.
Leaders’ Annual Meetup
In 2023, all key personnel gathered for a week-long face-to-face meeting in Jūrmala, Latvia,
fostering a unique opportunity to collaborate and connect. The core focus of this event was to
unite our key team members, allowing in-depth exploration of our history, work methodologies,
values, and vision.
The event featured a series of workshops and keynote speakers addressing crucial topics such
as next-level agile methodologies, improvement and innovation strategies, and the concept
of extreme ownership. A highlight was a speaker who shared a personal adverse experience,
emphasising the importance of ownership and providing a unique and impactful perspective.
Recognising the dynamic landscape of the FinTech industry, we emphasised the need for
adaptive leadership skills, particularly in the context of our evolving hybrid work environment.
This event served as a platform for reinforcing strong collaboration, decision-making, and com-
munication skills essential for leading teams effectively. Furthermore, the week included an
in-person leadership training session where leaders delved into areas such as business strategy
and core competencies. Workshops to develop business, leadership, and life skills were integral
to this training.
This holistic experience brought key personnel together to strengthen connections, explore
crucial topics, and equip leaders with the skills necessary to succeed in the ever-evolving
FinTech landscape.
Building on the event’s success, we decided to institute similar gatherings annually. The aim is
to ensure all key leaders stay synchronised with the organisation’s trajectory and foster ongoing
collaboration, alignment, and a shared understanding of our collective goals. This annual
tradition will be pivotal for our Leadership Team, providing a dedicated space to reinforce
connections, exchange insights, and collectively steer the company towards continued success.
Online learning
We have introduced online learning opportunities for our people to enhance their learning and de-
velopment experience.
Our employees have unlimited access to the LinkedIn Learning platform, containing over 16,000
courses. We regularly highlight courses to employees, and leaders support teams in developing
learning pathways to address role competencies. Our employees benefit from the wide range of
ESG Report 2023
46
courses available. Using a 2023 survey focused on learning and development needs, we identified
an increased appetite for access to online learning platforms. Furthermore, our technical employees
also leverage Udemy to access supplementary technical courses, enhancing their competence and
staying abreast of the latest industry developments.
We also utilise an online course platform offering a range of compliance, ethics and ESG-related
courses. It provides engaging, relevant training on our internal policies, including cybersecurity,
anti-bribery and corruption. We further use this platform for company-tailored training conducted
by specialists.
Onboarding training
Our commitment to supporting employee development extends throughout their journey with
us. From the onset, all employees undergo a comprehensive onboarding process, delivered either
in-person or online. This dual-phased onboarding covers essential topics, including employee
benefits, agile working, cybersecurity awareness, and data protection.
Moreover, we recognise the importance of fostering a strong organisational culture. Hence, we
conduct group onboarding sessions, encompassing discussions about our culture, values, way of
working our rich history and future direction. This holistic approach ensures that every employee
is well-equipped with the knowledge and understanding needed to thrive within our community.
To facilitate continuous learning, our internal learning platform provides ongoing access to the
onboarding training also after the initial phase. This allows employees to revisit and reinforce their
understanding of key topics, fostering a culture of continual growth and development.
Knowledge sharing platforms
Our teams regularly participate in knowledge-sharing sessions to complement specialised skills
and knowledge. In addition, we regularly use our internal platform to circulate information on
various topics, such as data protection and financial education, developed by specialist functions
for cross-functional learning and awareness.
ESG Report 2023
47
Total employees Managers Other employees Females Males
68% 70% 84% 60% 39%
Insights and development frameworks that
leverage actionable data to inform strategic
decisions for employees’ continuous improvement.
Peer recognition and seamless collaboration
with colleagues, fostering a culture of
shared achievement.
1. Performance 2. Engagement
A personalised learning path can be charted
to tailor each employees’ unique career goals,
ensuring the learning development aligns with
their skills and aspirations.
3. Learning
New people enablement platform
We launched a new people enablement platform to drive the next stage of our people development
strategy. The platform’s goal is to enhance employee satisfaction, productivity and growth, and
support our valuable employees’ retention.
We consider it critical to advance our people enablement resources in a manner responsive to
our evolving context, with a versatile platform addressing the need for instant feedback and
constant growth. The new platform offers the flexibility for advancing our efforts on performance
development and training with easily accessible tools for employees across the organisation.
We recognise the impact of fair and accurate feedback on employee engagement, performance,
retention, and growth. Thus, we have invested fully into the platform offering, equipping our peo-
ple with tools for performance management, engagement, and tailored learning.
The Multitude Academy
We have established an internal knowledge resources platform that serves as a hub for training
materials curated by employees for employees. This platform offers a diverse array of resources
aimed at maximising learning opportunities within the organisation. Among the available materials
are in-house curated newsletters, blogs, videos, and podcast episodes covering topics ranging
from customer relations and ESG to leadership.
The Multitude Academy releases a monthly newsletter to keep employees informed and engaged.
This communication provides up-to-date information on the latest learning assets available in the
Academy and any pertinent recommendations or announcements regarding training materials.
This proactive approach ensures that employees stay well-informed and can readily access the
wealth of knowledge resources at their disposal.
Multitude coaching guild
Multitude has established a coaching guild that provides a platform for trainers in the organisation
to collaborate and leverage experiences across various functions. The guild addresses topics such
as training development, monitoring, and opportunities for collaboration. Guild members actively
engage in educational content and formats and benefit from an open environment to engage in
training in their teams.
Employees who received performance review in 2023
ESG Report 2023
48
Competency-based performance discussions
We conduct bi-annual competency-based performance discussions and career development
reviews to foster continuous growth and development within our workforce. These sessions
provide valuable feedback, incorporating ongoing coaching and aligning on goals, challenges, and
opportunities for career advancement.
In 2023, as part of our strategic HR framework, we took a significant stride by collaboratively
developing core competencies with our high-performing individuals. These competencies serve
as our DNA, offering clear benchmarks for performance measurement in each role. They define
our expectations and serve as guiding principles for decision-making regarding investments in our
people and for monitoring organisational performance.
To support employees on their journey to acquire and develop these core competencies, we launched
the Core Competencies Training and Awareness Programme in 2023. This comprehensive training
initiative utilised various platforms, including videos, blogs, podcasts, and online Q&A sessions with
the Human Resources team. This multi-faceted approach ensures that our employees have diverse
resources at their disposal to enhance their skills and contribute to our overall success.
Multitude Core Competencies Model
Our bespoke Core Competency Model serves as a compass for guiding each employee’s understanding
of what can lead to individual success within the company and our overall success.
Our six core competencies underscore the essential knowledge, skills, and attributes that are
important for success in any given role. Each role also has specific competencies defined to ensure
the appropriateness of performance management objectives.
ESG Report 2023
49
Workforce diversity and inclusion
We are proud of our diversity across several areas, including skills, gender, age, and nationality,
representing more than 40 nationalities. Our diversity reflects our customers and supports our
ability to address their unique needs across more than 19 markets.
We seek to cultivate a culture where every individual is valued, can make a meaningful impact and
experience substantial growth within the company. This culture means providing opportunities to
learn and develop towards strengthening our diversity and inclusivity.
Our workforce comprises 51% male and 49% female. We have set 2025 targets for diversity at the
Board and management levels, with 38% targeted respectively. In implementing our development
programmes and initiatives to grow our leaders and identify talent, we are confident in our
progress towards these objectives. As of 31 December 2023, 36% of our management and 33% of
our Board are female.
We respect each other’s differences. That means having a zero-tolerance approach to discrimination
based on gender, gender identity, race, age, sexual orientation, ethnicity, nationality, country of
origin, religion/non-religion, skills, work experience, socio-economic background, family structure
or marital status.
Our Hybrid Working Policy further supports our efforts in diversity and inclusion, providing
flexibility and freedom for employees to work how and where they work best. The policy is
guided by our value of customer centricity in relation to our people, acknowledging that there is
no one-size-fits-all approach to ways of working.
Our Group Diversity and Inclusion Statement outlines our foundational pillars, dedication, and
targets for diversity and inclusion. The statement addresses our fair remuneration practices and
support for women in the workplace regarding maternity leave and career development.
Our Group’s Equal Opportunities Policy, Code of Business Conduct, Ethics, and Anti-harassment
Policies further support a working environment that is fair and free of discriminatory practices or
harassment.
ESG Report 2023
50
Employee gender diversity
Male 336
Female 321
Not disclosed 1
Total 658
Employee age diversity
Under 30 years old Between 30 to 50 years old Over 50 years old
Head count Percentage Head count Percentage Head count Percentage
Male 76 11.50% 236 35.86% 24 3.64%
Female 93 14.13% 213 32.37% 15 2.27%
Not disclosed 1 0.15% 0 0 0 0
Diversity by employee category
Female
managers
Male
managers
Female
board
members
Male
board
members
36% 64% 33% 67%
Embracing diversity and inclusion is the cornerstone of our innovation, growth, scalability, and
sustainable success, and in 2024, we will continue driving actions to strengthen our approach.
Gender breakdown: Employees and board members
ESG Report 2023
51
Multitude Diversity and Inclusion week
In 2023 we launched our diversity and inclusion programme during EU Diversity month.
The initiative was focused on starting a conversation on diversity and inclusion and how our
people define it.
Multitude hosted a Diversity and Inclusion week to celebrate and bring special attention to
diversity and inclusion in everyday work, highlighting different themes such as bias and
actions for positive impact on inclusion.
During Diversity and Inclusion week, the Group released a new online course on diversity
and inclusion to support employees in defining actions to support inclusion in the workplace
and in interacting and connecting with customers as well as rethinking and innovating new
products.
A survey was conducted asking people what diversity and inclusion means to them and whether
they think our culture demonstrates inclusivity. The results of the survey indicated our people
are confident in our approach to diversity and inclusion. We aim to use insights on strengths
and weaknesses of our efforts on diversity and inclusion to drive internal engagement on further
initiatives.
>80% agree that Multitude values a diverse and inclusive environment
Other organised programmes included the launch of a special episode on diversity and inclusion
within the Multitude Academy’s podcast programme where colleagues from our teams across
the world held a conversation on diversity and inclusion.
ESG Report 2023
52
Protecting our people
As our greatest asset, our people are at the heart of our success. It means we must ensure a
thriving and happy work environment that places their health, safety, and wellbeing first.
We encourage our teams to be cognisant of protecting the wellbeing of colleagues, acting
responsibly, reasonably preventing harm, and adapting to situations as required. Our hybrid working
approach further enables us to provide flexibility in taking care of the safety and wellbeing of our
people.
We aim to protect employee rights as enshrined in the International Labour Organisation (ILO)
Fundamental Principles and Rights at Work and local country laws. We also regularly monitor our
wellbeing frameworks to ensure continued compliance.
Our approach to health and safety is holistic and includes mental health. We build an open culture
regarding mental health with some of our large hubs offering specialised support and Group-
wide initiatives, including workshops, to drive mental health awareness. We aim to maintain a safe
and dignified work environment free from all forms of harassment, intimidation and exploitation
underpinned by our zero-tolerance approach to harassment.
We have procedures based on applicable local laws to ensure respect for employee privacy. Our
whistleblowing mechanism allows employees to anonymously report any violation of privacy and
human rights, thus providing a protection framework for the reporting person.
Our people benefits
Work-life balance and hybrid work
We recognise that a supporting and flexible working environment is important for attracting highly
skilled employees and maintaining their wellbeing and retention.
We surveyed employees and organised roundtable discussions, which indicated an alignment of
the hybrid model with our values. In 2022, in alignment with our inclusive organisational culture
and consultation with our people, we decided to shift to a hybrid way of work and implemented
the Hybrid Working Policy.
Matching Share Plan and new Employee Shareholder Program
In 2021, we established a Matching Share Plan to foster collective growth and enable our people
to gain from our company’s overall performance. Our employees in the EEA area, Switzerland,
the UK, and Canada are eligible for the plan and can invest up to 10% of their annual gross salary
towards purchasing our shares. After a two-year holding period, we match the shares 1:1.
The Matching Share Plan has been a success with our people. To date 402 participants have
benefitted, with up to 49,723 gross shares received.
In December 2023, we launched a new Employee Shareholder Program to supplement the existing
Matching Share Plan. In the new program, each employee received 50 free shares, underscoring
the shared ownership that unites our organisation and enables stronger alignment with our people
on our value creation objectives.
ESG Report 2023
53
Total no. of employee as of 31 December 2023 658
Employees contract type by gender
Permanent, full
time and part
time
Temporar y, full
time-fixed term,
internship
Total
Male 323 13 336
Female 312 9 321
Not disclosed 1 0 1
Employees contract type by region
Permanent, full
time and part
time
Temporar y, full
time-fixed term,
internship
Total
EU 575 21 596
America 4 0 4
Asia 57 1 58
New employee hires
By gender
Male Female Not disclosed Total
97 88 0 185
By region
EU America Asia Total
146 0 39 185
By age group
Under 30
years old
Between 30 to
50 years old
Over 50 years
old
Total
86 91 8 185
Employees turnover
By gender Male Female Not disclosed Total
Number of employee turnover 82 87 0 169
Percentage of employee turnover 12.46% 13.22% 0
By region EU America Asia Total
Number of employee turnover 151 3 15 169
Percentage of employee turnover 21% 36.70% 31.50%
By age group
Under 30
years old
Between 30 to
50 years old
Over 50 years
old
Total
Number of employee turnover 58 104 7 169
Percentage of employee turnover 8.81% 15.80% 1.06%
Employee information
ESG Report 2023
54
ESG Report 2023
55
Serving our communities
Charity of choice
Apart from our role as a key player in the financial ecosystem, we strive to create a positive impact
for communities in our countries of operation.
In 2023, we supported non-profit organisations through our annual Charity of Your Choice
initiative. Organisations that received our support included those working in animal welfare, with
at-risk children, humanitarian health, community development, and environmental protection. The
selection of charities demonstrates our support for a wide range of causes and showcases the
meaningful societal change we aim to drive through positive collective action.
The initiative, which has been running for its third consecutive year, follows a robust voting
process in which employees can nominate their favourite local charity from the above-mentioned
categories. After deliberation, employees vote during a live all staff call. We give organisations
that receive ten or more votes in each category a set donation amount. Charities with less than ten
votes receive an equally distributed amount of donation.
In 2023, 13 charities in seven countries received a combined contribution of EUR 17,000,
tallying the total contribution since the initiative’s inception to more than EUR 70,000.
IT internship program
We are committed to nurturing the skills of next-generation IT apprentices through training
and development initiatives. Our Information Technology hub, Multitude IT Labs, gives students
internship opportunities to equip them for the evolving job market. Guided by mentors, interns
gain hands-on working experience in different positions such as Testing Engineer and Software
Engineer. In 2023, 15 interns from Slovakia, Hungary, Russia, and Ukraine participated in the
programme, and six have since joined the team permanently after concluding their studies.
Women’s internship for Ukraine’s IT
As part of the IT Internship programme, we support young female IT talents from Ukraine as they
embark on their career while adjusting to a new life in times of crisis. Multitude IT Labs is proud to
be a part of the Digi Talents programme by the Slovakian organisation EMA – Development and
ESG Report 2023
56
Mobility Agency. Funded by the European Union, the Digi Talents labour mobility programme
offers 12-month employment at leading Slovakian ICT companies, providing all-inclusive support
for travel, immigration formalities, and accommodation.
Women’s Day campaign
As part of International Women’s Day, our consumer lending business unit celebrated its female
consumers worldwide by hosting a campaign highlighting female achievements in various arenas.
The campaign, which has been running for three consecutive years, includes unique competitions
ranging from corporate logo reimagination contests to aspiring women in life nominations and
further to global brand jingle competitions for young female musicians.
Creating value and protecting the wellbeing
of our customers
As a digital financial services provider for consumers and businesses and in line with our mission,
we seek to enable wider access to banking and finance. With simplified and faster access through
us, customers who have not adequately benefitted from traditional banking can obtain services
and finance that suits their needs.
SMEs can access one-stop, uncomplicated access to finance, and individuals can access a
financial safety net and easy and inclusive banking services. Access to finance extends to
companies through investments and loans in our Warehouse Lending business unit, further
supporting local economic growth.
We seek to act responsibly by providing products and services through our business units,
protecting customers, and minimising potential negative impacts on society. Ensuring that
we employ a cautious approach to customer selection and prevent over-indebtedness in our
communities is key to our long-term sustainability. Lending responsibly and recognising the
potential impacts and the financial risk of a lack of robust policies and procedures is a consistently
managed and material ESG issue.
ESG Report 2023
57
We recognise the potential impacts of providing digital-only financial products and services
related to protecting customer information and ensuring that customers have sufficient
information to support informed decision-making. We seek to ensure no hidden terms and conditions.
We manage impacts associated with product information by ensuring that our customer relations
teams use internal marketing guidelines and engage in best-practice labelling of financial products.
Customer education
As part of driving information access and product and service understanding, we undertake efforts
to educate customers, supporting financial product understanding.
Our consumer banking unit, Ferratum, addresses finance and banking foundational knowledge
in line with broader EU financial literacy ambitions. It aims for over 50% of its online content to
be educational* by 2025 and will likely achieve this goal already in 2024, as 60% of its planned
content across social media channels for 2024 is educational.
Responsible lending
Our business units implement protective procedures to prevent negative impacts on vulnerable
customers. The main criterion for being successful with a loan application is the ability to repay the
loan. We apply the following responsible lending principles:
• Only lending to customers that can repay the loan in full and on time
• Providing all legal documentation in a clear and transparent way for informed decision-
making, including information on risks associated with products
• Abiding by applicable consumer protection laws
• Ensuring a non-discriminatory customer selection process
• Preventing cycles of debt by only granting one loan to a customer at a time and adhering to
a one day “cooling off” period after repayment
• Not allowing loan roll-overs or granting advances to finance a customer’s unpaid interest or
fees until the customer has paid the outstanding loan**
Responsible Lending Index
Our commitment to responsible lending extends to monitoring our practices. In 2022, we launched
a Responsible Lending Index piloted by Ferratum, the business unit with our largest share of
consumer credit customers that aims to be a leader in responsible lending.
Components of the Index:
a. Gender bias in lending assessments
b. Default score measured by the 90 Days Past Due
c. Responsible Lending Survey
Each component’s score is weighted to determine the overall index score.
A higher score in the survey signals that customers benefit from the business unit’s commitment
to transparent product pricing and ensuring that they meet expectations of information provided
throughout the customer journey.
* Educational topics are defined as those containing information on financial product use non-specific to the Ferratum brand and contributing
to financial education in the communities we operate in.
** Does not apply to revolving loans due to their nature
ESG Report 2023
58
The current overall score is 4.4 out of 5, which we consider to be a high-performance level across
the components and an improvement from 4.3 in 2022. Our 2025 target is 4.5 and with gradu-
ally increasing response rates to the survey on responsible lending and continued commitment
to ensuring non-discriminatory lending practices, we are observing better scoring in the index
components.
Responsible marketing
We strive to adhere to strict marketing guidelines when selling products and services. These
guidelines cover the obligation to not advertise in a misleading, false, or deceptive manner and
to provide up-to-date information on product and service implications such as total credit and
borrower rates.
Where required, we ask our Legal and Compliance and Data Protection functions for approvals
prior to publication. We address compliance with marketing guidelines in business unit steering
committees. In 2023, we had no reports of incidents of non-compliance with regulations or internal
marketing guidelines.
Customer engagement
Each of our business units strives to provide a transparent customer experience, providing platforms
for customer engagement ranging from surveys, review platforms, and social media to grievance
mechanisms.
The consumer segment, in particular, uses external review platforms with customer service agents
responding to reviews. To ensure transparency and relevancy, we address frequently asked
questions through several communication channels, including customer updates and social media.
Our customer relations team conducts surveys to assess satisfaction with products and services
after onboarding or changes to customer policies and procedures. They conduct quarterly surveys
on customer satisfaction for all active customers and periodically throughout the customer journey.
Surveys comprise a combination of ratings or open-ended reviews, as required for the situation.
Customer relations process the feedback, supported by relevant stakeholder engagement and
response. Customer survey responses inform the customer relations process. Business unit
leadership meets quarterly to review reports and identify new services and product features that
address concerns.
ESG Report 2023
59
Business units address the effectiveness of the customer engagement process through:
1. Trained customer relations staff, providing adequate support
2. Transparent procedures to facilitate customer understanding of implications of product terms
3. Empathetic and customer-centric customer engagement
Ferratum Insights
Each year Multitude’s consumer lending business unit, Ferratum, conducts market wide en-
gagement through a Ferratum Insights survey. In 2023, the survey investigated real, public
data trends on financial topics supporting a deepened understanding of consumer behaviour
patterns across 13 European markets. This year’s survey focused on the impact of the current
inflation period within our operating markets. Participants provided insights on their spending
patterns, as well as shared their thoughts and concerns regarding the current inflation period.
“Ferratum Insights help us understand our clients’ needs of financial services and support.
We are living in turbulent times with millions of vulnerable households across Europe being
hit hard by inflation and all the implications of it. Unfortunately, inflation shows little sign
of abating. With the study we wanted to highlight this is indeed a global/Pan-European
phenomena.”
- Kristjan Kajakas, CEO at Ferratum.”
Visit www.multitude.com to learn more about the survey.
Customer grievance mechanisms
We make customer complaints procedures available on the website for each country where we
provide products and services. Reports on grievances reach relevant customer relations teams via
email, telephone, or their social media platforms in line with specific internal guidelines.
Customer relations teams undergo extensive training for dealing with customers and responding to
grievances. The customer relations team monitors complaints and reports them to the Leadership
Team. In addition, they form a part of Group risk assessments and reporting processes. Customers
can, in addition, report grievances with competent authorities.
Protecting customer data
We aim to comprehensively address potentially harmful impacts on customer wellbeing and
financial risks associated with losing customer data. These potential impacts inherently arise in
our business model of providing products and services online. We strive to ensure the responsible
collection, use, and storage of customer data in delivering customer value by implementing strong
data governance mechanisms.
We have implemented policies and procedures to ensure compliance with the requirements of
applicable data protection laws and best practices for protecting customers. We consider customer
In 2023, the Group achieved a Net Promoter Score of 60
ESG Report 2023
60
data protection as part of upholding human rights, as articulated in our Human Rights Statement
outlining our commitment to protecting the rights of our customers.
Protecting our customer’s data is important for all stages of the customer journey and all
functions dealing with customer data. Implementing strong mechanisms to protect customer
data enables us to retain our customer trust and achieve sustained legitimacy as a fully digital
financial services platform.
Our approach to upholding customer rights regarding their data comprises the following key activities:
• Transparency regarding data and incident handling through customer communication about
how data is used and protected in the event of a breach.
• Communicating in a timely manner with customers on policy and procedural changes regarding
the collection, handling, and storage of their data.
• Ensuring that data is collected and processed lawfully in accordance with applicable data
protection laws and stored for specified, explicit, and legitimate purposes.
• Working with carefully selected third party data processors who can demonstrate their
accountability and trustworthiness, having their efforts and focus on data quality, efficiency,
and security. We engage data processors who adhere to the highest standards of data
protection and privacy and monitor their compliance regularly. We ensure having a clear and
transparent relationship with our data processors, based on mutual respect and cooperation.
• Taking reasonable measures to ensure upholding data subjects’ rights.
• Adhering to strong general security requirements for processing personal data in the Group,
including but not limited to the pseudonymisation, anonymisation or encryption of personal data
and measures to prevent unauthorised access to data and other possible breaches.
• Monitoring data protection performance against internal policies and documented procedures
with regular audits to ensure continuous compliance and prevention of breaches and violations.
The Group Data Protection Officer oversees data protection policies, procedures and strategies
and monitors data protection performance.
We have detailed the terms on collection, use and retention of personal data in data protection
policies of the countries of operation and in accordance with regulatory requirements for the
operating entity providing products and services. Our customers can access the terms on protecting
their data through our affiliate privacy policies or branches, during their onboarding process, or on
the website. We have established and effected our general security requirements for processing
personal data.
Employees receive annual data protection training, and new employees receive the training as
part of the onboarding programme within the first two weeks of joining. We have implemented
additional training programs for employees who regularly process personal data.
In 2023, we had no records of substantiated customer complaints concerning breaches of customer
privacy.
ESG Report 2023
61
Governance and ethics
We are committed to demonstrating ethical conduct and strong governance in social and
environmental issues. Acting responsibly and with integrity is integral to our delivery of financial
products and services whilst ensuring the protection our stakeholders.
Our ESG governance structure, with accountability in all areas and levels of the organisation, aims
to support our efforts to be a sustainable growth platform that serves the overlooked customer.
We consider governance as an essential pillar in ESG integration. Thus, structures to measure
progress on ESG have been a priority since the inception of our ESG programme.
Our ESG governance mechanisms enable management’s active engagement on social and
environmental matters impacting our stakeholders. In partnership with functions, business units
and management, our dedicated ESG Officer is responsible for developing our environmental and
social issues strategies and has convened an ESG Steering Committee.
The ESG Steering Committee, chaired by the Group CEO and Group ESG Officer, enables
embedding the Group ESG strategy into organisational activities and provides functional
and business strategy expertise. The committee includes the Chief Financial Officer (CFO),
Chief Risk Officer (CRO), Chief Legal and Compliance Officer (CLCO), and business unit Chief
Executive Officers (CEOs).
Our ESG Steering Committee is the main forum for regular updates and decision-making on ESG
matters across functions. Monthly meetings cover topics including materiality assessment, ESG
target setting and monitoring, and social impact initiatives.
Our Group ESG Officer reports on the activities of the ESG Steering Committee and provides
regular updates on material ESG matters to the Group Board of Directors. The Group Board of
Directors oversees the monitoring of material ESG matters, ESG strategy development, and
reviews ESG policies.
We continuously engage stakeholders in further advancing ESG governance and transparency.
We are strengthening internal reporting mechanisms for ESG to comprehensively address
material issues and address evolving requirements on sustainability disclosure. We plan to
ESG Report 2023
62
increase the frequency and effectiveness of Board engagement in ESG and enhance internal
performance monitoring.
Risk Committee
The primary responsibility for managing risk lies at a functional level, with the CRO and Group Risk
Committee providing effective risk management oversight. The CRO assumes overall accountability
for monitoring our risk profile, including ESG risks, relative to the risk appetite prescribed by the
Board, and, with input from the ESG officer, periodically reports key developments to the Risk
Committee. The Risk Committee reports to the Board on risk matters, including ESG risks, with
ESG incorporated into the Risk Committee charter.
The CRO further provides guidance on ESG matters for the Risk function within the ESG Steering
Committee. The CRO oversees ESG as part of the monitored risks in the Risk Committee table and,
in addition, reviews the ESG Risk Policies of the Group.
The Group ESG Officer supports the Group Risk Function, provides input on integrating ESG into
the risk management framework as part of Group ESG strategy implementation, and coordinates
the ESG risk assessment.
Group Audit Committee
The Audit Committee is established to ensure proper functioning of corporate governance, including
overseeing of the financial reporting.
The Audit Committee monitors and assess the efficiency of the Company’s internal controls and
risk management systems, as well as reviews the Company’s non-financial report.
Internal Audit is responsible for the independent review of risk management and our overall control
environment. Its objective is to provide reliable, valued, and timely assurance to management and
the Audit Committee over the effectiveness of controls, mitigating current and evolving material
risks and, in doing so, enhancing the control culture within our Group.
Internal Audit uses outputs from our risk assessment process when developing its annual internal
audit plan. Internal Audit also reviews ESG risk processes, procedures and controls relating to ESG
risk management, governance, metrics, policies, and reporting as part of the internal audit plan.
ESG Report 2023
63
The Audit Committee reviews and approves internal audit plans, including those relating to ESG
controls. During 2023, Internal Audit reviewed ESG reporting with a planned expansion of audit-
ed topics towards a stronger internal ESG control framework.
Group People and Culture Committee
In 2022, with the inclusion of human resources matters, such as diversity and inclusion addressed
in its charter, we renamed the Remuneration Committee to the People and Culture Committee.
The People and Culture Committee reports regularly to the Board on its work. The task of the
People and Culture Committee is to ensure the proper functioning of corporate governance and
efficient preparation of matters pertaining to the performance review and remuneration of the
members of the Board, the CEO, other executives, and the remuneration schemes of the personnel.
Board skills and experience in ESG matters
We benefit from a Board with diverse knowledge, skills, and experience, including ethics,
corporate culture, risk management, and legal affairs. We recognise the integral role of the Board
in overseeing holistic strategic management, considering environmental and social impacts, risks,
and opportunities. We aim to maintain a skill level that meets regulatory requirements and furthers
responsible business practices in response to current and emerging societal issues.
Driving ethical business practices and culture
We are committed to demonstrating an ethical culture with responsible practices across all areas.
Our commitment includes ensuring continuous engagement with our values and expectations of
each other, e.g. through our core competency model.
Our Group policy framework, including policies related to employees and customers, supports
ethical business practices. These policies are in the Group ESG Policy and available through our
internal employee platform and our Group website.
We further prioritise awareness and education to enable an aligned understanding of our cultural
values. Training on the Code of Ethics and Business Conduct, Whistleblowing and the Core
Competencies model support us in strengthening our cultural framework.
We continuously monitor and gather feedback on our culture evolution through conversations
with employees, Group-wide meetings, team meetings, and surveys. Key surveys include the eNPS,
Security Culture, Learning and Development, and Diversity and Inclusion surveys.
Board composition and diversity
ESG Report 2023
64
Assessing ESG impacts in the value chain
We have implemented tools for ESG assessment in the value chain, with certain areas prioritised
for piloting. In 2023, we commenced considering ESG matters in corporate loans and investments,
piloting an ESG assessment tool incorporating human rights and environmental matters.
We will further develop the ESG assessment tool to capture additional asset classes, expand the
scope of issues assessed, and implement further process integration. The tool is currently limited
to our banking activities under Multitude Bank.
ESG in New Product Approval Process
We have developed a robust New Product Approval Policy (NPAP) incorporating ESG considerations
for Multitude Bank in line with European Banking Authority Guidelines on Internal Governance.
Incorporating ESG considerations into the NPAP process ensures abiding by an adequate risk
approach and the necessary degree of intervention in relation to ESG impacts in product development
when introducing new products or entering new markets.
Managing our supply chain impacts
In accordance with our Human Rights Statement, committing us to uphold the human rights
of persons impacted by our business operations, we are developing our human rights and
environmental assessment framework. In addition, we recognise potential risks associated with
human rights violations and aim to address material issues in line with regulatory requirements
and best practices.
We will integrate a human rights and environmental matter assessment in vendor compliance and
onboarding processes for vendors exceeding determined internal thresholds. In addition, we have
commenced ESG consideration in the RFP stage of vendor selection. We aim to formalise the ESG
assessment process and monitoring of salient human rights issues in the value chain.
Lobbying – Industry association involvement
We do not engage in direct lobbying or make donations to political organisations. Lobbying is
limited to contributions to and engagement within trade associations.
Our involvement in trade associations supports activities that benefit our customers and strategic
objectives. We do not endorse industry association positions and consider each issue case-by-case.
We strive to be transparent with regard to our contributions and are registered in the EU Transparency
Register.
Total trade association membership spend in 2023 EUR 204,721.11
Trade association membership
Note: Conversion to EUR is calculated by taking the average 12 months of foreign exchange reference rates for 2023
from the European Central Bank
ESG Report 2023
65
Anti-bribery and anti-corruption
We have implemented a zero-tolerance approach to bribery and corruption and describe it
comprehensively in our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics. It defines bribery as the offer,
promise, transfer, request or agreement to receive anything of value, whether directly or indirectly,
to or from any person, to induce that person to perform their roles improperly or to influence them
to obtain or retain business or an advantage in the conduct of business. It defines corruption as
misusing entrusted power or public office for private gain.
Employees are required to conduct an appropriate level of due diligence regarding suppliers and,
where necessary, include clauses relating to anti-bribery and corruption in agreements.
Whistleblowing
We are committed to fostering an ethical culture that enables stakeholder protection and
risk mitigation whilst fulfilling regulatory requirements, and thus, we have published a policy
addressing whistleblowing. The Whistleblowing Policy encourages reporting improper practices,
such as illegal activity within our Group and provides a clear framework for whistleblowing,
communicating on the investigation process, and whistleblower protection.
In 2023, we revised our Whistleblowing Policy to align with requirements under the EU
Whistleblowing Directive (Directive (EU) 2019/1937), which set new requirements for the provision of
internal whistleblowing platforms and the protection of whistleblowers.
A person who exposes improper practices such as serious misconduct, dishonest or illegal activity
within our Group is considered a “Whistleblower”. The Multitude Group Whistleblowing Policy
covers reporting of improper practices, which may include but are not limited to:
• A criminal offence, miscarriage of justice, corrupt practice, bribery, or an unethical act that has
occurred or is likely to occur or to have occurred
• A violation or suspected violation of law or a failure to comply with laws or regulations
• Deliberate concealment of any of the above-noted matters
• Human rights violations
Internal whistleblowing
We have an appropriate internal framework in place to report improper practices. For this purpose,
we have appointed a Whistleblowing Reporting Officer to receive and deal with such internal
disclosures. Employees can submit reports to the Whistleblowing Reporting Officer via email or
in person.
We have secured the internal email channel for whistleblowing through measures that ensure the
whistleblowers’ confidentiality and identity and protect any third party mentioned in a report. In
addition, non-authorised persons are unable to access the channel.
All good-faith disclosures, and where the whistleblower reasonably believes the information to be true,
the whistleblower is protected against detrimental action, including but not limited to any form of
retaliation and/or discrimination, and against revealing the identity of the said whistleblower, who can
only be revealed with the written consent of the whistleblower or if required under any applicable laws.
ESG Report 2023
66
External whistleblowing
The Multitude Group Whistleblowing Policy sets out the potential for external whistleblowing through
external competent authorities in accordance with the procedures outlined on their websites.
Communication and training on anti-corruption policies and procedures
We conduct regular training on anti-bribery, anti-corruption, and the Code of Business Conduct and
Ethics. We share information about policies through staff calls and provide training online for all
employees.
We make all policies available internally and on our public Multitude Group website.
Incidents
During the financial year ended 31 December 2023, there were no reported incidents related to anti-
corruption, anti-bribery, and whistleblowing.
ESG Report 2023
67
The Group Head of Information Security engages with the Leadership Team on cybersecurity
matters and reports regularly internally. These activities ensure cross-functional engagement and
continuous enhancement of infrastructure and data protection.
Through comprehensive capacity building and training, we want to foster a culture of awareness
for employees at all levels. We equip employees with skills and tools to report and, over time,
improve their knowledge of cybercrime risks through dedicated exercises, self-monitoring of score
progression, and team metrics.
We use multiple methods to address diverse training and engagement needs, including games
and audio-visuals with mandatory tests for each online course. We also regularly conduct phishing
tests to monitor employee risk scores.
We encourage employees to take responsibility for their learning with optional training available
for employees who want to upskill themselves in addition to regular mandatory training.
In October, our Group Information Security team held a cyber awareness month involving the
launch of online employee training modules on cybersecurity risks and weekly educational en-
gagement on preventing cybercrime.
As part of monitoring our success in embedding a strong culture of security awareness, we con-
duct a Security Culture Awareness Survey. The Security Culture Survey is a fundamental element
of our security awareness program. This survey helps us assess and understand our employees’
opinions regarding security within our organisation. It delves into the psychological and social
aspects that drive our collective behaviour regarding security.
Preventing cybercrime
As a digital financial platform, we are potentially vulnerable to cyber security threats in the context
of rising cybercrime within global financial systems. We manage this risk within our broader
risk management framework to ensure robust measures to combat cyber attacks. In addition,
preventing adverse impacts from cybersecurity threats to our stakeholders is a key element
of managing negative potential societal impacts associated with our business operations and
product and service offerings.
Cybercrime prevention is an essential contributor to our ability to maintain our customer trust
and prevent reputational risks. Our efforts aim beyond compliance to align with best practice and
frameworks.
We have implemented operational controls to monitor cyber risks to critical infrastructure supported
by governance mechanisms across the organisation. Our controls’ design and implementation
utilise a “plan-for-failure” approach to ensure that should one control level fail, systems, networks,
or data are not at risk.
The IT Governance, Risk and Compliance (IT GRC) Committee receives regular internal updates
on cyber security. The Group Risk Committee receives reports on an ad-hoc basis, as required,
and submits reports on cybersecurity risk evaluation and management to the Group Board of
Directors. Reporting includes updates on key risk indicator performance in various areas of
information security.
ESG Report 2023
68
The survey measures seven essential topics of our security culture:
Information security pillars
Employees’ feelings and beliefs regarding security protocols and issues
The actions and activities of employees that impact the security of our
organisation, directly or indirectly
Employees’ understanding, knowledge, and awareness of security
issues and activities
The extent to which employees are aware of and adhere to written
security policies
Unwritten expectations about appropriate behaviours related to the use
of information technology within the organisation
How employees perceive their role as critical in sustaining or endangering
the organisation’s security
The quality of communication channels for discussing security-related
events, fostering a sense of belonging, and supporting incident reporting
1. Attitude
2. Behaviour
3. Cognition
5. Compliance
6. Norms
7. Responsibility
4. Communication
Due to continuous employee training, the results from the survey indicate that our performance
was higher than the industry average in 2023.
An appointed Security Tester and a third-party provider conducts regular penetration testing
throughout the year as part of our cybersecurity monitoring. In addition, we conduct regular
vulnerability assessments utilising industry-leading systems. These systems include investing in
a leading Dark Web monitoring solution, advanced malware detection systems (Endpoint Detection
and Response (EDR), and Extended detection and response (XDR)), Data Loss Prevention
Systems (DLPS) and Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) systems.
The Information Security function enforced the NIST400 40r4 framework for enterprise patching
throughout the Group and our bank. Patching refers to system and software updates addressing
vulnerabilities. This framework helps identify, prioritise, acquire, install, and verify installing patches,
updates, and upgrades throughout the organisation.
ESG Report 2023
69
Tax governance
We seek to demonstrate the highest ethical conduct regarding tax matters, meeting the expectations
of our stakeholders, including investors, customers, and society. Our tax team oversees the tax strategy,
reviews it annually and when material changes to the tax environment occur.
Transparency is a central value to our approach and commitment to responsibility in dealing with
tax matters in the jurisdictions in which we operate. This means:
• Meeting all statutory and regulatory tax obligations
• Acting with reasonable care in relation to all tax filings and payments
• Disclosing all relevant facts and circumstances to the tax authorities
• Resolving ongoing matters in a collaborative, courteous and timely manner
• Actively engaging with tax authorities on a real-time basis to minimise tax risk as part of our
effective tax management. Due to the complexity of the tax system within which we operate, our
long-term tax goals are consistent with our mission and relate to avoiding tax risks and making tax
payments at the currently required level.
We update the identification and analysis of risks on an ongoing basis, taking analysis of our
historical data, analysis of external data including court rulings and tax interpretations, reports and
advice received from tax experts, tax advisors, legal advisors, or auditors into account to avoid
these risks.
The assumption is that the maximum level or type of tax risk an organisation can accept to achieve
a financial or strategic goal is low. This means that we are unwilling to bear risks and choose a safe
solution that does not generate risks when in doubt.
When a tax law issue requires additional analysis by an external advisor, our personnel reports
such a need to the tax team. The tax team decides on the performance of the relevant analysis.
We consult with the tax team on legal issues that may directly or indirectly affect tax settlements.
2021 2022 2023
Total training hours 1763 5168 4512
Employees that received
training in cybercrime
prevention
91% 89% 91%
Total no. of employees
trained
939 921 795
Decline in phishing
simulation click rates*
70% from previous
year
Increase of 28% due to the new
phishing test complexity levels, from
basic to advanced, and the frequency
of which such phishing test format
changes throughout the month
2023 Data on cybercrime prevention training
ESG Report 2023
70
EU Taxonomy disclosures
The EU Taxonomy is a classification system that identifies environmentally sustainable activities
supporting investment towards a low-carbon economy and the EU Green Deal.
Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (the “Taxonomy Regulation”) differentiates between taxonomy-
eligible and taxonomy-aligned activities. A taxonomy-eligible economic activity refers to specific
economic activities described in the Delegated Acts. A taxonomy-aligned economic activity
means an economic activity that complies with the requirements laid down in Article 3 of the
Taxonomy Regulation, namely, provides a substantial contribution to one of the environmental
objectives, does no significant harm to any of the other environmental objectives and is undertaken in
compliance with minimum safeguards.
Multitude taxonomy eligibility
Article 8(1) of the Taxonomy Regulation obligates undertakings subject to Articles 19a or 29a
of Directive 2013/34/EU, inserted by Directive 2014/95/EU (Non-Financial Reporting Directive),
to publicly disclose information on how and to what extent their activities are associated with
economic activities that qualify as environmentally sustainable as defined under the Regulation.
Multitude Group falls under the Non-Financial Reporting Directive (NFRD)’s scope and is hence
covered by the EU Taxonomy.
Article 10 of the Delegated Regulation (EU) 2021/2178 (the “Disclosures Delegated Act”) provides
for phased reporting of taxonomy key performance indicators on the extent to which economic
activities are eligible or aligned.
Non-financial undertakings were required to disclose on taxonomy eligibility from January 2022
and on taxonomy alignment from January 2023. Financial undertakings are required to report on
taxonomy eligibility from January 2022 and alignment from January 2024.
In determining Multitude’s eligibility under the Taxonomy Regulation, we initially referred to the
core activities, which include Multitude Bank activities and, in 2021 and 2022, reported on taxonomy
eligibility for credit institutions.
The Disclosures Delegated Act sets out requirements for financial undertakings and non-financial
undertakings. We do not fall into the categories for financial undertakings set out in Article 1(8)
of the Disclosures Delegated Act. As a Group, despite undertaking credit institution activities
through our subsidiary, Multitude Bank, are not a credit institution according to Article 4(1), point
(1), of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013.
Given that we do not fit into the listed categories of this regulation and considering EU guidance
on taxonomy disclosure requirement interpretation, we have decided to use the non-financial
undertaking KPIs. This disclosure introduces a revised approach to our Group’s EU Taxonomy
disclosure for the financial year ending 31 December 2023.
Whilst there is provision for voluntary use of financial undertaking KPIs, we, in assessing the
potential eligibility of activities under the credit institution KPIs (Green Asset Ratio), decided not to
voluntarily publish the associated KPIs for 2023. We aim to review consideration on taxonomy disclosure
annually and the potential expansion of voluntary disclosure, subject to data availability.
ESG Report 2023
71
The KPIs reported are, hence, in accordance with the KPIs of non-financial undertakings referred
to in Article 8(2), points (a) and (b) of the Taxonomy Regulation. Financial metrics to report are
turnover, capital expenditure, and operating expenditure derived from products and services
associated with the taxonomy’s six environmental objectives.
We screened our corporate and investment lending portfolio for eligible activities under the
taxonomy, categorising them by macro sectors. Our screening did not identify business activities
within the taxonomy’s scope. Considering that the portfolio constitutes businesses outside the
NFRD scope, we consider exposure to this segment as non-eligible. This is also the case for
CapitalBox’s SME lending portfolio.
We identified real estate and marketplace for the trade of second-hand goods for assessment as
potentially eligible activities through some of the corporate loans and investments due to these
activities being included in the Delegated Regulations (EU) 2021/2139 (the “Climate Delegated
Act”) and (EU) 2023/2486 (the “Environmental Delegated Act”). However, we concluded that our
customers’ activities did fall into the outlined definitions.
For real estate, seven activities of three types (stand-alone, enabling, and transitional) are
listed in the technical screening criteria for climate change mitigation and adaptation. We aim to
continuously assess for Taxonomy eligibility as our real estate lending portfolio grows.
The Environmental Delegated Act outlines the technical screening criteria determining whether
an economic activity qualifies as contributing substantially to the transition to a circular economy.
We have excluded customers involved in retail trade since activity 5.6, ‘Marketplace for the trade
of second-hand goods for reuse’, does not include the wholesale or retail trade of second-hand
goods.
The Commission Delegated Regulation 2021/2178 (the “Disclosures Delegated Act”) specifies the
disclosure obligations under Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation. This report fulfils the obligation
under Article 8 of the Taxonomy Regulation and Article 10 of the Disclosures Delegated Act to
disclose the proportion of taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-non-eligible activities for the financial
year ending 31 December 2023.
We report no taxonomy-eligible and aligned activities in 2023, however, we aim to undertake efforts
to assess our lending activities further and monitor Taxonomy Regulation towards concretising our
reporting on the environmental sustainability of our activities.
In 2023, we commenced including ESG assessment in corporate loans and investments and
aimed to consider additional indicators, including taxonomy alignment. This will support further
integration of Taxonomy Regulation considerations within our Group’s activities as we continuously
work to meet the needs of our stakeholders.
ESG Report 2023
72
Substantial contribution criteria DNSH criteria
Economic Activities
Code (s)
Absolute turnover (EUR
‘000)
Proportion of turnover
Climate change mitigation
Climate change adaptation
Water and marine resources
Circular economy
Pollution
Biodiversity and ecosystems
Climate change mitigation
Climate change adaptation
Water and marine resources
Circular economy
Pollution
Biodiversity and ecosystems
Minimum safeguards
Taxonomy-aligned proportion
of turnover 2023
Taxonomy-aligned proportion
of turnover 2022
Category (enabling activity or)
Category (transitional activity)
A. TAXONOMY ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES %
A.1. Environmentally sus-
tainable acivities (Taxono-
my-aligned)
Turnover of environmentally
sustainable activities (Taxon-
omy-aligned) (A.1)
- 0% N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A 0.00% 0.00% N /A N /A
A.2 Taxonomy-Eligible but
not environmentally sustain-
able activities (not Taxono-
my-aligned activities)
Turnover of Taxonomy-Eligi-
ble but not environmentally
sustainable activities (not
Taxonomy-aligned activities)
(A.2)
- 0% 0.00% 0.00% N/A N/A
Total (A.1 + A.2)
- 0% 0.00% 0.00% N/A N/A
B. TAXONOMY NON-ELIGI-
BLE ACTIVITIES %
Turnover of Taxonomy
non-eligible activities (B)
230,522 100%
Total (A + B)
230,522 100%
Proportion of turnover from products or services associated with Taxonomy-aligned
economic activities – disclosure covering year 2023
ESG Report 2023
73
Substantial contribution criteria DNSH criteria
Economic Activities
Code (s)
Absolute CapEx (EUR ‘000)
Proportion of CapEx
Climate change mitigation
Climate change adaptation
Water and marine resources
Circular economy
Pollution
Biodiversity and ecosystems
Climate change mitigation
Climate change adaptation
Water and marine resources
Circular economy
Pollution
Biodiversity and ecosystems
Minimum safeguards
Taxonomy-aligned proportion
of CapEx 2023
Taxonomy-aligned proportion
of CapEx 2022
Category (enabling activity or)
Category (transitional activity)
A. TAXONOMY ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES %
A.1. Environmentally sus-
tainable activities (Taxono-
my-aligned)
CapEx of environmentally
sustainable activities (Tax-
onomy-aligned) (A.1)
- 0.00% N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A 0.00% 0.00% N /A N /A
A.2 Taxonomy-Eligible but
not environmentally sustain-
able activities (not Taxono-
my-aligned activities)
CapEx of Taxonomy-Eligi-
ble but not environmentally
sustainable activities (not
Taxonomy-aligned activi-
ties) (A.2)
- 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% N /A N /A
Total (A.1 + A.2) - 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% N /A N /A
B. TAXONOMY NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES
CapEx of Taxonomy non-eli-
gible activities (B)
13,169 100%
Total (A + B) 13,169 100%
Proportion of CapEx from products or services associated with Taxonomy-aligned
economic activities – disclosure covering year 2023
ESG Report 2023
74
Substantial contribution criteria DNSH criteria
Economic Activities
Code (s)
Absolute OpEx (EUR ‘000)
Proportion of OpEx
Climate change mitigation
Climate change adaptation
Water and marine resources
Circular economy
Pollution
Biodiversity and ecosystems
Climate change mitigation
Climate change adaptation
Water and marine resources
Circular economy
Pollution
Biodiversity and ecosystems
Minimum safeguards
Taxonomy-aligned propor-
tion of OpEX 2023
Taxonomy-aligned propor-
tion of OpEx 2022
Category (enabling activity or)
Category (transitional activity)
A. TAXONOMY ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES %
A.1. Environmentally sus-
tainable acivities (Taxono-
my-aligned)
OpEx of environmentally
sustainable activities (Tax-
onomy-aligned) (A.1)
- 0.00% N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A N /A 0.00% 0.00% N /A N /A
A.2 Taxonomy-Eligible but
not environmentally sustain-
able activities (not Taxono-
my-aligned activities)
OpEx of Taxonomy-Eligible
but not environmentally
sustainable activities (not
Taxonomy-aligned activi-
ties) (A.2)
- 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% N /A N /A
Total (A.1 + A.2) - 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% N /A N /A
B. TAXONOMY NON-ELIGIBLE ACTIVITIES %
OpEx of Taxonomy non-eli-
gible activities (B)
372,247 100%
Total (A + B) 372,247 100%
Proportion of OpEx from products or services associated with Taxonomy-aligned
economic activities – disclosure covering year 2023
ESG Report 2023
75
GRI Index 2023
Statement of use
Multitude SE has reported in accordance with the GRI Standards for the period
1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
GRI 1 Used GRI 1: Foundation 2021
GRI 2: GENERAL
DISCLOSURES 2021
DISCLOSURE REFERENCE
OMISSION/
COMMENT
General Disclosure 2-1 Organisational detail
Annual Report, What is
Multitude?, p.14 - 17
General Disclosure 2-2
Entities included in the
organization’s
sustainability reporting
ESG Report, About the
ESG report 2023, p.24
General Disclosure 2-3
Reporting period,
frequency and contact
point
ESG Report, About the
ESG report 2023, p.24
General Disclosure 2-4
Restatements of
information
In the process of
improving alignment
with the GRI Standards,
the contents for GRI
203, 302, 305, 403
have been added to the
2023 reporting.
General Disclosure 2-5 External assurance
The ESG report was not
subject to external
assurance for the 2023
financial year. The
Group aims to align with
assurance requirements
under the Corporate
Sustainability Reporting
Directive.
Activities and workers
General Disclosure 2-6
Activities, value chain
and other business
relationships
Annual report, Multitude
growth platform, p.15 - 17
General Disclosure 2-7 Employees
ESG Report, Workforce
diversity and inclusion, p.51
ESG Report 2023
76
Statement of use
Multitude SE has reported in accordance with the GRI Standards for the period
1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
GRI 1 Used GRI 1: Foundation 2021
GRI 2: GENERAL
DISCLOSURES 2021
DISCLOSURE REFERENCE
OMISSION/
COMMENT
Governance
General Disclosure 2-9
Governance structure and
composition
Multitude SE Corporate
Governance Statement
2022
General Disclosure 2-10
Nomination and selection of
the highest governance
body
Multitude SE Corporate
Governance Statement
2022
General Disclosure 2-11
Chair of the highest
governance body
Multitude SE Corporate
Governance Statement
2022
General Disclosure 2-12
Role of the highest
governance body in
overseeing the management
of impacts
Multitude SE Corporate
Governance Statement
2022
General Disclosure 2-13
Delegation of responsibility
for managing impacts
ESG Report, Governance
and ethics, p.62
General Disclosure 2-14
Role of the highest
governance body in
sustainability reporting
ESG Report, Governance
and ethics, p.62
General Disclosure 2-15 Conflicts of interest
Multitude SE Corporate
Governance Statement
2022
General Disclosure 2-16
Communication of critical
concerns
Multitude SE Corporate
Governance Statement
2022
General Disclosure 2-17
Collective knowledge of the
highest governance body
Multitude SE Corporate
Governance Statement
2022
General Disclosure 2-18
Evaluation of the
performance of the highest
governance body
Remuneration Report
2023
General Disclosure 2-19 Remuneration policies
Remuneration Report
2023
General Disclosure 2-20
Process to determine
remuneration
Remuneration Report
2023
General Disclosure 2-21
Annual total compensation
ratio
Remuneration Report
2023
ESG Report 2023
77
Statement of use
Multitude SE has reported in accordance with the GRI Standards for the period
1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
GRI 1 Used GRI 1: Foundation 2021
GRI 2: GENERAL
DISCLOSURES 2021
DISCLOSURE REFERENCE
OMISSION/
COMMENT
Strategy, policies and practices
General Disclosure 2-22
Statement on
sustainable
development
strategy
Annual Report, Remarks from the
CEO, p.8,
ESG Report, Responsible financial
services for the overlooked customer,
p.25 - 29
General Disclosure 2-23
Policy
commitments
"ESG Report, Governance and ethics,
p.62 - 67
The Group Human Rights Statement
ESG Policy (inclusive of Environmental
Policy and Collective Barganing
statements) and Diversity and
Inclusion Statements and policies are
located at:
https://www.multitude.com/esg/
esg-policies
General Disclosure 2-24
Embedding policy
commitments
ESG report, Governance and ethics,
p.62 - 67
ESG Policy https://www.multitude.
com/esg/esg-policies
General Disclosure 2-25
Processes to
remediate negative
impacts
ESG Report, Governance and ethics,
p.62 - 67
General Disclosure 2-26
Mechanisms for
seeking advice and
raising concerns
ESG Report, Governance and ethics,
p.62 - 67
General Disclosure 2-27
Compliance with
laws and
regulations
ESG Report, Governance and ethics,
p.62 - 67
General Disclosure 2-28
Membership
associations
ESG Report, Governance and ethics,
p.62 - 67
Stakeholder engagement
General Disclosure 2-29
Approach to
stakeholder
engagement
ESG Report
- Responsible financial services for the
overlooked customers, p.25
-Our ESG approach, p.27
-Our ESG priorities, p.29
-Our approach to materiality, p.30
-Customer engagement, p.59
-Governance and ethics, p.62
General Disclosure 2-30
Collective
bargaining
agreements
ESG Policy: https://www.multitude.
com/esg/esg-policies
ESG Report 2023
78
Statement of use
Multitude SE has reported in accordance with the GRI Standards for the period
1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
GRI 1 Used GRI 1: Foundation 2021
GRI 2: GENERAL
DISCLOSURES 2021
DISCLOSURE REFERENCE
OMISSION/
COMMENT
Material Topics
Material Topics 3-1
Process to
determine material
topics
ESG Report, Our material topics -
Defining what matters, p.30 - 31
Material Topics 3-2
List of material
topics
ESG Report, Our material topics -
Defining what matters, p.30 - 31
GRI 203: Indirect Economic Impacts (2016)
Indirect Economic
Impacts
3-3
Management of
material topics
ESG Report, Serving our
communities, p.56
Indirect Economic
Impacts
203-1
Infrastructure
investments and
services supported
ESG Report, Creating value and
protecting the wellbeing of our
customers, p.57
Indirect Economic
Impacts
203-2
Significant indirect
economic impacts
ESG Report, Serving our
communities, p.56
GRI 205: Anti corruption (2016)
Anti-corruption 3-3
Management of
material topics
ESG Report, Governance and ethics,
p.66 - 67
Anti-corruption 205-1
Operations assessed
for risks related to
corruption
Information not
reported for
2023.
Anti-corruption 205-2
Communication and
training about anti-
corruption policies
and procedures
ESG Report, Governance and ethics,
p.66 - 67
Anti-corruption 205-3
Confirmed incidents
of corruption and
actions taken
ESG Report, Governance and ethics,
p.66 - 67
ESG Report 2023
79
GRI 302: Energy (2016)
Energy 3-3
Management of material
topics
ESG report, Towards a net-zero
digital future: Low carbon banking
and finance for the overlooked
customer, p.32 - 40
Energy 302-1
Energy consumption
within the organization
ESG report, Towards a net-zero
digital future: Low carbon banking
and finance for the overlooked
customer, p.32 - 40
Energy 302-2
Energy consumption
outside the organization
ESG report, Towards a net-zero
digital future: Low carbon banking
and finance for the overlooked
customer, p.32 - 40
Energy 302-3 Energy intensity
ESG report, Towards a net-zero
digital future: Low carbon banking
and finance for the overlooked
customer, p.32 - 40
Energy 302-4
Reduction of energy
consumption
ESG report, Towards a net-zero
digital future: Low carbon banking
and finance for the overlooked
customer, p.32 - 40
Energy 302-5
Reductions in energy
requirements of products
and services
ESG report, Towards a net-zero
digital future: Low carbon banking
and finance for the overlooked
customer, p.32 - 40
Statement of use
Multitude SE has reported in accordance with the GRI Standards for the period
1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
GRI 1 Used GRI 1: Foundation 2021
GRI 2: GENERAL
DISCLOSURES 2021
DISCLOSURE REFERENCE
OMISSION/
COMMENT
GRI 305: Emissions (2016)
Emissions 3-3
Management of material
topics
ESG report, Towards a net-zero
digital future: Low carbon banking
and finance for the overlooked
customer, p.40
Emissions 305-1
Direct (Scope 1) GHG
emissions
ESG report, Towards a net-zero
digital future: Low carbon banking
and finance for the overlooked
customer, p.40
Emissions 305-2
Energy indirect (Scope
2) GHG emissions
ESG report, Towards a net-zero
digital future: Low carbon banking
and finance for the overlooked
customer, p.40
Emissions 305-3
Other indirect (Scope 3)
GHG emissions
ESG report, Towards a net-zero
digital future: Low carbon banking
and finance for the overlooked
customer, p.40
Emissions 305-4 GHG emissions intensity
ESG report, Towards a net-zero
digital future: Low carbon banking
and finance for the overlooked
customer, p.40
Emissions 305-5
Reduction of GHG
emissions
ESG report, Towards a net-zero
digital future: Low carbon banking
and finance for the overlooked
customer, p.40
ESG Report 2023
80
GRI 402: Labor / Management Relations (2016)
Labor /
Management
Relations
3-3
Management of material
topics
ESG Report, Our people,
p.44 -55
Labor /
Management
Relations
402-1
Minimum notice periods
regarding operational
changes
Employees are
informed regarding
operatonal changes
at earliest possible
date post decision-
making.
GRI 401: Employment (2016)
Employment 3-3
Management of material
topics
ESG Report, Our people,
p.44 - 55
Employment 401-1
New employee hires and
employee turnover
ESG Report, Our people, Our
people benefits, p.54
Employment 401-2
Benefits provided to
full-time employees that
are not provided to
temporary or part-time
employees
Certain categories
of employees
such as contract
employees are not
currently covered
under the Matching
Share Plan program
Employment 401-3 Parental leave
Multitude provides
parental leave in
accordance to local
jurisdication.
Statement of use
Multitude SE has reported in accordance with the GRI Standards for the period
1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
GRI 1 Used GRI 1: Foundation 2021
GRI 2: GENERAL
DISCLOSURES 2021
DISCLOSURE REFERENCE
OMISSION/
COMMENT
ESG Report 2023
81
Statement of use
Multitude SE has reported in accordance with the GRI Standards for the period
1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
GRI 1 Used GRI 1: Foundation 2021
GRI 2: GENERAL
DISCLOSURES 2021
DISCLOSURE REFERENCE
OMISSION/
COMMENT
GRI 403: Occupational Health and Safety (2018)
Occupational
Health and Safety
3-3
Management of material
topics
ESG Report, Our people,
Protecting our people,
p.53
Occupational
Health and Safety
403-1
Occupational health and
safety management
system
No management system.
Multitude global offices
implement basic occupa-
tional health and safety
measures in accordance
with country regulation.
Occupational
Health and Safety
403-2
Hazard identification, risk
assessment, and incident
investigation
No management system.
Multitude global offices
implement basic occupa-
tional health and safety
measures in accordance
with country regulation.
Occupational
Health and Safety
403-3
Occupational health
services
ESG Report, Our people,
Protecting our people,
p.53
No management system.
Multitude global offices
implement basic occupa-
tional health and safety
measures in accordance
with country regulation.
Occupational
Health and Safety
403-4
Worker participation,
consultation, and
communication on
cooupational health and
safety
ESG Report, Our people,
Protecting our people,
p.53
No management system.
Multitude global offices
implement basic occupa-
tional health and safety
measures in accordance
with country regulation.
Occupational
Health and Safety
403-5
Worker training on
occupational health and
safety
ESG Report, Our people,
Protecting our people,
p.53
No management system.
Multitude global offices
implement basic occupa-
tional health and safety
measures in accordance
with country regulation.
Occupational
Health and Safety
403-6
Promotion of worker
health
ESG Report, Our people,
Protecting our people,
p.53
No management system.
Multitude global offices
implement basic occupa-
tional health and safety
measures in accordance
with country regulation.
Occupational
Health and Safety
403-8
Workers covered by an
occupational health and
safety management
system
No management system.
Multitude global offices
implement basic occupa-
tional health and safety
measures in accordance
with country regulation.
Occupational
Health and Safety
403-9 Work-related injuries
No incidents reported for
2023.
Occupational
Health and Safety
403-10 Work-related ill health
No incidents reported for
2023.
ESG Report 2023
82
Statement of use
Multitude SE has reported in accordance with the GRI Standards for the period
1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
GRI 1 Used GRI 1: Foundation 2021
GRI 2: GENERAL
DISCLOSURES 2021
DISCLOSURE REFERENCE
OMISSION/
COMMENT
GRI 404: Training and Education (2016)
Training and
Education
3-3
Management of material
topics
ESG Report, Our people,
Engaging our people,
p.44 - 49
Training and
Education
404-1
Average hours of
training per year per
employee
ESG Report, Our people,
Nurturing our people,
p.45
Training and
Education
404-2
Programs for upgrading
employee skills and
transition assistance
programs
ESG Report, Our people,
Nurturing our people,
p.45 - 49
Training and
Education
404-3
Percentage of
employees receiving regular
performance and career
development reviews
ESG Report, Our people,
Nurturing our people,
p.45 - 49
GRI 405: Diversity and Equal Opportunity (2016)
Gender Diversity
and Equal
Opportunity
3-3
Management of material
topics
ESG Report, Workforce
diversity & inclusion,
p.50 - 52
Gender Diversity
and Equal
Opportunity
405-1
Diversity of governance
bodies and employees
ESG Report, Workforce
diversity & inclusion,
p.50 - 52
ESG Report 2023
83
GRI 406: Non-discrimination (2016)
Non-discrimination 3-3
Management of material
topics
ESG Report, Workforce
diversity & inclusion,
p.50 - 52
Non-discrimination 406-1
Incidents of
discrimination and
corrective actions taken
No incidents
reported for 2023.
GRI 417: Marketing and Labelling (2016)
Marketing and
Labelling
3-3
Management of material
topics
ESG Report, Creating value
and protecting the wellbeing
of our customers, p.57 - 60
Marketing and
Labelling
417-1
Requirements for
product and service
information and labelling
ESG Report, Customer
education, p.58 -59 and
Responsible Lending,
p.58 - 59
Marketing and
Labelling
417-2
Incidents of non-
compliance concerning
product and service
information and labelling
No incidents
reported for 2023.
Marketing and
Labelling
417-3
Incidents of non-
compliance concerning
marketing
communications
No incidents
reported for 2023.
Statement of use
Multitude SE has reported in accordance with the GRI Standards for the period
1 January 2023 to 31 December 2023
GRI 1 Used GRI 1: Foundation 2021
GRI 2: GENERAL
DISCLOSURES 2021
DISCLOSURE REFERENCE
OMISSION/
COMMENT
GRI 418: Customer Privacy (2016)
Customer Privacy 3-3
Management of material
topics
ESG Report, Protecting
customer data, p.60 -61
Customer Privacy 418-1
Substantiated
complaints concerning
breaches of customer
privacy and losses of
customer data
No incidents
reported for 2023.
ESG Report 2023
84
Approval of the non-financial statement
Ari Tiukkanen
Chairman of the Board
Jorma Jokela
Chief Executive Officer, Vice Chairman of the Board
Lea Liigus
Head of Legal and Compliance, Member of the Board
Michael A. Cusumano
Member of the Board
Goutam Challagalla
Member of the Board
Kristiina Leppänen
Member of the Board
ESG Report 2023
85
Legal and
regulatory
environment
General overview
From an international dimension, 2023 was characterised by an environment of heightened
geopolitical instability. The ongoing conflict in Ukraine and escalating military action in the Middle
East, among others, have contributed to economic uncertainties that directly or indirectly impacted
many businesses within the EEA. Our Group Legal and Compliance function has remained vigilant
throughout the year in monitoring international developments, the impact these have on the EU,
UN and national sanctions being just one aspect that affects the work of the different lines of
defence within our Group. Throughout the year, as part of the function’s periodic review process,
we also factored in changes to key interest rates triggered by decisions of the ECB’s Governing
Council in its efforts to reign in inflation.
Beyond geopolitical developments and their impact, the Legal and Compliance function remains
instrumental in assessing and addressing the evolving regulatory landscape in a manner that
fosters stability, identifies new opportunities and ensures the long-term sustainability of our
business. With these objectives in mind, we strengthened the resources of the Legal and
Compliance function in the course of 2023, both to support our business plans more effectively
and reduce our compliance risk.
Legal changes
As in previous years, in 2023, we closely monitored legal changes and developments impacting
our business lines and the markets in which we are active. Material tracked legal changes during
the past year included the following:
Consumer Credit Directive
The European Parliament approved the Consumer Credit Directive 2 (“CCD2”) on 12 September
2023 and published it in the EU’s Official Journal on 18 October 2023. EU Member States are,
therefore, obliged to implement the CCD2 provisions into their national legal systems by November
2025. In addition, the new regulations transposing the CCD2 provisions must enter into force
and be applied by November 2026 at the latest. Among other matters, this Directive imposes
an obligation on Member States to cap APRs, interest rates or total costs, prohibits marketing
from creating false expectations, regulates certain information requirements, including changes
to the pre-contractual information, and imposes several obligations in relation to creditworthiness
assessments.
86
Artificial Intelligence Act
In December 2023, members of the European parliament reached a political deal with the European
Council on the Artificial Intelligence (“AI”) Act. This regulation aims to ensure that fundamental
rights, democracy, the rule of law and environmental sustainability are protected from high-risk AI
while boosting innovation and making Europe a leader in the field. The rules establish obligations
for AI based on its potential risks and level of impact. Our Legal and Compliance function monitors
developments in this field very closely to identify both opportunities and obligations that must be
adhered to.
Proposal for a regulation on instant payments
A proposal for a regulation on Instant Payments (IPs) was published on the 26th October 2022.
This will oblige payment service providers (PSPs) that provide credit transfers in euro to offer the
service of sending and receiving instant payments in euro. A number of technical specifications are
laid down for this service, including the requirement to receive payment orders and be reachable
for instant payments 24 hours a day, 365 days a year, without any possibility to set up cut-off
times or limit the processing of instant payments to business days only. Multitude Bank p.l.c., one
of the subsidiaries within the Group, already offers instant payments, though these legislative
developments will be followed closely.
Distance selling in financial services
The EU has adopted a directive amending Directive 2011/83/EU regarding distance selling in
financial services, which entered into force in December 2023. The adopted directive repeals
the 2002 rules and introduces a new chapter in the Consumer Rights Directive on distance
financial services contracts. The CCD and CCD2 take priority in case of matters regulated by
both acts. However, the aforementioned directive applies to deposit-taking. EU member states
must implement the Directive by December 2025 and apply by June 2026.
87
Banking package
During Q4 of 2023, agreement was reached on the final elements for implementing Basel III in the EU
set-up. The EU has already implemented the vast majority of the Basel III global standards of 2017.
According to a number of commentators, this has contributed to increased financial stability within
the EU while providing the basis for stable funding of the economy. Some final elements remained
for the implementation of Basel III in the EU through the review of EU banking rules proposed by
the Commission back in October 2021 (the “banking package”), which consists of the following:
• a legislative act to amend the Capital Requirements Directive (Directive 2013/36/EU)
• a legislative act to amend the Capital Requirements Regulation (Regulation No (EU) 2013/575).
The new CRR rules will start applying on 1 January 2025, and the provisions included in the CRD
will need to be transposed by Member States before they start applying. Although still subject to
legal revision and the final vote, the relevant texts have been published. The published documents
enable banks to prepare for the final phase of implementing the Basel III agreement within the
EU. At the same time, the EBA will embark on a consultation process on key technical standards,
which will allow the practical implementation of the agreement by banks in the course of 2024
and beyond.
Revised ADR Directive
A Proposal for a Directive amending Directive 2013/11/EU on alternative dispute resolution for
consumer disputes, as well as Directives (EU) 2015/2302, (EU) 2019/2161 and (EU) 2020/1828 was
published. The proposal aims to enable alternative dispute resolution, including those concerning
unfair commercial practices and terms, compulsory pre-contractual information, non-discrimination
based on nationality or place of residence, and various other matters.
Proposal for a Regulation to repeal Regulation (EU) No 524/2013
The proposal aims to discontinue the European Online Dispute Resolution (“ODR”) Platform at
the Union level, which offers a single point of entry to consumers and traders seeking to resolve
disputes arising from online transactions out-of-court in view of the very low usage of the ODR
and the non-viability to continue maintaining such platform.
88
Country-specific legal changes
Croatia
In 2023, Croatia published proposals for amendments to the Consumer Crediting Act (“the Act”)
aimed to introduce provisions regulating forbearance for customers in payment difficulties,
regulate the initiation of enforcement procedures, as well as information to be communicated
to customers in case of amendments to the consumer credit agreement. The Act will come into
force in 2024.
Finland
A new law on a positive information register was adopted in Finland in 2022, which will see
Multitude Bank p.l.c. reporting positive credit information in the said register as of February 2024.
A legislative proposal, initially published in 2022 and entered into force in 2023, aims to regulate
the marketing of credits and revise the interest rate cap, proposing both a variable and a fixed cap.
Furthermore, changes came into force in 2023 in the Act on Credit Institutions. Among other
amendments, this law also establishes record-keeping obligations relating to creditworthiness
assessment. Credit institutions should have a risk classification system to monitor and assess
default risks in consumer lending reliably. Additionally, information reporting obligations to the
Financial Supervisory Authority are established and expected to be supplemented by guidelines.
Norway
The new Financial Contracts Act, which, among other matters, implements the Payment Services
Directive and covers changes in interest rates that are in obvious disproportion to the credit, legal
consequences for inadequate credit assessments and the marketing of credit, entered into force
on 1 January 2023.
Romania
In the course of 2023, there were no material updates on the legislative proposal announced in
2022 on the protection of consumer rights, which includes obligations on establishment within the
Romanian jurisdiction and a proposal for a platform aimed at educating consumers.
Sweden
In 2023, the Swedish Government commissioned and published a report on lending in Sweden.
The report includes a legislative draft proposal that aims to reduce the current caps on lending
and apply the caps to products that the current caps do not cover. Among other things, they
propose introducing a Skri register, a database including information on payment delays, which
will enable stricter creditworthiness assessments. The proposal also aims to clarify current
provisions on moderation in marketing and proposes provisions which would require lenders to
have sound remuneration policies. It is expected that changes will come into force in 2025.
89
Company structure and business model
Multitude (“the Group”, “Multitude”, “company”, “we” have the same meaning for the purpose
of this report) is a listed European FinTech company offering digital lending and
online banking services to consumers, small and medium-sized businesses, and other FinTechs
overlooked by traditional banks. We provide services through three independent business units,
supported by our internal Banking-as-a-Service (BaaS) growth platform. In 2023, our business
units comprised Ferratum (consumer lending), CapitalBox (SME lending), and SweepBank
(banking app). In 2024, SweepBank will become an underlying enabler of a broadened offering
at Ferratum (from consumer lending to consumer banking) and CapitalBox (from SME lending
to SME banking) to better serve our customers. In November 2023, we announced our plan to
form a new business unit in 2024 by rebranding part of the SweepBank’s business that will offer
wholesale banking and be managed by Multitude Bank, on behalf of the Group.
Multitude as a Group, headquartered in Helsinki, Finland, was established in 2005 and currently
serves approx. 400,000 active customers. These customers have or have had an active loan
balance with at least one of the independent business units in Multitude within the past 12 months,
are active users of the SweepBank app, or a combination of these. The business units within
Multitude operate across 16 countries, mainly in Europe. Multitude Bank p.l.c., a wholly-owned
subsidiary of Multitude SE, is a credit institution licensed by the Malta Financial Services Authority
(MFSA), allowing Multitude to passport financial services and products to all European Economic
Area (EEA) member states.
Board of
Directors’
report 2023
90
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
Board of
Directors’
report 2023
Over the past +18 years, Multitude has developed proprietary data and credit scoring algorithms
that can deliver instant credit decisions digitally, allowing to make fully risk-assessed scoring at
a pace and scale unmatched by traditional banking, neo banks, or the general lending industry.
This technology and data, paired with the regulatory experience from global operations over so
many years, brings Multitude a significant competitive advantage in large scale disruption of the
financial industry.
Each offering of the independent business units within Multitude is built based on the combination
of behavioural data and direct customer feedback, ensuring a customer experience focused offer-
ing for each segment. Each business unit can leverage centralised core operations such as finance,
customer service, IT, and legal for lean operations and strong synergies through data exchange.
Multitude SE is listed in the Prime Standard of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange under the symbol
"FRU".
91
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
Financial key figures and ratios
EUR ’000 2023 2022* 2021*
Net interest income 208,222 198,447 185,528
Profit before income tax 18,990 13,590 4,689
Net cash flows from (used in) operating activities 157,776 (34,346) 71,723
Net cash flows used in investing activities (11,839) (10,903) (13,677)
Net cash flows from (used in) financing activities (15,396) (100,687) 7,056
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 130,541 (145,936) 65,102
*Restated.
EUR ’000
31 December
2023
31 December
2022*
1 January
2022*
Loans to customers 575,948 507,075 449,562
Impaired loan coverage ratio, in % 16.6 18.2 21.6
Deposits from customers 732,350 503,378 486,010
Cash and cash equivalents 283,712 153,325 301,592
Total assets 990,878 753,235 822,779
Non-current liabilities 299,798 132,462 140,934
Current liabilities 507,434 440,807 508,814
Total liabilities 807,232 573,269 649,748
Total equity 183,647 179,966 173,031
Equity ratio, in % 18.5 23.9 21.2
Net equity ratio, in % 26.0 30.0 33.4
Net debt to equity ratio 2.85 2.33 1.99
*Restated.
Calculation of key financial ratios
Profit before tax (%) = 100x
Profit before tax
Revenue
Impaired loan coverage ratio (%) = 100x
Credit loss allowance
Gross loans to customers
Equity ratio (%) = 100x
Total equity
Total assets
Net debt to equity ratio =
Total liabilities – cash and cash equivalents
Total equity
Net equity ratio (%) = 100x Total equity
Total assets – cash and cash equivalents
Share related key figures and ratios
Multitude share data
Market: Frankfurt Stock Exchange, Prime Standard
ISIN: FI4000106299
Symbol: FRU
92
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
EUR ’000 2023 2022* 2021*
Basic earnings per share** 0.51 0.38 (0.32)
Equity per share 8.50 8.34 8.10
Dividend per share - 0.12 -
Dividend / net profit, in % - 22.0 -
Effective dividend yield, in % - 4.2 -
Price / Earnings ratio 8.7 7.6 (12.1)
Share price on 31 December 4.46 2.86 3.83
Average share price 3.61 3.20 5.18
Lowest share price 2.60 2.20 3.78
Highest share price 4.98 4.90 7.84
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue 21,598 21,578 21,578
Market capitalisation 96,889 61,713 82,644
Volume of the trading with the company’s share 3,332 2,242 6,387
Volume of the trading with the company’s share, in % 15.4 10.4 29.6
Number of shares outstanding on 31 December 21,618 21,578 21,578
Calculation of key share ratios
Earnings per share =
Profit attributable to shareholders of parent
company
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in
issue
Equity per share =
Equity attributable to shareholders of parent
company
Number of shares on 31 December
Dividend per share =
Dividends paid for financial period
Number of shares on 31 December
Dividend / net profit, in % = 100x
Dividends paid for financial period
Profit for financial period
Effective dividend yield, in % = 100x
Dividend per share
Share price on 31 December
Price / Earnings ratio =
Share price on 31 December
Earnings per share
Weighted average number of ordinary
shares in issue =
Number of shares at the end of each day
Number of days in financial period
Market capitalisation =
Number of shares outstanding on 31 December
x Share price on 31 December
*Restated **Note 13.
93
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
Business unit: Ferratum
Ferratum, one of our growth platform’s independent business units, offers digital loans for
consumers’ daily needs. It has the longest history in the Group, as consumer lending was our
initial offering as a FinTech pioneer in 2005. It is a key data and experience provider to our
growth platform.
With two product categories under the brand, Instalment loans and revolving loans, Ferratum ca-
ters to individuals’ various immediate, unplanned, short-term financial needs resulting from, e.g.
unexpected life events. Customers fill in a handful of data to apply for a Ferratum loan, while the
in-house developed and automated, AI-powered scoring algorithms simultaneously handle the
rest in the background. This end-to-end digital process enables finished and scored applications
within minutes. On average, customers have the loan amount in their bank account within
15 minutes of an approved application.
At the end of 2023, Ferratum had two product categories and operated across 13 markets: Bulgaria,
Croatia, Czechia, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Germany, Latvia, the Netherlands, Norway, Romania,
Slovenia, and Sweden.
94
Vision: To be the first choice for customers
seeking small financial support to meet
everyday needs
Customers
Ferratum’s customer base is equally split between male and female
and well spread across all age groups, with an average age above 30.
Typical customers have a salary level slightly above the country’s
average and reside in cities. These customers form a diverse group with
distinct needs. Often, they have encountered unexpected financial needs
and appreciate swift service to address these urgent requirements.
Ferratum’s customers are tech-savvy individuals who prioritise superior
service over pricing when applying for loans, valuing the convenience
of accessing financial solutions from any location. This eclectic mix of
characteristics underscores the broad appeal of Ferratum’s products,
catering to the varied preferences and situations of a diverse clientele.
Products
Instalment loans
Micro Loan
Micro Loans, so-called bullet loans, serve the need for instant, short-
term financing with quick repayment. Micro Loans range from EUR 25
to EUR 1,000, which customers pay back in one instalment within 7-60
days.
Plus Loan
A Plus Loan caters to a customer’s higher need for instant finance, with
loan amounts ranging from EUR 300 to EUR 4,000 and maturity pe-
riods between 2-18 months with equal repayments over the loan term.
Revolving loans
Credit Limit is the most popular service under Ferratum. It is a pre-ap-
proved credit line, also called a revolving credit, which enables financial
flexibility on a more continuous basis. Eligible customers are pre-ap-
proved for up to EUR 5,000 and can withdraw money and repay with-
out fixed amounts or timelines.
95
Highlights 2023
Ferratum’s annual revenue reached EUR 192.7 million, growing by EUR 7.9 million (4.3%) from EUR
184.8 million in 2022. Earnings before interest expense and tax increased by EUR 5.4 million from
EUR 53.7 in 2022 to EUR 59.1 million in 2023. Net AR increased by EUR 50.0 million in 2023 to EUR
343.3 million as at 31 December 2023 comparing to EUR 293.2 million from 31 December 2022.
High inflation across Europe has increased the demand for lending products and, at the same time,
added pressure to payment behaviour. Ferratum continued its active credit portfolio management
to maintain overall profitability at a high level.
During the year, Ferratum made several risk policy advancements. These resulted in payment
behaviour stability and a forward-looking effect on portfolio performance. Ferratum collected new
data sources across markets and further leveraged bank transactions and PSD2 data. In addition,
several new scoring models were launched to improve predictive power.
Ferratum improved underwriting and affordability assessments by developing bespoke internal
bank data categorisations to extract value from this data. In 2023, Ferratum significantly advanced
in providing ease and accessibility for customers repaying loans. For instance, implementing
direct debits and other repayment options gave customers a more convenient payment experience,
resulting in improved payment behaviour.
Multitude Bank p.l.c. became a direct participant in Sweden’s and Czechia’s clearing systems, which
allowed offering the ‘Bankgirot’ repayment option in Sweden and instant payments in Czechia.
Participation in local markets’ payment systems is a significant undertaking, including in-depth
KYC and legal and compliance reviews. As a result of our success, we benefit from lower costs,
remain independent of external parties and provide improved customer experience through more
convenient repayment options.
In 2023, Ferratum made a transition from on-premise solutions to cloud solutions. This move
empowered Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) and enhanced security through GitHub and Azure.
Manual reviews were replaced with automatic detection of data errors. The transition impacted
cost, efficiency, scalability, global accessibility, flexibility, and security.
As a result, it provided more competitive and future-proof investments with improved reliability,
monitoring, and compliance. Furthermore, the move supported the Group’s ESG commitments
since cloud-based data centres are known to largely reduce carbon emissions when compared to
traditional on-premise data centres since they require fewer servers and consume less power.
During the year, several successful marketing campaigns took place, including a change in Google
Ads’ bidding strategy. Ferratum’s Paid Media Marketing team adopted a new approach to
Google Ads, using a value-based bidding strategy that resulted in higher sales and lower costs.
They achieved a qualitative 122% increase in Return to Ad Spend (ROAS) and a quantitative 107%
increase in new customers acquired. Additionally, Ferratum onboarded several new marketing
partners in 2023, which further fuelled customer acquisition efforts.
Advancements in processes and customer service efficiency in 2023 were notable, with many
customers preferring and opting for self-service options, rather than customer support. This
trend not only contributed to enhanced scalability in operations but, most importantly, resonated
positively with our customers, who have embraced and appreciated the self-service experience.
96
Ferratum’s NPS levels have been above the industry average for years, reaching an astonishing
66 by the end of 2023. By year-end, effortless and automated self-service channels handled
around 81% of customer enquiries. The main contributor of service automation was an AI chat-
bot, which handles 77% of customer queries without transferring them to a human assistant.
For customers, this means less effort and no waiting, and for Ferratum, it means cost efficiency
and refocuses Ferratum specialists on sales and retention-related activities.
Outlook and key growth drivers for 2024
A significant growth opportunity for Ferratum in 2024 is combining Ferratum’s customer base
with SweepBank’s technology. With this move, Ferratum will expand from the previous two
customer touchpoints, Instalment loans and revolving loans to a broader spectrum of five touchpoints
and a more diversified and comprehensive range of financial services for Ferratum’s customers by
adding an app, cards and a loyalty programme to the offering.
Ferratum’s strategic focus lies in sustaining growth within its target markets. The growth can
be achieved by enhancing digital marketing strategies, customer onboarding processes and
collection and credit risk technology. These efforts are essential to ensure a consistent and stable
credit loss performance over time. Additionally, Ferratum plans to innovate further to improve the
analysis of user data and search engine interactions.
97
Business unit: CapitalBox
Small and medium-sized enterprises (SMEs) comprise an impressive 99.8% of European businesses.
Nonetheless, they frequently need more support than traditional banks can provide due to their
legacy systems and cumbersome processes. Even if traditional banks tried serving SMEs, their
outdated methods and services no longer appeal to today’s dynamic and evolving SMEs within the
contemporary business landscape.
CapitalBox provides essential financial solutions to SMEs through its Credit Line and Instalment Loans.
Due to a streamlined, fully digitalised process, funds can be made available to SMEs within minutes
of an approved application. This efficiency positions CapitalBox as the perfect ally for businesses
needing short-term financing. Powered by advanced technology, experience, and the resources of
our growth platform, CapitalBox delivers a swift and dependable offering. As at the end of 2023,
CapitalBox had established its presence in five markets: Finland, Sweden, Denmark, Lithuania, and
the Netherlands, offering four different financial solutions to meet the different needs of SME’s:
Instalment Loans, Secured Loan, Credit Line and Purchase Financing.
98
Customers
A typical CapitalBox customer is a micro-to-small company that has been
in business for at least one year, employs three people, and generates EUR
500,000 in annual revenue. They need financing to grow and expand their
business or to get through liquidity fluctuations and seasonality, and they
value the innovative technology approach and fast financial support that
CapitalBox offers.
Products
Instalment Loans
One of the key offerings from CapitalBox is its Instalment Loan, which extends
up to EUR 350,000. These loans come with flexible repayment periods spanning
6 to 48 months. They are tailored to assist SMEs in funding operations such as
expansion, inventory management, marketing efforts, hiring new personnel, and
acquiring or leasing equipment. On average, businesses borrow around EUR
21,300 with a typical loan duration of 22 months.
Credit Line
This dynamic form of financing grants SMEs access to a credit limit ranging
from EUR 2,000 to EUR 150,000. Additionally, CapitalBox collaborates with
retail partners to offer financing solutions to business customers, enabling
them to make purchases right at the point of sale. Credit Line is available in
all markets in which CapitalBox operates.
Secured Loan
This product was launched initially in Finland and Lithuania and is planned
to roll out in other markets. The Secured Loan is designed to support larger
investments to drive growth for SMEs, addressing a gap in the industry where
smaller FinTech firms might lack capacity, and traditional banks might opt
not to provide secured loans. The loan amount for this product can go as high
as EUR 3 million.
Purchase Financing (BNPL)
CapitalBox introduced a tailored Purchase Financing or Buy Now, Pay Later
(BNPL) product explicitly designed for SMEs. This financial solution provides
businesses flexible access to up to EUR 20,000 in funding without requiring
collateral. The product, currently available in Finland, is strategically crafted
to support SMEs in managing cash flow effectively and enabling them to
invest in growth opportunities without immediate financial strain and finance
purchasing without using the daily capital.
Vision: Becoming Europe’s leading digital
SME lender
99
Highlights 2023
2023 marked a new era in CapitalBox’s story with a new CEO, Mantvydas Štareika. The appoint-
ment started a transformative chapter for CapitalBox, bringing about a myriad of advantages that
have positively impacted its direction and organisation.
In the year 2023, CapitalBox achieved a revenue of EUR 24.7 million, marking a 15.4% rise from its
2022 revenue of EUR 21.4 million. Additionally, the EBIT turned positive, reaching EUR 1.7 million,
a notable improvement from the negative EUR 1.0 million recorded in 2022. Furthermore, the loan
portfolio (Net AR) expanded from EUR 86.1 million at the conclusion of 2022 to EUR 103.7 million by
the end of 2023.
CapitalBox improved performance through an updated underwriting process, stricter credit control,
and cost control measures across all its operations. The launch of new products has contributed to
the growth of revenue and increased the total amount of the portfolio. With a growing portfolio
and stringent risk control measures in place, CapitalBox is well on its way toward strong operational
efficiency.
Additionally, CapitalBox launched Secured Loans in Lithuania and Finland to enhance and increase the
flexibility of its offering. With loans of up to EUR 3 million, CapitalBox enables SMEs to pursue significant
investments like expanding operations or adopting new technology. With sizable loan amounts and
potentially lower interest rates, SMEs can confidently execute long-term strategies. Secured lending
reduces risk for both parties, providing SMEs with the financial backing needed for capital-intensive
projects, R&D, or scaling operations.
100
Outlook and key growth drivers for 2024
A significant growth opportunity for CapitalBox in 2024 is adding SweepBank’s developed assets
to its offering, including the app, card, loyalty program, and core banking services, that are being
extended to CapitalBox customers.
Additionally, the coming two years will be shaped by scaling to new heights. CapitalBox harnesses
innovative channels for customer acquisition and retention, ensuring that each customer experiences
a seamless, stress-free journey to financial empowerment.
The three main pillars of CapitalBox’s growth strategy
Organic
Previously, CapitalBox’s offering consisted solely of lending. However, small, complex
companies need much more than this - they also need their everyday operations to be
taken care of. Therefore, CapitalBox integrates SweepBank’s mobile app solution and daily
banking into its offering for more value to its SME customers. This integration is designed
to unlock cross-selling opportunities and enhance operational scalability. In addition, it will
increase the retention and lifetime value of a significant part of customers.
Partners
Together with other FinTech companies and service providers, CapitalBox plans to offer lending
solutions embedded into different customer systems. CapitalBox’s scalable and entirely
API-based technical solution opens the doors to partners, such as accounting companies,
marketplaces, POS providers and many more.
Mergers & Acquisitions (M&A)
One advantage of M&A is the ability to scale operations by leveraging the resources and
expertise of other companies within the Group.
The evolution of CapitalBox is characterised by the development of a comprehensive multi-
service solution, wherein customers seek more than just loans; they engage with us for a holistic
financial partnership that caters to their daily operational requirements. Investing in automated
workflows and expanding omnichannel capabilities signifies CapitalBox’s transformation from being
merely a lender to becoming a lifelong partner for small businesses.
The described approach to broaden the offering, together with SweepBank and CapitalBox, is
planned to launch during 2024 and is expected to increase customer retention.
Our comprehensive small business solution offers essential financial tools, including working capital
provision and the facilitation of secure bank accounts for streamlined payment transactions.
Leveraging our established infrastructure within Multitude Group, CapitalBox seamlessly provides
SMEs the support they need to meet their daily operational requirements and sustain their
businesses effortlessly.
CapitalBox’s mission isn’t merely a goal; it’s a tangible and achievable vision. At CapitalBox,
actively shaping the future is not just observation but a deliberate action, benefiting ourselves and
our clients.
101
Business unit: SweepBank
With full access to the Multitude growth platform and having onboarded its first customers in
2020, SweepBank offers customers a combination of daily banking, financing, and shopping
services in a single, user-friendly app. SweepBank’s target audience consists of tech-savvy
individuals often overlooked by traditional banking institutions, including young adults, students,
economic immigrants, and freelancers. The customer segment values fast, easy and digitalised
services, and this is what SweepBank aims to offer in a green and sustainable way.
At the end of 2023, SweepBank offered three products: Credit Card, Prime Loan and Daily Banking
across three markets: Finland, Germany and Latvia.
102
Vision: Becoming the most valuable
financial platform
Customers
The primary customer segment of SweepBank, young adults in the
EU, expects nothing less than a strongly personalised experience in
everything they do, including financial services. SweepBank offers
precisely that and more. These customers are currently underserved
by traditional banks and neo-banks, as traditional financial institutions
are bureaucratic, slow, and inflexible. Neo banks need more experience
and data to serve them successfully with financing from a credit risk
perspective. The latter is a prime example of the benefits of synergies
created from allowing independent businesses to grow on the
Multitude growth platform, as SweepBank can tap into Multitude’s 18+
years of experience in intelligent data usage and AI-based credit scoring.
Products
Credit Card
The SweepBank Credit Card, a Mastercard® without annual or monthly
fees, allows financing smaller purchases of up to EUR 8,000. The card
offers free liability coverage for purchases with it and an interest-free
period of up to 60 days. Virtual card integrations with Apple Pay and
Google Pay allow easy usage online and at physical points of sale.
Customers onboard the app within minutes and are automatically
scored. Upon successful onboarding, the free card is immediately
ready to use. Customers can also use the card as a flexible credit
facility by withdrawing money from it directly into their bank account,
a feature that is growing in popularity among customers.
Prime Loan
Prime Loans, longer-term instalment loans for consumers, enable higher
purchases, like home renovations, cars and other more significant
purchases. The loans can amount to up to EUR 15,000 with loan
maturities ranging between 1-7 years. SweepBank is currently only
issuing Prime Loans in Latvia.
Daily Banking
SweepBank offers bank accounts with up to 1% interest p.a., savings
accounts with up to 1.4% interest p.a., and fixed-term deposits with up
to 4.3% interest p.a. (max. deposit EUR 100,000) for up to three years.
The bank account includes a virtual Mastercard® debit card that is
instantly ready to use online and in physical stores after successful
onboarding to the app. In addition, SweepBank has a loyalty program
that allows customers to earn up to 5% loyalty points and get discounted
offers when they purchase from selected partners. Customers can
convert loyalty points directly into cash in the SweepBank app.
103
Highlights 2023
In 2023, SweepBank’s primary focus remained accelerating profitability through increased sales
and expanding its portfolio, especially in high-margin lending products. It also kept a close eye
on controlling costs and explored the potential to attract more customers by extending its app to
Ferratum and CapitalBox users. Notably, SweepBank saw substantial growth in its Latvian Prime Loan
and Finnish credit card portfolios, leading to a revenue increase from EUR 15.9 million in 2022 to an
impressive EUR 23.1 million in 2023. Net AR grew by EUR 41.9 million (28.4%) in 2023 and reached
EUR 189.2 million as at 31 December 2023 (31 December 2022: EUR 147.4 million). 2023 EBIT
improved to EUR -15.3 million from EUR - 21.1 million in 2022.
Outlook and key growth drivers for 2024
During 2024, SweepBank’s developed assets, including the app, card, loyalty program, and core
banking services, will be extended to Ferratum and CapitalBox customers. Anticipated benefits
include boosting customer retention, increasing non-interest income, enabling deposit base growth,
and gaining access to valuable behavioural data for enhanced risk management, personalisation,
and innovation efforts.
As a result of this integration, SweepBank’s brand and customer base, now integrated into the
consumer and SME banking units Ferratum and CapitalBox, will enjoy a broader spectrum of
financial services. This strategic realignment positions our business units to better serve our
customers while fostering innovation and growth within our organisation.
Wholesale banking in 2024
A new independent business unit within our Group, offering wholesale banking, managed by
Multitude Bank, on behalf of the Group will emerge in 2024. So far, these piloted and validated
activities, referred to as warehouse lending, were included in the SweepBank business unit.
104
Emerging business unit in 2024:
Wholesale banking for larger companies
Multitude Bank will manage wholesale banking for the Group.
A recent report by PwC, Wholesale Banking 2025 and Beyond, shows wholesale banking as a
substantial and fast-growing opportunity in the financial field. They state that market shifts, such
as infrastructure changes required for scaled adoption and participation in market structure
changes, “...represent a generational opportunity to build new growth engines within the
wholesale banking industry.” Further, they state, “We’re confident banking leaders understand the
opportunity”.
We have piloted wholesale banking throughout 2023, and now, a new independent business
unit within our Group, offering wholesale banking managed by Multitude Bank, will emerge in
2024. The offering of this business unit is twofold: Secured Debt, earlier referred to as warehouse
lending, and a Payment Solution. After successfully piloting and optimising these products, the
teams, processes, and technology are ready for expansion.
In an era where innovation and adaptability are paramount, traditional banks encounter difficulties
keeping pace with today’s customers’ sophisticated needs. After successfully addressing these
challenges for ourselves, initially developing solutions to support our own three business units, we
are now well-positioned to extend offering our growth platform, the solution, to external customers.
Why is Multitude Bank best placed to to meet the needs of the FinTech industry?
Our world-class risk management tools and successful experience in understanding and managing
consumer and SME lending portfolios position us as experts in lending dynamics.
106
Wholesale banking
Customers
Wholesale banking customers encompass diverse entities, including
traditional banks seeking specialised financial services, payment institutions
requiring tailored solutions for transaction processing, and electronic money
institutions seeking efficient mechanisms for handling digital currencies.
These customers may vary in size, scope, and specific needs. Still, all share a
common interest in accessing comprehensive financial solutions to support
their operations and serve their own clientele effectively. By catering to the
requirements of these institutions, we aim to provide innovative products
and services through wholesale banking to enhance efficiency, security,
and scalability within the financial ecosystem, thereby fostering mutually
beneficial partnerships and driving collective growth within the industry.
Products
Secured Debt
Secured Debt, utilising scalable deposit funding, our collection expertise,
and the power of data and AI, is an ideal means to finance loan portfolios
and other assets efficiently.
The product is straightforward: wholesale banking provides secured funding
against lending portfolios or other assets pledged as collateral, while loan-
to-value ratios protect against credit losses. This collateral mitigates credit
losses and is subject to in-depth monitoring throughout the funding lifecycle.
We understand the dynamics and the risks in the lending industry. Our
robust experience of nearly two decades, digital approach, efficient risk
management tools, and internal and external data utilisation allow for an
exceptionally swift underwriting process—typically concluding in just
around six weeks.
Payment Solution
Wholesale banking offers all the necessary elements for successful end-to-
end payment operations for other banks, payment institutions and electronic
money institutions. This payment solution supports core payment processes
and serves as a reliable daily business support or a fallback option for
managing payment rails, facilitating receiving and making payments, and
managing accounts efficiently.
107
Leveraging Multitude’s global portfolio for Leveraging Multitude’s global portfolio for
tailored client funding and transparent executiontailored client funding and transparent execution
For alternative lenders, FinTechs, and investment companies, our wholesale
banking’s scalability extends to funding, risk management, and underwriting
experience.
The global portfolio management knowledge and experience we as a Group
have accumulated over the years allow our future wholesale banking unit to
tailor solutions that offer our customers funding with swift execution and the
transparent, favourable terms they need while we keep the necessary collateral.
Wholesale banking’s purpose
Thanks to our deep knowledge of regulatory frameworks, we, as Multitude Group, supported by
Multitude Bank, can provide solutions in multiple jurisdictions to banks, payments institutions, and
electronic money institutions to help accelerate their business and growth.
Approximately 6,200 electronic money and payment institutions in Europe alone are alternative
payment options. This means ample opportunities for us to find the right partners to serve with
our solution. The experience from servicing internal business units has proven our platform’s
effectiveness in multiple jurisdictions where we operate.
We FinTechs have a few characteristics and built-in competitive advantages compared to
traditional banks. Our agility and technological expertise position us as superior providers of
wholesale banking services. Unlike traditional banks, we operate with leaner structures, allowing
us to adapt quickly to market changes and develop tailored solutions for diverse customer needs.
Moreover, we adapt faster to utilising and leveraging cutting-edge technologies such as artificial
intelligence, blockchain, and cloud computing to deliver innovative products and services that
streamline operations and enhance customer experience.
FinTech as an industry, and us as one of its earliest pioneers, were born into the time of customer
centricity. We built our entire business on customer focus prioritising accessibility, transparency,
and convenience in our offerings from the beginning. This customer-centric approach enables us
to address the evolving needs of wholesale banking customers more effectively, driving greater
value and differentiation in the market. Our combination of agility, technology-driven innovation,
and customer-centricity positions us as formidable players in the wholesale banking landscape,
poised to drive significant disruption and transformation in the industry.
108
Highlights 2023
The portfolio of secured debt, at the end of 2023, stood at EUR 62.1 million. The year marks the
successful conclusion of a pilot phase, paving the way for wholesale banking to extend its proven
solutions beyond internal operations to cater to a broader audience and for scalable growth.
Outlook and key growth drivers 2024
We expect the portfolio of Secured Debt to grow significantly across asset classes. Wholesale
banking continues its conservative approach of prudent risk-taking and being selective of
customers by ensuring good quality collateral for each.
In navigating the dynamic landscape of financial services, wholesale banking adheres to a strategy
that places importance on the inherent value and reliability of the collateral associated with its
ventures. This approach safeguards stakeholders’ interests and fortifies the portfolio’s resilience in
market fluctuations.
In addition, the team expects several payment institutions to use the Payment Solution at the end
of 2024 actively.
109
Key developments
and progress
2023
Financial overview
Statement of profit or loss:
The Group exhibited robust financial performance in 2023, demonstrating stable growth compared
to the preceding year 2022. Key financial metrics such as net interest income and profit before
income tax displayed positive trends, reflecting the Group’s resilience and effectiveness
in navigating economic conditions and capitalising on market opportunities. Interest in-
come increased by 8.5% (EUR 18.0 million) from EUR 212.5 million in 2022 to EUR 230.5
million in 2023, driven by a 5.5% growth (EUR 11.8 million) in interest income on loans to
customers and a remarkable 608.0% surge (EUR 4.0 million) in interest income on debt
investments. This new income source signifies a strategic financial move, utilising securitised
instruments to generate additional earnings and keep credit risk under control. The interest
income improvements reflect the Group’s proactive approach to optimising portfolio structure
and enhancing overall financial performance.
Due to growth in the loan portfolio, the impairment loss on loans to customers increased by 5.4%
(EUR 4.6 million, from EUR 84.6 million in 2022 to EUR 89.3 million). Interest expenses grew by
58.5% (EUR 8.2 million) from EUR 14.0 million EUR in 2022 to EUR 22.2 million in 2023, primarily
driven by a 108.3% rise in interest expense on customer deposits (EUR 4.7 million) and a 34.9%
increase in interest expense on debt securities (EUR 3.3 million), influenced by overall interest rate
hikes.
In a year-over-year comparison, general and administrative expense, and personnel expense, are
stable at EUR 32.0 million and EUR 34.0 million, respectively.
The increase in selling and marketing expenses by 14.6% (EUR 1.8 million) (from EUR 12.4 million
in 2022 to EUR 14.2 million in 2023) during 2023 was imperative to bolster business visibility and
promote brand awareness through offline (increase by 100.4%, EUR 1.0 million) and online (increase
by 10.2%, EUR 0.8 million) media channels. This increase is seen as a strategic investment aimed
to capture a broader market share and enhance customer acquisition, aligning with the Group’s
growth objectives. The increased expenditure underscores a commitment to robust marketing
initiatives, positioning Multitude for sustained income growth and market competitiveness.
110
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
Decrease in depreciation and amortisation by 14.3% (EUR 2.5 million) from EUR 17.5 million in 2022
to EUR 15.0 million in 2023 was mainly attributed to a decrease in the amortisation of intangible
assets (15.8%, EUR 2.4 million). Depreciation of right-of-use assets and properties, plants and
equipment are at a similar level in 2023 as in 2022.
The noteworthy expansion of debt investments and successful control of credit risk in 2023
contributed substantially to a significant increase in profit before income taxes by 39.7% (EUR
5.4 million) from EUR 13.6 million in 2022 to EUR 19.0 million in 2023. The revenue streams and
economies of scale achieved through active growth strategies positively impacted Multitude’s
profitability, reflecting the effectiveness of its business development efforts. The consequence of
the increase in profit before tax was an increase in amount of income tax expenses of 40.4% (EUR
0.7 million) from EUR 1.8 million in 2022 to EUR 2.6 million in 2023 but stable effective tax rate of
13.4% (2022: 13.4%).
Statement of financial position:
Assets:
Total assets increased by 31.5% (EUR 237.6 million) from EUR 753.2 million in 2022 to EUR 990.9
million in 2023. This increase was driven by a significant increase of 13.6% in loans to customers
(EUR 68.9 million from EUR 507.1 million as at December 2022 to EUR 575.9 million as at December
2023).
In 2023, the Group substantially augmented its debt investments compared to the previous year,
2022 (increase EUR 41.0 million, 194.3%, from EUR 21.1 million in 2022 to EUR 62.1 million in 2023).
This strategic move demonstrates a heightened appetite for floating rate investment, aiming
to optimise the investment portfolio’s risk-return profile. The Group has made EUR 1.0 million
investment in associates in 2023 that underscores the Group’s commitment to diversifying its
asset allocation and making a strategic acquisition that can generate additional shareholder value.
Due to the aim to expand its investment activity the Group has attracted additional cash and cash
equivalents in 2023 that show 85.0% rise from EUR 153.3 million as at December 2022 to EUR 283.7
million as at December 2023. The source of new liquidity is newly attracted deposits to customers.
111
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
Liabilities:
Total liabilities increased by 40.8% (EUR 234.0 million) from EUR 573.3 million as at December
2022 to EUR 807.2 million as at December 2023, primarily due to a substantial increase in deposits
from customers (45.5%, EUR 229.0 million from EUR 503.4 million as at December 2022 to EUR
732.4 million as at December 2023). The structure of deposits from customers has changed in
comparison to the previous year. While the amount of term deposits increased by EUR 295.5
million, the amount of call deposits decreased by EUR 66.6 million.
Equity:
Total equity increased by 2.0% (EUR 3.7 million) from EUR 180.0 million as at December 2022 to
EUR 183.7 million as at December 2023. Profit for the year 2023 equals EUR 16.4 million which is a
39.6% increase as compared to EUR 11.8 million in 2022.
Key performance changes in period:
The impaired loan coverage ratio decreased by -1.6% from 18.2% in 2022 to 16.6% in 2023, due
to the higher growth in gross loans to customers (11.4%) compared to growth in loss allowances
(1.7%). Profit before interest and taxes increased from EUR 31.5 million in 2022 to EUR 45.6 million
in 2023 (an increase of 44.8%). Profit before tax margin increased to 8.4% in 2023 from 6.4% in
2022 and profit after tax margin grew to 7.3% in 2023 from 5.5% in 2022.
The net equity ratio decreased 4.0% from 30.0% in 2022 to 26.0% in 2023. Net debt to equity ratio
increased from 2.33 in 2022 to 2.85 in 2023. Basic earnings per increased EUR 0.13 per share from
EUR 0.38 per share in 2022 to EUR 0.51 per share in 2023 due to increased profit margins. The
equity per share increased from 8.34 in 2022 to 8.50 in 2023, reflecting an overall improvement in
shareholder value. The dividend per share equals to EUR 0.12 in 2022 with dividend/net profit for
year at 22.0%. The price/earnings ratio increased from 7.6 in 2022 to 8.7 in 2023.
Change in accounting policy and correction of errors:
During the financial period, the Group has made changes in its accounting policies regarding the
presentation of financial statements. This involved reclassifying certain line items in the financial
statements, correcting errors in accounting treatments and transitioning to a liquidity-based
approach for the statement of financial position. As part of this endeavour, we included collec-
tion costs in the determination of expected credit losses, providing a more accurate portrayal of
credit risks. Additionally, the treatment of reminder fees shifted from IFRS 15 to IFRS 9. We also
revised practices regarding scoring costs, capitalising them as incremental costs directly linked
to loan issuance, impacting the effective interest rate calculation and interest income.
These revisions have resulted in changes to the overall presentation of the Group’s financial
results and positions, reflecting the best practices in the lending industry for both the current
and comparative periods (Note 26). The consolidated financial position includes a comparative
date of 1 January 2022, with other statements and disclosures for 2022 labelled as “restated”.
112
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
Alternative performance measures
Pursuant to Article 16 of Regulation 1095/2010/EU, the European Securities and Markets Authority
(ESMA) has issued specific guidelines on the presentation criteria for Alternative Performance
Measures (APMs) included by European issuers in regulated information, where such measures are
not defined or provided for in the rules on financial reporting.
According to the definition provided in the ESMA Guidelines, an Alternative Performance Measure
is a financial measure of historical or future financial performance, financial position, or cash flows,
other than a financial measure defined or specified in the applicable financial reporting framework.
APMs are typically based on financial statement line items prepared in accordance with applicable
financial reporting rules. What sets them apart is that APMs are not defined in the financial reporting
framework, yet their use is still widespread, with the role of conveying a view of the Group’s
performance that is closer to the Leadership Team’s perspective than would be possible using only
the defined measures.
To facilitate the understanding of the consolidated statement of profit or loss after a change in
presentation of consolidated financial statements, Multitude introduced profit before interest expense
and taxes (EBIT) as Alternative Performance Measure (APM) in 2023 as compared to prior years
where it was directly reported in the consolidated statement of profit or loss. The reason for the
application of APM is matching the profit guidance given by the Board to the public on the develop-
ment of Group’s profitability in the future. Our Leadership Team and Board use the presented APM
for operational planning, control and various strategic decision-making initiatives.
It is calculated by adding back income tax, interest expense, and fair value and foreign exchange
gains and losses to profit for the period in the consolidated statement of profit or loss:
EBIT = Profit for the period + Income tax + Interest expense + Fair value and foreign exchange
gains and losses
EBIT for the consolidated Group in 2023, 2022 and 2021:
EUR '000 2023 Restated
2022
Restated
2021
Profit for the period 16,438 11,773 2,306
Interest expense 22,237 14,026 19,691
Income tax expense 2,552 1,817 2,384
Fair value and foreign exchange gains and losses 4,328 3,848 2,727
Profit before interest expense and taxes (EBIT) 45,555 31,465 27,109
It should be noted in this regard that the APM presented is complementary to the measures
defined within the IFRS Accounting Framework. The figures and inputs used in the derivation of the
said APM’s are based on presentation and /or disclosures requirements emanating from the IFRS
reporting framework and might include certain reconciliation statements from such presentation/
disclosures of financial statements.
113
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
Treasury update
During 2023, we focused strongly on maneuvering carefully through the ongoing economic
challenges, mainly caused by the ongoing war in Ukraine, higher inflation figures across our core
markets, and increased interest rates. In this volatile and uncertain market environment, we continued
to manage Group cash position actively and to protect the business from volatile movements in
foreign exchange markets. Our cash position increased by 85.1% to EUR 283.7 million (EUR 153.3
million in 2022) at the end of 2023.
On 23 February 2023, Fitch Ratings affirmed Multitude SE’s Long-Term Issuer Default Rating (IDR)
at “B+” with Stable Outlook. Further, Fitch Ratings affirmed the senior unsecured notes at “B+”/
RR4 and the subordinated hybrid perpetual capital notes at “B-”/RR6.
On 24 August 2023, Fitch Ratings also published its first-time rating of Multitude Bank p.l.c. The
bank obtained a Long-Term Default Rating (IDR) of “B+” and a Short-Term Issuer Default Rating
(IDR) of “B”. The outlook is stable.
In light of increasing interest rates and a strong deposit base, Multitude did not raise any new
capital markets funding in 2023. On the other hand, the Group bought back EUR 5.0 million worth
of perpetual bonds at nominal value, taking advantage of favourable market conditions.
The 2023 Annual General Meeting (AGM) decided to distribute a per-share dividend of EUR
0.12 for the financial year 2022 to a total of EUR 2,589,331. It paid the dividend on 9 May
2023. Furthermore, the AGM authorised the Board of Directors to repurchase a maximum of
2,172,396 shares of Multitude SE, which represents approximately 10% of all our outstanding
shares. The Board of Directors was also authorised to issue a maximum of 3,258,594
shares. The Board of Directors may issue new shares or transfer existing shares held by the
Group. The authorisation also includes the right to issue special rights, in the meaning of
Chapter 10 Section 1 of the Finnish Limited Liability Companies Act, which entitles the shareholders
to receive new shares or the treasury shares held by the Group against a consideration.
Subscribed shares arising from these special rights are included in the maximum number of
shares authorised for issue. These authorisations are in force until the next AGM, but not later
than 30 June 2024.
114
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
Personnel
The average number of employees in 2023 is equal to 694 (2022 - 683). Personnel expense
amounted to EUR 34.1 million (2022 - EUR 34.0 million).
There were no changes in the Leadership Team in 2023.
115
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
Risk factors and risk management
Multitude takes moderate and calculated risks in conducting its business. The prudent management
of risks minimises the probability of unexpected losses and threats to our reputation. Therefore,
we can enhance profitability and shareholder value.
The Leadership Team and business unit CEOs monitor operations regularly and are responsible for
adequate risk management and ensuring that the Group has access to the appropriate software,
including instructions on controlling and monitoring risks. Each Leadership Team member
bears responsibility for identifying and controlling the risks related to their functions in line with
instructions from the Board. The Board is ultimately charged with overal responsibility to oversee
the operations and risk management of the Group via its Risk Committee.
We proactively follow all legal regulations, monitor changes that might occur in the countries we
operate in and adjusts operations accordingly.
The Group’s risk exposures can be divided into three main categories: credit risks (receivables
from customers), market risks (including foreign exchange risks, interest rate risks and other price
risks) and operational risks (such as IT risks, legal and regulatory risks and other operational risks).
Exposure to credit risks arises principally from the Group’s lending activities. The credit risk is managed
by proprietary risk management tools, which assist Group companies in evaluating the custom-
er’s payment behaviour. These tools, which are continuously updated and refined, ensure that
only customers with a satisfactory credit profile are accepted. Experienced risk teams form Risk
Management function and manage the Group’s scoring system and credit policies. The Risk
Management function is also responsible for the measurement of the payment behaviour of the
credit portfolio on a daily, weekly, and monthly basis.
Multitude uses foreign currency forward contracts to hedge foreign transaction risk exposures.
Market risks arise from open positions in the interest rate and products in foreign currency. They
are managed by the Group’s Treasury function, in close cooperation with FP&A, which is also
responsible for the Group’s cash flow planning and ensure the necessary liquidity level for all
Group companies.
Operational, IT, legal and regulatory risks are highly relevant to us. The Group’s Legal function
manages regulatory and legal risks in close cooperation with the authorities in the respective
countries and relevant stakeholders. Potential or foreseeable changes in applicable laws are
analysed on an ongoing basis and any necessary modifications to the company’s operations are
implemented proactively.
The Group is also exposed to credit risk arising from its exposure to debt investments. The debt
investments reflect the Group’s acquisition of secured bonds. Such bonds are mainly secured by
a number of loan portfolios which are pledged in favour of Multitude Bank, and are subject to a
number of covenants including predetermined ratios of ageing portfolios and advance rates. Such
covenants are monitored regularly by our Leadership Team and the Risk Committee.
116
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
Changes in the Group structure
The Group continues to streamline its legal and operative structure. These were the changes to the
Group’s companies in 2023:
• On 3 April 2023, Multitude sold its total shareholdings, representing 100% of the Group’s
ownership interests, in Ferratum Australia Pty Ltd.
• Mr Credit Pty Ltd was voluntarily liquidated on 24 April 2023.
• Ferratum Czech s.r.o. was voluntarily liquidated on 6 June 2023.
• Ferratum Capital Germany GmbH merged with Pactum Collections GmbH on June 22, 2023,
based on the merger agreement.
• Capital Box GmbH was merged with Pactum Collections GmbH in accordance with the merger
agreement between the two companies on 24 August 2023.
• On 28 November 2023, Multitude sold its total shareholdings, representing 100% of the Group’s
ownership interests, in Bidellus Bangladesh Ltd.
• On 22 December 2023, Multitude sold its total shareholdings, representing 100% of the Group’s
ownership interests, in Inari Serviços Financeiros Ltda.
• On 22 December 2023, Multitude sold its total shareholdings, representing 100% of the Group’s
ownership interests, in Ferratum Brazil Servicos De Correspondente Bancario Ltda.
Subsequent events
Relocation of headquarters
We as Multitude SE, announced on 5 January 2024 that we are contemplating a relocation from
Finland to Switzerland while maintaining our legal personality and without dissolution. On 17
January 2024, Multitude SE announced that as a first phase of the plan to relocate to Switzerland,
the Board of Directors of Multitude SE proposed a transfer of the registered office of Multitude SE
from Finland to Malta.
The completion of this relocation is subject to the approval of the Annual General Meeting of
Multitude SE. The transfer of the registered office from Finland to Malta would be followed by
a conversion of Multitude SE into a public limited liability company governed by the laws of
Malta and then an application to have the parent company registered in Switzerland pursuant to
applicable Maltese and Swiss laws by the end of the year 2024.
On 21 March 2024 Multitude shareholders held an Extraordinary General Meeting and approved
the proposal for the transfer of the registered office of Multitude SE from Finland to Malta in accordance
with the Council Regulation (EC) No 2157/2001 of 8 October 2001 on the Statute for a European
Company (SE).
117
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
In anticipation and in pursuance of the transfer of the registered office, the Extraordinary General
Meeting resolved to amend the parent company’s current Articles of Association to introduce
a nominal value for our shares by adding a new Article 10 in the Articles of Association which
reads as follows: The nominal value of the shares is EUR 1.85. Extraordinary General Meeting
resolved to increase the parent company’s share capital by EUR 55,766 from EUR 40,133,560 to
EUR 40,189,326. The increase will be carried out by transferring the necessary amount from the
invested unrestricted equity reserve to the share capital.
Extraordinary General Meeting resolved to appoint Ganado Services Limited (Registration
Number: C10785) having its registered office at 171, Old Bakery Street, Valletta VLT1455, Malta as
the company secretary of the parent company, with effect from the date of registration of the
parent company with the Malta Business Registry.
Upon our registration with the Malta Business Registry, PricewaterhouseCoopers (Registration Number:
AB/26/84/38), with their registered office situated at 78, Mill Street, Qormi, Malta will be appointed
as the auditors of ours as the parent company until the close of the Annual General Meeting to be
held in year 2024, and that our Group’s Audit Committee be authorised to fix their remuneration
and sign any engagement letter as may be required for the purposes of finalising the engagement
thereof.
Ratings update
On 15 February 2024, Fitch Ratings revised Multitude SE’s and Multitude Bank p.l.c.’s outlooks
to positive from stable, while affirming their Long-Term Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs) at ‘B+’.
Multitude’s senior unsecured notes were affirmed at ‘B+’ with a Recovery Rating of ‘RR4’ and its
subordinated hybrid perpetual capital notes (perpetual bonds) at ‘B-’ with ‘RR6’.
Acquisition of Omniveta
CapitalBox acquires the business of Capenhagen-based Omniveta Finance in an asset-
transaction at the beginning of March 2024. Omniveta specialises in invoice purchasing, which
provides CapitalBox with a complementing finance solution. This acquisition will add invoice
purchasing to CapitalBox offering for SMEs in Denmark and an opportunity to extend such offering
to the other markets that CapitalBox is active in.
New business unit
In November 2023, Multitude announced the plan to optimise the structure of its reportable
segments and create a new business unit by rebranding part of the SweepBank business.
The new business unit will be called Wholesale banking and, as it is managed by Multitude
Bank p.l.c. on behalf of us as the Group, it will be led by the CEO of Multitude Bank, Antti
Kumpulainen. It will be operational starting 1 January 2024 and offer Secured Debt products
reported currently under SweepBank unit as debt investments financial statement line item in
the consolidated statements for 2023.
118
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
Shares of the company
Largest shareholdings as at 31 December 2023
The table below describes the shareholder structure and summarises shareholders with the largest
holdings, excluding nominee-registered shares, in Multitude SE as at 31 December 2023. The
table shows shareholdings representing at least five percent (5%) ownership in the Group. These
holdings are updated based on the latest notifications of change in major holdings. We received
three notifications of changes in the number of shares held by shareholders with at least five
percent (5%) ownership in Multitude SE during year 2023.
Board of Directors’ shareholdings as at 31 December 2023
All information of shareholders holding based on the latest shareholder notifications received.
* Jorma Jokela holds directly 179,087 shares (0.82%), through Jokela Capital OÜ 5,773,139 shares (26.58%) and through
JT Capital Limited 6,058,735 shares (27.89%). The shares held by Jokela Capital OÜ and JT Capital Limited are nominee
registered.
**Total free float excludes shares held by Jorma Jokela and treasury shares held by Multitude SE.
***Excluding Jorma Jokela.
**** Treasury shares held by Multitude SE (no voting right and no dividend paid on treasury shares).
*Include shareholdings held directly and indirectly by BOD.
**Number in parentheses shows share of voting rights.
Name Position
Holdings and voting
rights*
% of holdings and
voting rights**
Jorma Jokela Member 12,010,961 55.29% (55.56%)
Liigus, Lea Member 127,396 0.59%
Tiukkanen, Ari Chairman 18,338 0.08%
Cusumano, Michael Member - -
Challagalla, Goutam Member - -
Leppänen, Kristiina Member 1,300
0.01%
Total 12,157,995 55.97% (56.24%)
Largest shareholders Shares % of shares % of voting rights
Jorma Jokela* 12,010,961 55.29% 55.56%
Total free float:** 9,607,163 44.22% 44.44%
- Lemanik Holding S.A. 1,129,000 5.20% 5.22%
- Board and Leadership Team*** 440,052 2.03% 2.04%
- Other shareholders 8,038,111 37.00% 37.18%
Multitude SE**** 105,836 0.49% -
Total 21,723,960 100% 100%
119
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
*Includes shareholdings held directly and indirectly by the Leadership Team.
**Number in parentheses shows share of voting rights.
Leadership Team shareholdings as at 31 December 2023
Name Position
Holdings and
voting rights*
% of holdings and
voting rights**
Jorma Jokela Chief Executive Officer 12,010,961 55.29% (55.56%)
Liigus, Lea Chief Legal and Compliance Officer 127,396 0.59%
Krause, Clemens Chief Risk Officer 96,566 0.44%
Mäkelä, Lasse Chief Strategy and IR Officer 56,085 0.26%
Egger, Bernd Chief Financial Officer 40,169 0.18%
Kumpulainen, Antti CEO of Multitude Bank 24,278 0.11%
Kajakas, Kristjan Tribe CEO - Ferratum 25,218 0.12%
Chatterjee, Julie Tribe CEO - SweepBank 17,063 0.08%
Hansson-Tönning, Adam Chief Financial Planning Analyst 13,956 0.06%
Kabele, Kornel Chief Technology Officer 10,381 0.05%
Vella, Shaun Chief HR Officer 6,749 0.03%
Štareika, Mantvydas Tribe CEO - CapitalBox 2,553 0.01%
Total 12,431,375 57.23% (57.50%)
120
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
Distribution of holdings by number of shares held as at 31 December 2023
Distribution of holdings by group as at 31 December 2023
Lower
Limit
Number of
shareholders
% of
shareholders
Total number
of shares with
voting righs
% of share
capital with
voting rights
1-100 37 19.072 1,541 0.007
101-500 66 34.021 16,225 0.075
501-1 000 26 13.402 19,721 0.091
1 001-5 000 39 20.103 76,420 0.352
5 001-10 000 7 3.608 53,483 0.246
10 001-50 000 12 6.186 226,930 1.045
50 001-100 000 2 1.031 184,099 0.847
100 001-500 000 3 1.546 513,077 2.362
500 001 and over 2 1.031 20,632,464 94.976
Total 194 100.000 21,723,960 100.000
Nominee registered 5 - 20,863,864 96.041
Treasury shares held by Multitude SE - - 105,836 -
Sector
Total number
of shares
(book-entries)
% of share
capital and
voting rights
Total number of
shares (nomi-
nee-registered)
% of share
capital and
voting rights
Total number
of shares and
voting rights
% of share
capital and
voting rights
Financial and insurance
corporations
105,836 0.487 6,501,043 29.926 6,606,879 30.413
Households 744,621 3.428 - - 744,621 3.428
Shares registered in the
member states of the
Euro area
9,639 0.044 14,362,821 66.115 14,372,460 66.159
Total 860,096 3.959 20,863,864 96.041 21,723,960 100.000
Table includes shares reported by Euroclear Finland Ltd.
Table includes shares reported by Euroclear Finland Ltd.
121
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
Annual General Meeting 2024
Multitude’s Annual General Meeting will be held on 25 April 2024 at 10:00 EEST at the offices of
Castren & Snellman Attorneys Ltd, Eteläesplanadi 14, Helsinki, Finland. The meeting will be held
as a physical meeting, and no remote participation or video link to the meeting venue will be
provided. Shareholders may also use their voting rights by voting in advance.
Instructions for shareholders as well as proposals made for the AGM are provided in the AGM
notice published on the Group’s website.
Date Publication
14.03.2024 Multitude SE: 2023 preliminary results
28.03.2024 Multitude Bank p.l.c.: full year 2023 results
28.03.2024 Multitude SE: full year 2023 results
16.05.2024 Multitude SE: Q1 2024 results
22.08.2024 Multitude Bank p.l.c.: H1 2024 results
22.08.2024 Multitude SE: H1 2024 results
14.11.2024 Multitude SE: 9M 2024 results
Financial calendar
122
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
Board of Directors’ proposals for profit distribution
The operations of the Group’s parent company, Multitude SE, for the year ended 31 December
2023 amounted into a profit of EUR 6.3 million (2022 - EUR 9.3 million, loss), which resulted into
a distributable equity amounting to EUR 54.6 million as at 31 December 2023 (2022 - EUR 50.8
million). Accordingly, the Board of Directors proposed to the Annual General Meeting to distribute
dividend of EUR 0.19 per share in relation to the 2023 results and that 2023 profit to be carried
forward.
Corporate governance statement
Multitude’s Corporate Governance Statement has been prepared in accordance with the reporting
requirements set out by the Corporate Governance Code 2020 issued by the Finnish Securities
Market Association. The Corporate Governance Statement is published separately from the Board
of Directors’ report, and it is available on Multitude’s website at: https://www.multitude.com/
investors/corporate-governance/corporate-governance-statement.
Company management and auditor
Ari Tiukkanen served as Chairman of the Board since the 2023 Annual General Meeting. Other
members of the Board were Jorma Jokela, Lea Liigus, Michael A. Cusumano, Goutam Challagalla,
and Kristiina Leppänen. Frederik Strange, Juhani Vanhala and Jussi Mekkonen stepped down from
the Board after the 2023 Annual General Meeting. The Chief Executive Officer is Jorma Jokela. The
2023 Annual General Meeting re-appointed PricewaterhouseCoopers Oy as the Group’s auditor,
with APA Jukka Paunonen as the auditor with principal responsibility.
123
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Board of Directors’ Report
Consolidated
financial
statements 2023
(audited)
Consolidated statement of profit or loss
EUR ’000
2023
Restated
2022*
Interest income
7
23 0, 459
212,4 7 4
Interest expense
7
(22, 237)
(14,027)
Net interest income
208,222
1 9 8 , 4 47
Fee and commission income
8
63
32
Fair value and foreign exchange losses
9
(4 , 3 2 8)
(3 ,8 48)
Other income
10
30
70
Profit for the period from investment in associates
6
-
Net operating income
203 , 9 93
194,7 01
Operating expenses:
Impairment loss on loans to customers
4.2, 11
(8 9 , 25 3)
(8 4 , 6 4 6)
Personnel expense
11
(34,076)
(3 3, 9 56)
General and administrative expense
11
(3 1 , 976)
(31 , 943)
Depreciation and amortisation
11 , 17-19
(1 5 ,01 6)
(1 7, 5 2 2)
Selling and marketing expense
11
(1 4,180)
(12, 375)
Other expense
10
(502)
(6 6 9)
Profit before income taxes
18 , 9 9 0
13 , 59 0
Income tax expense
12
(2,552)
(1,81 7)
Profit for the period
16,438
11 ,773
Earnings per share:
Basic earnings per share, EUR
13
0. 5 1
0. 3 8
Diluted earnings per share, EUR
13
0. 5 1
0. 37
*See Note 26 for the details of restatements due to change in accounting policies and correction of errors.
124
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
EUR ’000
2023
Restated 2022*
Profit for the period
16,438
11,773
Other comprehensive expense:
Items that may be reclassified to profit or loss
Currency translation difference
(333)
(9 0 0)
Total other comprehensive loss
(333)
(9 0 0)
Total comprehensive income for the period
1 6 ,1 05
1 0, 873
*See Note 26 for the details of restatements due to change in accounting policies and correction of errors.
125
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Consolidated statement of financial position
31 December Restated 31 Restated 1
EUR ’000
Notes
2023December January
2022*2022*
ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
4.3
283 ,7 12
153,325
3 01 , 592
Derivative financial assets
15
29 9
3, 180
324
Loans to customers
15, 26
575 , 9 4 8
5 07 , 075
4 49, 562
Debt investments
15
62,1 14
21 ,1 07
-
Other financial assets
15
1 9,435
1 9, 413
19, 559
Current tax assets
12
1, 832
2,230
2, 20 0
Prepaid expenses and other assets
16
2 , 841
237
1 , 324
Intangible assets
17
29, 4 68
31,400
35, 850
Right-of-use assets
18
4, 8 19
4, 6 13
1,618
Property, plant and equipment
19
2, 89 6
3,0 8 1
3,404
Investments accounted for using the equity method
14
1 ,02 2
-
-
Deferred tax assets
12
6 , 492
7, 5 74
7, 3 4 6
Total assets
99 0, 878
753 , 23 5
82 2 ,7 79
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Liabilities:
Derivative financial liabilities
20
5 , 323
4 46
1, 232
Deposits from customers
20
7 32 , 35 0
503 , 378
4 8 6 ,01 0
Current tax liabilities
12
2 , 2 6 8
921
3, 455
Provisions, accruals and other liabilities
20
13, 37 2
15 , 576
15, 340
Debt securities
14, 20
47, 8 0 5
47, 4 1 6
141,8 14
Lease liabilities
18, 20
4, 9 6 3
4, 56 6
1, 694
Deferred tax liabilities
12
1,1 5 1
9 6 6
203
Total liabilities
8 0 7, 2 3 2
573 , 269
6 4 9, 74 8
Equity:
Share capital
21
40,13 4
4 0,1 3 4
40,1 3 4
Treasury shares
21
(1 03)
(1 42)
(1 42)
Retained earnings
8 7, 2 5 8
75 , 68 5
68 ,695
Unrestricted equity reserve
14 ,70 8
1 4 ,70 8
1 4 ,70 8
Perpetual bonds
4.5
45,000
50,00 0
50,0 00
Translation differences
4.3
(3, 38 2)
(3,050)
(2 , 9 9 5)
Other reserves
21
31
2, 6 31
2,631
Total equity
183,6 46
179 , 9 6 6
17 3 ,03 1
Total equity and liabilities
99 0, 878
753 , 23 5
82 2 ,77 9
*See Note 26 for the details of restatements due to change in accounting policies and correction of errors.
126
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Consolidated statement of cash flows
EUR ’000
Notes
2023
Restated
2022*
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Profit for the period
16,438
11 ,773
Adjustments for:
Impairment loss on loans to customers
4.2, 11
89 , 2 53
84 ,6 4 6
Depreciation and amortisation
11 , 17-19
15 , 01 6
1 7, 5 2 2
Net interest income
7
(208,222)
(198,22 4)
Fair value and foreign exchange gains and losses
9
4 , 32 8
3 , 8 4 8
Income tax expense
12
2, 552
1 , 8 17
Other adjustments
1,014
450
Changes in operating assets:
Increase (-) in gross loans to customers
4.2
(1 76 , 41 3)
(144 ,08 0)
Increase (-) in debt investments
(4 0 , 2 47)
(20, 80 0)
Increase (-) / decrease (+) in derivative financial instruments (net)
7, 76 0
(3 ,625)
Increase (-) / decrease (+) in other assets
(2, 6 0 3)
1 , 07 8
Changes in operating liabilities:
Increase (+) in deposits from customers
4.2
22 8 , 972
1 7 ,828
Decrease (-) in other liabilities
(1,808)
(4 5 3)
Interest paid
(14,035)
(11 , 251)
Interest received
2 3 7, 6 8 5
20 8 ,76 3
Income taxes paid
(1 , 9 1 4)
(3,637)
Net cash flows from (used in) operating activities
1 57, 7 7 6
(34, 3 46)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of tangible assets
(2 5 8)
(47 1)
Purchase of intangible assets
(10, 565)
(10,43 3)
Purchase of investments accounted for using the equity method
(1 ,01 6)
-
Net cash flows used in investing activities
(11,8 39)
(1 0, 9 03)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Repayment of perpetual bonds interest
(6,031)
(3 , 6 7 0)
Dividends paid
22
(2, 591)
-
Proceeds from debt securities
-
87 ,0 72
Repayment of debt securities
-
(1 8 2 ,1 5 0)
Repayment of lease liabilities
18
(2 , 2 1 9)
(1 , 93 9)
Repayment of perpetual bonds
(4 ,555)
-
Net cash flows used in financing activities
(1 5, 3 96)
(1 0 0, 687)
Cash and cash equivalents, as at 1 January
15
1 53 , 3 25
301 , 5 92
Exchange losses on cash and cash equivalents
(155)
(2, 33 1)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
13 0, 541
(1 45 , 93 6)
Cash and cash equivalents, as at 31 December
15
28 3, 7 12
15 3, 325
*See Note 26 for the details of restatements due to change in accounting policies and correction of errors.
127
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
EUR ’000
Share
Treasury Retained Perpetual Unrestricted Translation Other Total
capitalsharesearningsbondsequity differencesreservesequity
reserve
As at 1 January 2022
40 ,13 4
(142)
7 0,466
50,000
1 4 ,70 8
(2 , 9 95)
2,63 1
174 , 8 01
Restatement and
adjustments to opening
-
-
(1 ,7 7 1)
-
-
-
-
(1 ,77 1)
balance
Restated as at 1 January 2022*
40 ,13 4
(1 42)
68,69 5
50,00 0
14 ,70 8
(2, 9 9 5)
2,63 1
173 ,03 1
Comprehensive income
Profit for the period
-
-
11 ,7 7 3
-
-
-
-
11 ,7 7 3
Currency translation
-
-
(89 1)
-
-
(9)
-
(9 0 0)
difference
Total comprehensive income
-
-
10, 88 2
-
-
(9)
-
10, 87 3
Transactions with owners:
Perpetual bonds interests
-
-
(3 , 6 70)
-
-
-
-
(3 , 67 0)
payments
Share-based payments
-
-
483
-
-
-
-
483
(Note 23)
Other changes
-
-
(7 0 4)
-
-
(4 4)
-
(74 8)
Total transactions with
owners
-
-
(3 , 8 92)
-
-
(4 4)
-
(3, 93 5)
As at 31 December 2022
40 ,13 4
(142)
75, 6 85
50 ,000
14 , 70 8
(3 , 0 5 0)
2,63 1
179 , 9 6 6
As at 1 January 2023
40 ,13 4
(142)
75,6 8 5
50, 000
1 4 ,70 8
(3 ,0 5 0)
2,631
179, 96 6
Comprehensive income
Profit for the period
-
-
16, 438
-
-
-
-
16, 438
Currency translation
-
-
-
-
-
(333)
-
(333)
difference
Total comprehensive income
-
-
16,438
-
-
(333)
-
16 ,1 0 5
Transactions with owners:
Repayment of perpetual
-
-
445
(5,000)
-
-
-
(4,555)
bonds
Perpetual bonds interests
-
-
(5 , 8 3 1)
-
-
-
-
(5 , 8 31)
payments
Share-based payments
-
39
5 11
-
-
-
-
550
(Note 23)
Dividend distribution
-
-
(2 , 591)
-
-
-
-
(2, 591)
Release of reserves (Note
-
-
2,600
-
-
-
(2 ,6 00)
-
21)
Total transactions with
owners
-
39
(4 , 8 6 6)
(5,000)
-
-
(2, 60 0)
(12 , 427)
As at 31 December 2023
40 ,13 4
(1 03)
8 7, 2 5 8
45, 000
14 ,708
(3 , 3 82)
31
183,646
*See Note 26 for the details of restatements due to change in accounting policies and correction of errors.
128
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
129
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
1. General information
Multitude SE and its subsidiaries ("Multitude", "we" or the "Group"), is a public company registered
in accordance with the corporate law of the European Union that provides retail and corporate
banking services to private clients and small and medium enterprises ("SMEs"). The ultimate par-
ent company Multitude SE (business identity code 1950969-1) was established in 2005 and is
headquartered at Ratamestarinkatu 11 A, FI-00520 Helsinki. Multitude SE is listed in the Prime
Standard of Frankfurt Stock Exchange under the symbol "FRU". The Group is a sole shareholder
of Multitude Bank p.l.c., licensed by the Malta Financial Services Authority ("MFSA"), which is a
significant part of the Group that allows it to provide financial services and products to European
Economic Area ("EEA") member states.
On 27 March 2024, Multitude’s Board of Directors authorised the Group’s consolidated financial
statements as at and for the year ended 31 December 2023 for issuance and filing.
1.1 Significant changes in the current reporting period
The financial position and performance of the Group was particularly affected by the following
events and transactions during the reporting period:
Change of accounting policies and correction of prior period error
The composition of the consolidated statements of profit or loss, cash flows and financial position
was adjusted due to a change in presentation driven by the alignment with the reporting format of
the financial industry. In line with the initiative to adopt a presentation framework of the financial
industry, the Group has also changed the presentation of its consolidated statement of financial
position from a current/non-current approach to a liquidity-based approach. The consolidated
statement of profit or loss was improved to show interest income and interest expense as main
financial statement line items.
The change was also made to the accounting treatment of collection costs as a part of impair-
ment loss on loans to customers financial statement line item to better reflect possible shortfall in
cash flows derived from loan contracts. Classification of reminder fees as part of effective interest
income was implemented alongside classification of certain scoring costs as part of directly attrib-
utable acquisition costs. Detailed information about these adjustments can be found in Note 26.
130
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Annual General Meeting
The Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) was held on 27 April 2023 in Helsinki, Finland. The following
matters have been resolved during the AGM: The AGM adopted the Annual Accounts, including
the Consolidated Annual Accounts for the financial year 2022 and discharged the members of the
Board of Directors and the CEO from liability for the financial year 2022. In accordance with the
proposal of the Board of Directors, it was decided that dividends amounting to EUR 0.12 per share
will be distributed for the financial year ended 31 December 2022.
In 2023, dividends of EUR 2.6 million for the previous financial year were distributed to shareholders.
The AGM confirmed the number of members of the Board of Directors as six and decided to re-
elect Goutam Challagalla, Michael A. Cusumano, Jorma Jokela, Kristiina Leppänen and Lea Liigus
to the Board of Directors and elected Ari Tiukkanen as new member, each one for a term ending
at the end of the next Annual General Meeting. The Board of Directors will elect the Chairman and
the Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors from amongst its members.
The AGM has also resolved to appoint Audit firm PricewaterhouseCoopers Oy, which had stated
that APA Jukka Paunonen will act as the responsible auditor, as the auditor of the Group for a term
ending at the end of the next Annual General Meeting.
Please visit the Group’s website for further information on the Annual General Meeting.
131
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
2. Basis of preparation and accounting policies
2.1 Basis of preparation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a historical cost basis, except for
derivative financial instruments which are measured at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL).
The consolidated financial statements are presented in thousand Euros ("EUR 000"). The Group
has prepared its consolidated financial statement on the basis that it will continue to operate as a
going concern .
2.2 Statement of compliance
The consolidated financial statements of the Group have been prepared in accordance with IFRS
accounting stgandards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and
adopted by the European Union.
2.3 Presentation of financial statements
The Group presents its statement of financial position in order of liquidity based on Multitude’s
intention and perceived ability to recover/settle the majority of assets/liabilities of the correspond-
ing financial statement line item. An analysis regarding recovery or settlement within 12 months
after the reporting date (current) and more than 12 months after the reporting date (non–current)
is presented in Note 14.
2.4 New standards and amendments
This chapter provides a summary of (a) new standards and amendments that are effective for
the first time for periods commencing on or after 1 January 2023 (i.e. year ending 31 December
2023), (b) IFRS Interpretations Committee agenda decisions issued in the last 12 months, and (c)
forthcoming requirements, being standards and amendments that will become effective on or
after 1 January 2024.
132
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
(a) New standards and amendments – applicable 1 January 2023
The following standards and interpretations apply for the first time to financial reporting periods
commencing on or after 1 January 2023:
TitleKey requirements if relevant
IFRS 17 Insurance Not relevant. Multitude does not issue insurance contracts. The new standard had
Contracts and
Amendments to
IFRS 17 Insurance
no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.
contracts: Initial
Application of IFRS
17 and IFRS 9 –
Comparative
InformationRelevant. The amendments to IAS 12 Income Taxes require companies to recognise
deferred tax on transactions that, on initial recognition, give rise to equal amounts
of taxable and deductible temporary differences, and will require the recognition of
additional deferred tax assets and liabilities. The amendment should be applied to
Amendments to transactions that occur on or after the beginning of the earliest comparative period
IAS 12 Income presented. In addition, entities should recognise deferred tax assets (to the extent
Taxes: Deferred that it is probable that they can be utilised) and deferred tax liabilities at the
Tax related to
beginning
of
the
earliest
comparative
period
for
all
deductible
and
taxable
Assets and temporary differences associated with:
Liabilities arising • right-of-use assets and lease liabilities, and
from a Single • decommissioning, restoration and similar liabilities, and the corresponding amounts recognised as part of the cost of the related assets.
TransactionIAS 12 did not previously address how to account for the tax effects of on-balance
sheet
leases
and
similar
transactions
and
various
approaches
were
considered
acceptable. The new amendments had insignificant impact on financial statements
but
required
additional
disclosure
of
netted
deferred
tax
asset
from
carrying
amount of leases and right-of-use asset (Note 12).
Relevant. The IASB amended IAS 1 Presentation of Financial Statements to require
Amendments to entities to disclose their material rather than their significant accounting policies.
IAS 1 Presentation The amendments define what is ‘material accounting policy information’ (being
of Financial information that, when considered together with other information included in an
Statements, IFRS entity’s financial statements, can reasonably be expected to influence decisions
Practice Statement that the primary users of general purpose financial statements make on the basis of
2 and IAS 8 those financial statements) and explain how to identify when accounting policy
Accounting
information
immaterial
is
material.
They
further
clarify
that
accounting
policy
Policies, Changes information does not need to be disclosed. If it is disclosed, it should not obscure
in Accounting material accounting information. This amendment had an impact on the composition
Policies and Errors: results and positions.of accounting policies of the Group but did not lead to restatements of financial
Disclosure of The amendment to IAS 8 Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates
Accounting
and
Errors
clarifies
how
companies
should
distinguish
changes
in
accounting
policies and policies from changes in accounting estimates. The distinction is important the
Definition of Group because changes in accounting estimates are applied prospectively to future
Accounting transactions and other future events, whereas changes in accounting policies are
Estimatesgenerally applied retrospectively to past transactions and other past events as well
as the current period.
Amendment to IAS Not relevant. The Group's consolidated financial statements remain unaffected by
12 - OECD Pillar the amendments, given that the Group falls outside the scope of the Pillar Two
Two Rulesmodel rules, owing to its annual revenue being less than EUR 750 million.
The amendments described in the table above did not have any material impact on the Group's
accounting records.
133
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
(b) IFRS Interpretations Committee agenda decisions issued in the last 12 months, the following
agenda decisions were issued but not relevant for the preparation of annual reports in 2023. The
date issued refers to the date of approval by the IASB as per the IASB’s website.
Date issuedTopic
27 April 2023
Definition of a Lease—Substitution Rights (IFRS 16)
26 October 2023
Premiums Receivable from an Intermediary (IFRS 17 and IFRS 9)
26 October 2023
Homes and Home Loans Provided to Employees (IAS 19)
26 October 2023
Guarantee over a Derivative Contract (IFRS 9)
(c) Forthcoming requirements
As at 31 December 2023, the following standards and interpretations had been issued but were
not mandatory for annual reporting periods ending on 31 December 2023.
Title
Key requirements if relevant
Effective Date
Classification of
Liabilities as Current
or Non-current– Not relevant. The Group does not apply classification of
Amendments to IAS 1current and non-current items in the consolidated statement 1 January 2024
Non-Current of financial position.
Liabilities with
Covenants –
Amendments to IAS 1
Supplier finance Not relevant. The Group does not enter into supplier finance 1 January 2024
arrangements arrangements, therefore the amendments are not expected to (not yet endorsed
– Amendments to
IAS 7 and IFRS 7
have a material impact on the Group’s financial statements. in the EU)
Not relevant. Multitude does not have transactions that are not Annual periods
Amendments to exchangeable into another currency at a measurement date beginning on or
IAS 21 – Lack of for a specified purpose, therefore there is no impact expected after 1 January 2025
Exchangeabilityfrom this amendment.(not yet endorsed
in the EU)
Amendments to Not relevant. The Group does not enter into sale and
IFRS 16 Leases: leaseback transactions. Therefore, these amendments are not
Lease Liability in a expected to have a material impact on the Group’s financial 1 January 2024
Sale and
Leaseback
statements.
The Group does not expect any new accounting standards or interpretations to have material impact.
2.5 Summary of material accounting policies
2.5.1 Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial statements of the parent company,
and each of those companies over which parent company or another Group company exercises
control. Control over an entity exists when the Group is exposed, or has rights, to variable returns
from its involvement with the entity and can affect those returns through its power over the entity.
When the Group has less than a majority of voting or similar rights in an entity, it considers all
relevant facts and circumstances in assessing whether it has power over an entity, including con-
tractual arrangements, voting rights and potential voting rights, the relevant activities and how
decisions about those activities are made and whether the Group can direct those activities. The
134
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Group reassesses whether it controls an entity if facts and circumstances indicate that there are
changes to the elements of control.
Consolidation of a subsidiary begins when the Group obtains control over the subsidiary and
ceases when the Group loses control over the subsidiary. Assets, liabilities, income and expenses
of a subsidiary acquired or disposed of during the year are included in the consolidated financial
statements from the date the Group gains control until the date the Group ceases to control the
subsidiary. A change in the ownership interest of a subsidiary, without a loss of control, is account-
ed for as an equity transaction.
When assessing whether to consolidate an entity, the Group evaluates a range of control factors,
namely:
– Purpose and design of the entity
– Relevant activities and how these are determined
– Whether the Group’s rights result in the ability to direct the relevant activities
– Whether the Group has exposure or rights to variable returns
– Whether the Group has the ability to use its power to affect the amount of its returns
Where voting rights are relevant, the Group is deemed to have control where it holds, directly or
indirectly, more than half of the voting rights over an entity unless there is evidence that another
investor has the practical ability to unilaterally direct the relevant activities. Potential voting rights
that are deemed to be substantive are also considered when assessing control.
Likewise, the Group also assesses existence of control where it does not control the majority of the
voting power but has the practical ability to unilaterally direct the relevant activities. This may arise
in circumstances where the size and dispersion of holdings of the shareholders give the Group the
power to direct the activities of the investee.
All intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group
companies are eliminated on consolidation. Consistent accounting policies are applied throughout
the Group for the purposes of consolidation.
At the date that control of a subsidiary is lost, the Group: a) derecognises the assets (including
attributable goodwill) and liabilities of the subsidiary at their carrying amounts, b) derecognises
the carrying amount of any non-controlling interests in the former subsidiary, c) recognises the
fair value of the consideration received and any distribution of the shares of the subsidiary, d)
recognises any investment retained in the former subsidiary at its fair value and e) recognises any
resulting difference of the above items as a gain or loss in the consolidated statement of profit or
loss.
There are no material non-controlling interests ("NCI") and all Group companies are fully consoli-
dated. All profit after tax is attributable to shareholders of Multitude.
On the other hand, the Group also assesses existence of significant influence over other enti-
ties (including the cases when ownership share is below 20% and there are other indicators of
significant influence). Multitude assesses if there are other indicators of significant influence for
each investment like participation in policy making, material transaction, representation on the
investee's board. When existence of significant influence can be clearly demonstrated, Multitude
considers such entities as associates and accounts for them using the equity method. Under the
135
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
equity method, the investment is initially recognised at cost in the consolidated statement of
financial position. Subsequently, the investment is adjusted for the Group's share of the associate's
post-acquisition profits or losses and other changes in its equity. The Group's share of post-
acquisition profits or losses is recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss.
Any dividends received from the associate reduce the carrying amount of the investment. Invest-
ment, share of profit or loss and dividends from associates are recorded as investments accounted
for using the equity method in the consolidated statement of financial position.
2.5.2 Functional and presentation currency
The items included in the financial statements of each of the Group companies are measured
using the currency of the primary economic environment in which the company operates (the
“functional currency”).
On consolidation, the assets and liabilities of Group companies, whose functional currency is other
than the EUR, are translated into the presentation currency at the exchange rates prevailing at
the end of the reporting period. The income and expenses of these companies are translated into
EUR at the average exchange rates for the reporting period. The exchange differences arising
from translation for consolidation are recognised as translation differences in the consolidated
statement of comprehensive income.
2.5.3 Segment reporting
The Group defines operating and reportable segments as business units (Note 6). Operating
segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reports provided to the Chief
Operating Decision Maker (CODM). The CODM is defined as Group CEO, who is supported by
business unit CEOs. The CODM is responsible for allocating resources and assessing the
performance of the operating segments. The Group’s operating and reportable segments
comprise 100% of the Group’s external income.
2.5.4 Business combinations
Business combinations are accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration
transferred in a business combination is measured as the aggregate of the fair values of the
assets transferred, liabilities incurred towards the former owners of the acquired entity or
business, and equity instruments issued. Acquisition-related costs are recognised as expenses in
the consolidated statement of profit or loss in the period in which the costs are incurred and the
related services are received with the exception of costs directly attributable to the issuance of
equity instruments that are accounted for as a deduction from equity.
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are measured at the acquisition date fair values.
The Group elects whether to measure the non-controlling interests in the acquiree at fair value
or the proportionate share of the acquiree’s identifiable net assets on a business combination by
business combination basis.
Any contingent consideration to be transferred by the acquirer will be recognised at fair value
at the acquisition date. Contingent consideration classified as equity is not remeasured and its
subsequent settlement is accounted for within equity. Contingent consideration, classified as an
asset or liability that is a financial instrument and within the scope of IFRS 9, is measured at fair
value with the changes in fair value recognised in the statement of profit or loss in accordance with
IFRS 9. Other contingent consideration that is not within the scope of IFRS 9 is measured at fair
value at each reporting date with changes in fair value recognised in profit or loss.
136
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Goodwill is initially measured at cost (being the excess of the aggregate of the consideration
transferred and the amount recognised for non-controlling interests and any previous interest held
over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed). After initial recognition, goodwill
is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses .
2.5.5 Non-current assets or disposal groups held for sale and discontinued operations
Non-current assets or disposal groups are classified as assets held for sale if their carrying amounts
will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than through continuing use. For
this to be the case, the asset, or the disposal group, must be available for immediate sale in its
present condition subject only to the usual and customary terms for sales of such assets or dispos-
al groups, and the sale must be highly probable. These assets, or in the case of disposal groups,
assets and liabilities, are presented separately in the consolidated statement of financial position
and measured at the lower of the carrying amount and fair value less costs to sell. Non-current
assets classified as held for sale or included in a disposal group classified as held for sale, are not
depreciated or amortised.
Discontinued operations are reported when a component of the Group, comprising operations
and cash flows that can be clearly distinguished both operationally and for financial reporting
purposes from the rest of the Group. A discontinued operation is a component of an entity that
either has been disposed of, or is classified as held for sale, and
(a) represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations,
(b) is part of a single coordinated plan to dispose of a separate major line of business or geo-
graphical area of operations; or
(c) is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to resale.
Profit or loss from discontinued operations is reported separately from income and expenses from
continuing operations in the consolidated statement of profit or loss, with prior periods presented
on a comparative basis. Cash flows from discontinued operations are presented separately in the
consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Intra-group revenues and expenses
between continuing and discontinued operations are eliminated.
Gain or loss on disposal of subsidiaries that does not qualify as discontinued operations is record-
ed in other income or expense in the consolidated statement of profit or loss.
2.5.6 Recognition of interest income/expense and effective interest rate
The Group recognises interest income and interest expense by applying an effective interest meth-
od (EIR). The EIR is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash payments or receipts
through the expected life of the financial instrument to:
• the gross carrying amount of the financial asset; or
• the amortised cost of the financial liability.
When calculating the EIR for financial instruments, the Group estimates future cash flows consid-
ering all contractual terms of the financial instrument, but not expected credit losses.
The EIR, and consequently the amortised cost of the financial asset, is determined by considering
transaction costs, any discount or premium on the acquisition of the financial asset, as well as fees
and costs integral to the EIR. The EIR calculation accommodates the potential impact of other
characteristics of the product life cycle including early repayments and penalty charges .
137
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
If revisions to the expected cash flows of fixed rate financial assets or liabilities occur for reasons
other than credit risk, the changes to future contractual cash flows are discounted at the original
EIR, resulting in an adjustment to the carrying amount. The difference with the previous carrying
amount is recorded as a positive or negative adjustment to the financial asset or liability's carrying
amount in the statement of financial position, with a corresponding increase or decrease in interest
income/expense calculated using the effective interest method.
In the case of floating rate financial instruments, periodic re-estimation of cash flows to reflect
market interest rate movements also impacts the effective interest rate. However, when instru-
ments were initially recognised at an amount equal to the principal, re-estimating future interest
payments does not significantly affect the carrying amount of the asset or liability.
The Group computes interest income on financial assets, excluding those considered credit-im-
paired, by applying the EIR to the gross carrying amount of the financial asset. When a financial
asset becomes credit-impaired (and is therefore categorised as ‘Stage 3’), the Group calculates
interest income by applying the EIR to the net amortised cost of the financial asset. If the financial
asset is no longer credit-impaired, the Group reverts to calculating interest income on a gross
basis .
2.5.7 Fee and commission income
Fee and commission income and expense that are an integral part of the effective interest rate
on a financial asset or liability are included in the effective interest rate calculation and treated as
part of effective interest (Note 2.5.6). Fee and commission income that is not considered to be
an integral part of the effective interest rate on loans to customers and accounted as per IFRS 15.
Fee and commission income is recognised at an amount that reflects the consideration the Group
expects to be entitled to in exchange for providing the services. The performance obligations, as
well as the timing of their satisfaction, are identified and determined at the inception of the con-
tract. When Multitude provides a service to its customers, consideration is invoiced and generally
due immediately upon satisfaction of a service provided at a point in time or at the end of the
contract period for a service provided over time.
2.5.8 Fair value and foreign exchange gains and losses
2.5.8.1 Recognition of fair value and foreign exchange gains and losses
Within this line item, the Group reports unrealised and realised foreign exchange gains and losses
on the retranslation of monetary items, as well as all gains and losses arising from fluctuations in
fair value of derivatives. Gains and losses arising from fluctuations in the value of the derivatives
resulting from foreign currency forward contracts.
2.5.8.2 Transactions and balances in foreign currencies
Transactions in foreign currencies are recorded at exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the
individual transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currency are valued
at the exchange rates prevailing at the end of the reporting period.
2.5.9 Personnel expense
Post-employment plans:
The Group companies have various post-employment plans that follow local regulations and
practices in the countries in which they operate. Group companies’ pension plans are generally
138
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
considered to be defined contribution plans that employees and relevant Group companies fund
through pension insurance contracts, local government retirement schemes, and other external
post-employment retirement plan arrangements, where the Group does not retain or incur any
additional legal or constructive obligations on top of its obligations to make contributions to such
plans. These contributions are recognised as part of personnel expense in the consolidated state-
ment of profit or loss in the period in which they are incurred.
Share-based payments:
The Group’s share-based payments granted are classified as equity-settled share-based payment
transactions. They are booked as personnel expense and as increases in equity based on the grant
date fair value of the options or shares granted. The total expense is recognised over the vesting
period, when all of the specified vesting conditions are satisfied.
At the end of each period, the Group revises its estimates of the number of options or shares
that are expected to vest based on the vesting and service conditions. The Group recognises
the impact of the revision of the original estimates, if any, in profit or loss, with a corresponding
adjustment to equity. The cancellation of a share-based payment arrangement is accounted for
as an acceleration of vesting, and the Group recognises immediately the amount that would
have been settled with employees at the end of the original vesting period. Any payment made
to the employee is accounted for as a deduction from equity, except to the extent that the pay-
ment exceeds the fair value of the equity instruments granted, measured at the cancellation
date.
2.5.10 Other income and expense
Gains and losses not arising from the Group’s ordinary course of business, such as those deriving
from impairment of non-financial assets, sale and disposal of non-current assets, among others,
are recognised under other income/other expense line item in the Group’s consolidated statement
of profit or loss.
2.5.11 Income tax expense
2.5.11.1 Recognition of income taxes
The income taxes comprise current tax and deferred tax. Income tax benefit or expense is rec-
ognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss, except to the extent that it relates to items
recognised in other comprehensive income, or directly in equity.
2.5.11.2 Current taxes
Current taxes are based on the results of Group companies and are calculated using local tax
regulations and tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at each reporting date. Corporate taxes
withheld at the source of the income, on behalf of Group companies, are accounted for in income
tax expense financial statement line item, where they are determined to represent tax on profit or
loss for the period.
2.5.11.3 Deferred taxes
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined using the balance sheet method for all tempo-
rary differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their carrying amounts in the
consolidated financial statements.
Recognition of deferred tax assets is contingent upon the availability of future taxable profit
against which unused tax losses, tax credits, and deductible temporary differences can be utilised
139
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
in the relevant jurisdictions. The realisability of deferred tax assets is assessed at each reporting
date, and adjustments are made if circumstances indicate that these assets are no longer probable
to be utilised.
Deferred tax liabilities are acknowledged for temporary taxable differences and those arising
between the fair value and the tax base of identifiable net assets acquired in business combinations.
Additionally, deferred tax liabilities are provided for taxable temporary differences arising from
investments in subsidiaries, except when the Group controls the timing of the reversal of the
temporary difference, and it is probable that the reversal will not occur in the foreseeable future.
The enacted or substantively enacted tax rates as of each reporting date, expected to apply when
the asset is realised or the liability is settled, are employed in measuring deferred tax assets and
deferred tax liabilities.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are not subject to discounting. The Group regularly assesses
positions taken in tax returns concerning situations where applicable tax regulations are subject
to interpretation. Adjustments to the recorded amounts of current and deferred tax assets and
liabilities are made when it is considered probable, i.e., more likely than not, that certain tax
positions may not be fully sustained upon review by tax authorities. The recorded amounts are
based on the most likely amount or the expected value, depending on the method that the Group
expects to predict the uncertainty's resolution better.
Deferred tax related to assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction that, on initial
recognition, give rise to equal amounts of taxable and deductible temporary differences, will
require the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities in equal amounts. Deferred tax assets
and deferred tax liabilities are offset for presentation purposes if, and only if:
a) when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities;
b) the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities relate to income taxes levied by the same
taxation authority on either the same taxable entity or different taxable entities, which intend
either to settle current tax liabilities and assets on a net basis, or to realise the assets and settle
the liabilities simultaneously in each future period where significant amounts of deferred tax
liabilities or deferred tax assets are expected to be settled or recovered.
2.5.12 Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash at banks and on hand, as well as short-term highly liquid
investments that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash with the maturities at the
acquisition of three months or less, as well as bank deposits with maturities or contractual call
periods at the acquisition of three months or less.
Bank deposits that are set aside as collateral to fund the Group’s forward contracts and do not
meet the definition of cash and cash equivalents, are classified as financial assets at amortised
cost and presented as receivables from banks under other financial assets in the consolidated
statement of financial position.
2.5.13 Derivative financial instruments
The Group's risk management policy includes foreign currency forward contracts. All derivatives
arising from such contracts are recognised initially at fair value when a derivative contract is en-
tered into and subsequently remeasured at fair value. Derivative financial assets and derivative
140
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
financial liabilities are presented in the assets and liabilities sections of the consolidated statement
of financial position, respectively.
All derivatives are carried as assets when fair value is positive and as liabilities when fair value is
negative. Discounted Cash Flow (DCF) models are used to determine the fair values of over-the-
counter derivatives which comprise foreign currency forward contracts. This involves projecting
future cash flows, discounting them back to present value using a rate that considers risk factors,
and calculating the fair value. Foreign currency forward contracts are valued at market-forward
exchange rates. Changes in fair value are measured by comparing these rates with the original
contract-forward rate.
The Group does not apply hedge accounting. As a result, realised and unrealised gains and losses
arising from changes in fair values of the derivative financial assets and liabilities during the
financial period are recognised as fair value and foreign exchange gains and losses in the Group’s
consolidated statement of profit or loss as described in Note 2.5.8.1.
2.5.14 Financial assets
2.5.14.1 Initial recognition and measurement of financial assets
The Group recognises a financial asset in its statement of financial position when it becomes a
party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. Regular purchases and sales of financial
assets are recognised on the settlement date, which is the date on which the Group purchases or
sells the asset.
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus or minus, in the case
of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs that are incre-
mental and directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of the financial asset, such as fees and
commissions. Transaction costs of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.
Immediately after initial recognition, an expected credit loss allowance (ECL) is recognised for
financial assets measured at amortised cost which results in an accounting loss being recognised
in profit or loss when an asset is newly originated.
When the fair value of financial assets differs from the transaction price on initial recognition, the
Group recognises the difference as follows:
• When the fair value is evidenced by a quoted price in an active market for an identical asset (i.e.
a Level 1 input) or based on a valuation technique that uses only data from observable markets,
the difference is recognised as a gain or loss.
• In all other cases, the difference is deferred and the timing of recognition of deferred day one
profit or loss is determined individually. It is either amortised over the life of the instrument,
deferred until the instrument's fair value can be determined using market observable inputs, or
realised through settlement.
2.5.14.2 Classification and subsequent measurement of financial assets
The Group classifies its financial assets as financial assets subsequently measured at amortised
cost (carrying amount less expected credit losses), financial assets measured at fair value with
changes recognised through other comprehensive income ("FVOCI"), and financial assets mea-
sured at fair value with changes recognised through profit and loss ("FVPL"). The appropriate
category is selected based on
141
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
1. the Group’s business model for managing the financial asset and,
2. the contractual cash flow characteristics of the asset.
The Group’s business model for managing financial assets is assessed at the portfolio level as this
best reflects how the business and financial assets are managed to generate cash flows. Similarly,
the Group assesses contractual cash flow characteristics of financial assets at the portfolio level,
and where applicable, at the individual product level. There are three business models available:
• Hold to Collect - Financial assets held with the objective of collecting contractual cash flows.
These financial assets are subsequently measured at amortised cost and are recorded in multiple
lines on the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position.
• Hold to Collect and Sell - Financial assets held with the objective of both collecting contractual
cash flows and selling financial assets. They are recorded as financial assets at fair value through
other comprehensive income on the Group’s consolidated statement of financial position.
• Other - Financial assets that do not meet the criteria of either “Hold to Collect” or “Hold to
Collect and Sell”. They are recorded as financial assets at fair value through profit or loss on the
Group’s consolidated statement of financial position.
The assessment of the business model requires judgement based on facts and circumstances upon
initial recognition. As part of this assessment, the Group considers quantitative factors (e.g., the
expected frequency and volume of sales) and qualitative factors such as how the performance
of the business model and the financial assets held within that business model are evaluated and
reported to the Leadership Team. In addition to taking into consideration the risks that affect the
performance of the business model and the financial assets held within that business model, in
particular, how those market and credit risks are managed; and how managers of the business are
compensated (e.g., whether the compensation is based on the fair value of the assets managed
or on the contractual cash flows collected). This assessment results in an asset being classified in
either a Hold to Collect, Hold to Collect and Sell or Other business model.
If the Group holds a financial asset either in a Hold to Collect or a Hold to Collect and Sell busi-
ness model, then an assessment at initial recognition to determine whether the contractual cash
flows of the financial asset are Solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI) test is required to
determine the financial asset classification. Contractual cash flows that are SPPI compliant, are
consistent with a basic lending arrangement.
Principal for the purpose of this test is defined as the fair value of the financial asset at initial rec-
ognition and may change over the life of the financial asset (for example, if there are repayments
of principal or amortisation of the premium/discount). Interest in a basic lending arrangement is
consideration for the time value of money and the credit risk associated with the principal amount
outstanding during a particular period of time. It can also include consideration for other basic
lending risks (e.g., liquidity risk) and costs (e.g., administrative costs) associated with holding the
financial asset for a particular period of time; and a profit margin that is consistent with a basic
lending arrangement.
In contrast, contractual terms that introduce a more than de minimis exposure to risks or volatility
in the contractual cash flows that are unrelated to a basic lending arrangement do not give rise to
contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the amount outstand-
ing. In such cases, the financial asset is required to be measured at FVPL .
142
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Categories of financial assets include the following:
1. Financial assets measured at amortised cost are debt instruments held within a Hold to Collect
business model and for which the contractual cash flows are SPPI compliant. The Group’s finan-
cial assets measured at amortised cost include loans to customers, cash and cash equivalents,
receivables from sold portfolio, receivables from banks, debt investments and other financial
assets from third parties. Under this measurement category, the financial asset is measured
at fair value at initial recognition. Subsequently the carrying amount is reduced for principal
payments, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation using the effective interest method. After
initial measurement, the Group determines loss allowances related to financial assets, using the
expected credit loss ("ECL") model. The Group’s ECL model, inputs, and assumptions are dis-
closed in Note 3.2. Financial assets measured at amortised cost are recognised on a settlement
date basis.
2. Financial assets measured at FVOCI are debt instruments, that are held in a Hold to Collect
and Sell business model and for which the contractual cash flows are SPPI compliant or equity
instruments that would otherwise be classified as financial assets at FVPL that are irrevocably
designated as financial assets at FVOCI at initial recognition. Equity instruments are instruments
that meet the definition of equity from the issuer's perspective, that is, instruments that do not
contain a contractual obligation to pay and that evidence a residual interest in the issuer's net
assets. Financial assets classified as FVOCI are recognised or derecognised on settlement date.
This category is expected to have limited usage by the Group and has not been used to date.
3. Financial assets are classified at fair value through profit or loss if they are held in the Other
business model because they are either held for trading or because they do not meet the criteria
for Hold to Collect or Hold to Collect and Sell. In addition, they include financial assets that meet
the criteria for Hold to Collect or Hold to Collect and Sell business model but fail the SPPI test, or
where the Group designates the financial assets under the fair value option. The Group’s financial
assets at FVPL consist of derivative financial assets that are used to hedge the cash flow impact
of changes in exchange rates, and as a result, do not fall in either of the preceding categories.
2.5.14.3 Modification of contractual cash flows of financial assets
A modification occurs when there is a change in the contractual cash flows of a financial asset due
to modifications or renegotiations to the terms and conditions of the underlying loan agreement
with the borrower. These modifications can take different forms, can happen at different stages
during the maturity period of the loan.
Taking cognisance of the nature of the modifications granted by the Group (Note 4.2.8), given that
the terms are not substantially different, the modification is not expected to result in derecogni-
tion, and the Group recalculates the gross carrying amount based on the revised cash flows of the
financial asset and recognises a modification gain or loss in profit or loss if material.
If the terms are substantially different, the Group derecognises the original financial asset and
recognises a 'new' asset at fair value and recalculates a new effective interest rate for the asset.
The date of renegotiation is consequently considered to be the date of initial recognition for im-
pairment calculation purposes, including for the purpose of determining whether a significant
increase in credit risk has occurred.
However, the Group would also assess whether the new financial asset recognised is deemed to
143
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
be credit-impaired at initial recognition, especially in circumstances where the renegotiation was
driven by the debtor being unable to make the originally agreed payments. Differences in the
carrying amount would also be recognised in profit or loss as a gain or loss on derecognition. The
new gross carrying amount is recalculated by discounting the modified cash flows at the original
EIR (or credit-adjusted effective interest rate for purchased or originated credit-impaired financial
assets) .
2.5.14.4 Derecognition of financial assets
The Group derecognises a financial asset when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the
financial asset expire or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash flows in a transaction
in which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership of the financial asset are transferred
or in which the Group neither transfers nor retains substantially all of the risks and rewards of
ownership and it does not retain control of the financial asset.
On derecognition of a financial asset, the difference between the carrying amount of the asset
(or the carrying amount allocated to the portion of the asset derecognised) and the sum of the
consideration received (including any new asset obtained less any new liability assumed) is rec-
ognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss.
If an existing financial asset is replaced by another asset from the same counterparty on sub-
stantially different terms, or if the terms of the financial asset are substantially modified (due
to forbearance measures or otherwise), the existing financial asset is derecognised and a new
asset is recognised. Any difference between the respective carrying amounts is recognised in the
consolidated statement of profit or loss .
2.5.15 Prepaid expenses and other assets
Prepaid expenses refer to payments made in advance for goods or services that a company will
receive in the future. These payments create a right to receive future economic benefits. As such,
they are recognised as assets until the related goods or services are consumed or the economic
benefits are realised. Once consumed or realised, the prepaid expense is then recognised as an
expense in the consolidated statement of profit or loss.
2.5.16 Intangible assets
The Group’s intangible assets mainly consist of internally generated and capitalised software
development costs, and computer software purchased from third parties. The Group also has
licences and trademarks that are presented under other intangible assets.
Intangible assets acquired separately are measured on initial recognition at cost. The cost of in-
tangible assets acquired in a business combination is their fair value as of the date of acquisition .
Research costs associated with internally generated intangible assets are expensed in the period
when they are incurred. Development costs are capitalised only if the Group has the technical fea-
sibility to complete the asset, has an ability and intention to use or sell the asset, can demonstrate
that the asset will generate future economic benefits, has resources available to complete the
asset, and can measure the expenditure reliably during development.
After initial recognition, the intangible assets with a finite useful life are carried at cost less ac-
cumulated amortisation and impairment losses. The amortisation period and the amortisation
method for an intangible asset with a finite useful life are reviewed at least at the end of each
reporting period. Changes in the expected useful life or the expected consumption pattern of
144
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
future economic benefits embodied in the asset can lead to a modification of the amortisation
period or method. Such modifications are treated as changes in accounting estimates.
Finite intangible assets are amortised using the straight-line method, which is considered to reflect
best the pattern in which the asset’s future economic benefits are expected to be consumed, over
their useful economic lives as follows:
Capitalised development costs:
2 – 5 years
Computer software:
2 – 10 years
Trademarks:
3 – 5 years
Licences:
2 – 10 years
An intangible asset is derecognised upon disposal (i.e., at the date the recipient obtains control) or
when no future economic benefits are expected from its use or disposal. Any gain or loss arising
upon derecognition of the asset (calculated as the difference between the net disposal proceeds
and the carrying amount of the asset) is included in the statement of profit or loss.
2.5.17 Leases
The Group’s lease agreements primarily relate to leases of office buildings and equipment. At
contract inception, the Group assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract
conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period in exchange for consideration
and, accordingly, recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability for all leases with a lease term
exceeding 12 months. The commencement date is when the lessor makes the underlying leased
asset available for use by the Group. The Group companies generally enter into lease contracts
that have a lease term varying between 1 and 5 years with a prolongation option of a similar range.
The Group companies make assumptions on expected lease term that include prolongation option
(Note 3.5).
The Group applies the practical expedient whereby leases for which the lease term is 12 months or
less at the lease commencement date (short-term leases) are not recognised in its consolidated
statement of financial position. Instead, the Group recognises the lease payments associated with
short-term leases as an operating expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. At the same
time, the Group recognises lease payments as an operating expense in the case of leases for which
the underlying asset is of low value. Other payments for non-lease components (e.g., property tax-
es, insurance payments and property service costs), are recognised as an expense when incurred.
Right-of-use asset:
The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which includes the amount of the initial mea-
surement of the lease liability, any lease payments made at or before the commencement date,
and estimated restoration costs of the leased asset to the condition required by the contract at the
end of the lease period, less any lease incentives and any initial direct costs incurred.
After initial measurement, right-of-use assets are measured at cost less any accumulated depre-
ciation and any accumulated impairment losses and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the
lease liability. The right-of-use asset is depreciated using the straight-line method, from the com-
mencement date to the earlier of the end of the contractual lease term, or the estimated useful
economic lives of the right-of-use assets, as follows:
Office buildings:
3 – 6 years
Office equipment:
3 – 4 years
145
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The Group assesses at the lease commencement date whether it is reasonably certain to exercise
the extension options, including extension periods of open-ended contracts. The Group reassesses
whether it is reasonably certain to exercise the options and extension periods if there is a significant
event or significant changes in circumstances within its control.
Lease liability:
At the commencement date, lease liabilities are measured at the present value of lease payments
to be made over the lease term. The Group determines the lease term as the non-cancellable term
of the lease, together with any periods covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably
certain to be exercised, as well as any periods covered by an option to terminate the lease if it
is reasonably certain not to be exercised. The lease payments include fixed lease payments less
any lease incentives receivable, variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, and
appropriate termination fees whenever the lease term is determined based on the expectation
that the Group will exercise its option to terminate. The Group does not generally enter into lease
contracts with variable lease payments linked to future performance or use of an underlying asset.
Lease payments are allocated between principal and interest expense. The interest expense is
charged to profit or loss over the lease period to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on
the remaining balance of the liability for each period. In addition, the carrying amounts for the
right-of-use asset and lease liability are remeasured if there is a modification, a change in the lease
term or a change in the future lease payments resulting from a change in an index or rate used to
determine such lease payments. The interest component of the lease payments is recognised as
interest expense within net interest income in the consolidated statement of profit or loss.
Incremental borrowing rate:
The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot
be readily determined, which is generally the case for leases in the Group, the lessee’s incremental
borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the individual lessee would have to pay to borrow the
funds necessary to obtain an asset of similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar economic
environment with similar terms, security and conditions. This rate is calculated at the beginning of
the lease and is unique for every Group company - lessee (Note 3.6).
2.5.18 Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are recognised in the financial statements at their carrying
amount, equal to the cost of acquisition less cumulative depreciation, and where applica-
ble, accumulated impairment. The acquisition cost includes costs directly attributable to the
acquisition of the asset.
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a separate asset,
as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits associated with the item
will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be measured reliably. All other repairs and
maintenance costs are recognised as expense in the consolidated statement of profit or loss when
they are incurred.
Property, plant and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method towards their residual
values and over their estimated useful lives, as follows:
Office renovations:
3 – 8 years
Furnitures, fittings, and equipment:
3 – 8 years
146
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
If appropriate the asset’s residual value and useful life are reviewed and adjusted at the end of each
reporting period.
Gain or loss on disposal is determined as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and
the carrying amount. The gain or loss from disposal is recognised in other expense line item in the
consolidated statement of profit or loss .
2.5.19 Financial liabilities
2.5.19.1 Initial recognition and measurement of financial liabilities
The Group recognises a financial liability on its statement of financial position when it becomes
a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument. The Group generally recognises financial
liabilities on initial measurement at their fair value including transaction costs, and subsequently
measures them at amortised cost using the effective interest method, with resulting interest ex-
pense recognised as an interest expense in the consolidated statement of profit or loss, except for
financial liabilities at FVPL, which are initially measured at fair value, excluding directly attributable
transaction costs, and after that are carried at fair value, with changes in fair value recognised
through profit or loss. The Group’s financial liabilities at FVPL consist of derivative financial liabili-
ties used to hedge the cash flow impact of changes in exchange rates.
At initial recognition, the Group assesses whether an issued debt instrument should be classified
as an equity instrument. The Group considers all relevant contractual terms to determine whether
the instrument does not include a contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset
to another entity, or to exchange financial assets or liabilities with another entity under conditions
that are potentially unfavourable to the Group. In applying these criteria, the Group considers
that discretionary payments of the principal amount, or any interests thereon, to the holders of
the issued instrument do not constitute a contractual obligation and hence are recognised as
movement in equity.
2.5.19.2 Classification and subsequent measurement of financial liabilities
Financial liabilities are classified as subsequently measured at amortised cost, except for:
• Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss: this classification is applied to derivatives; and
• Loan commitments.
The Group generally classifies all its issued debt securities as financial liabilities subsequently mea-
sured at amortised cost. The Group’s financial liabilities measured at amortised cost consist of debt
securities, deposits from customers, lease liabilities, and other liabilities that will be extinguished
through cash payments.
2.5.19.3 Modification of financial liabilities
When the modification of the terms of an existing financial liability is not judged to be substantial
and, consequently, does not result in derecognition, the amortised cost of the financial liability is
recalculated by computing the present value of estimated future contractual cash flows that are
discounted at the financial liability’s original EIR. Any resulting difference is recognised immedi-
ately in profit or loss.
2.5.19.4 Derecognition of financial liabilities
The Group derecognises a financial liability, or portion of a financial liability, when its contractual
obligations that comprise the financial liability are discharged, cancelled or expired .
147
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
An exchange between the Group and the lender of debt instruments with substantially different
terms is the extinguishment of the original financial liability and the recognition of a new financial
liability. Similarly, a substantial modification of the terms of an existing financial liability, or a part of
an existing financial liability, is accounted for as an extinguishment of the original financial liability
and the recognition of a new one. The terms of a financial liability are considered substantially
different if the discounted present value of the cash flows under the new terms is at least 10%
different from the discounted present value of the remaining cash flows of the original financial
liability.
The Group recognises the difference between the carrying amount of a financial liability or part
of a financial liability, extinguished or transferred to another party and the consideration paid,
including any non-cash assets transferred, or liabilities assumed, as gain or loss in the consolidated
statement of profit or loss.
When the Group repurchases a part of a financial liability, the Group allocates the previous carry-
ing amount of the financial liability between the part that continues to be recognised and the part
that is derecognised based on the relative fair values of those parts on the date of the repurchase.
Similarly, the Group recognises the difference between the carrying amount allocated to the part
derecognised and the consideration paid, including any non-cash assets transferred, or liabilities
assumed, for the part derecognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss .
2.5.20 Provisions, accruals and other liabilities
The Group recognises a non-financial liability when there are existing contractual obligations or
when it can identify an event that will likely lead to contractual obligations in the future, accompa-
nied by a probable economic outflow. Multitude recognises provisions when the following criteria
are met:
1. Present obligation: There must be a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of past
events;
2. Probable outflow of resources: It is probable (more likely than not) that an outflow of resources
embodying economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation;
3. Reliable estimate: The amount recognised as a provision should represent the best estimate of
the expenditure required to settle the present obligation at the end of the reporting period.
Provisions are reviewed at each reporting date, and adjustments are made to reflect the current
best estimate. The provision is reversed if it is no longer probable that an outflow of resources will
be required to settle the obligation. If the estimate of the provision changes, and it is still probable
that an outflow of resources is needed, the change is accounted for as a change in accounting
estimate .
Other liabilities comprise obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in the
ordinary course of business. Other liabilities are recognised initially at fair value and measured
subsequently at amortised cost using the EIR.
2.5.21 Equity
2.5.21.1 Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new
148
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
shares are shown in equity as a deduction, net of tax, from the proceeds. The difference between
the share par value and the fair value of considerations received in exchange for such shares are
accounted for as additional paid-in capital.
2.5.21.2 Treasury shares
The Group recognises its equity instruments that are acquired (treasury shares) as a reduction
of equity at the cost of acquisition. When cancelled or reissued, the acquisition cost of treasury
shares is recognised in retained earnings or other distributable equity reserves.
2.5.21.3 Perpetual bonds
The carrying amount of perpetual bonds issued by the Group, classified as an equity instrument,
is presented as part of the equity in the consolidated statement of financial position. Transaction
costs, interest payments, and principal repayments are deducted directly from retained earnings,
net of tax. The nominal amount of the bonds is presented as separate line item within equity in the
consolidated statement of financial position. In case of a full or partial redemption of perpetual
bonds any premium or discount is also recognised in the retained earnings while nominal amount
of redeemed bonds is deducted from the separate line (perpetual bonds) in the consolidated
statement of financial position.
2.5.21.4 Unrestricted equity reserve and other reserves
The unrestricted equity reserve contains the amount paid for shares in a share issue, while other
reserves include Multitude’s legal reserves and foreign currency translation reserve.
2.5.21.5 Dividends
The Group declares and pays dividends based on the shareholders' approval at the Annual General
Meetings. Dividends are recognised as a liability and as a reduction of equity in the period they are
approved. Dividends are measured at the amount of the distribution to shareholders.
2.5.22 Contingent assets and contingent liabilities
The Group discloses contingent assets and contingent liabilities such as commitments, guaran-
tees, pledges, and other items that do not meet the recognition criteria for an asset or a liability to
the extent that the amount can be measured reliably and that upon meeting such measurement
criteria. The Group does not disclose contingent assets and contingent liabilities wherein the
probability of the occurrence or non-occurrence of one or more uncertain future events that can
confirm the existence of the underlying asset or liability is considered remote.
At each reporting period, the Group performs a continuous assessment and monitoring of whether
underlying events and circumstances give rise to assets and liabilities that require disclosure and
recognition in its consolidated statement of financial position.
2.5.23 Offsetting financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are generally reported gross in the consolidated statement
of financial position, except when certain criteria are met. Financial assets and financial liabilities
are offset, and the net amount is reported in the consolidated statement of financial position if the
key conditions are met. The key conditions for offsetting financial instruments include:
1. Intent and ability to settle net: There must be a current intention and ability to settle the financial
instruments on a net basis. This means that the entity intends to settle the amounts due or
realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously .
149
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
2. Legal right to settle net: There must be a legally enforceable right to set off the recognised
amounts. This often involves a legal agreement between the parties involved that explicitly
permits net settlement.
3. Right to settle on a net basis: The right to set off must apply to the financial instruments indi-
vidually or in combination with others and must be exercisable in the normal course of business,
not just in the event of default or liquidation.
4. Same counterparty: The financial instruments must be with the same counterparty or with a
group of counterparties in a master netting arrangement.
5. Close link between the instruments: There should be a close link between the financial assets
and financial liabilities, such as those arising from a master netting arrangement or a similar
agreement.
Other instruments are only offset and reported net when, in addition to having an unconditional
legally enforceable right to offset the recognised amounts without being contingent on a future
event, the Group also intends to settle on a net basis in all the following circumstances:
1. The ordinary course of business.
2. The event of voluntary liquidation of any Group company.
3. The event of insolvency or bankruptcy of any Group company and/or its counterparties.
2.5.24 Fair value measurement
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an or-
derly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The fair value of an asset
or a liability is measured using the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing
the asset or liability, assuming that market participants act in their economic best interest, by using
quoted market rates, discounted cash flow analyses and other appropriate valuation models. The
Group uses valuation techniques that are appropriate, depending on circumstances and for which
sufficient data is available to measure fair value, while maximising the use of relevant observable
inputs and minimising the use of unobservable inputs.
All financial instruments for which fair values are being measured or disclosed in the consolidated
financial statements are categorised within the fair value hierarchy, described as follows, based on
the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole:
Level 1 - Quoted (unadjusted) market prices for exchange-traded products in active markets for
identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2 - Valuation techniques for which significant inputs other than quoted prices are directly or
indirectly observable; and
Level 3 - Valuation techniques for which significant inputs are unobservable.
The Group categorises assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value regularly into an appro-
priate level of the fair value hierarchy at the end of each reporting period as presented in Notes 15
and 20 for financial assets and liabilities, respectively .
150
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
2.5.25 Impairment of non-financial assets
Property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, and right-of-use assets are reviewed for impair-
ment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amounts may not
be recoverable.
The impairment loss is recognised as other expense in the consolidated statement of profit or
loss when the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount, which is the higher of the
asset’s fair value less costs of disposal and its value-in-use .
2.5.26 Subsequent events
The Group monitors subsequent events or transactions occurring after the end of the reporting
period but before its consolidated financial statements are authorised for issue. The Group assesses
whether each subsequent event:
- provides evidence of conditions that existed at the end of the reporting period;
- constitutes an adjusting event, or whether such subsequent events are indicative of conditions
that arose after the reporting period;
- constitutes a non-adjusting event.
The Group further assesses whether each identified subsequent event would impact the fair
presentation of the Group’s consolidated financial statements, including the accompanying Note
disclosures, and accordingly adjusts or discloses the nature, timing, and amount relating to each
significant adjusting or non-adjusting subsequent events, respectively.
Significant adjusting subsequent events require quantitative adjustment to the financial state-
ments while significant non-adjusting subsequent events require qualitative disclosure. Significant
subsequent events are reported in the consolidated financial statements if they occur after 31
December 2023 and before 27 March 2024, when Multitude’s Board of Directors authorises the
consolidated financial statements (Note 27).
151
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
3. Significant accounting judgements, estimates and assumptions
The preparation of financial statements requires the use of management judgement in electing
and applying accounting policies, as well as making estimates and assumptions about the future.
These judgements, estimates and assumptions may significantly affect the amounts recognised in
the financial statements.
The estimates and assumptions used in determining the carrying amounts of assets and liabili-
ties are based on historical experience, expected outcomes and various other factors that were
available when these consolidated financial statements were prepared, and they are believed to
be reasonable under the circumstances. The estimates and assumptions are reviewed continually
and revised if circumstances change or due to new information or more experience. As estimates
and assumptions inherently contain varying uncertainty, actual outcomes may differ resulting in
adjustments to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities in the subsequent periods.
The accounting matters presented in this Note are determined to involve difficult, subjective or
complex judgements or are considered as key sources of estimation uncertainty that are applied
by the Group in 2023.
3.1 Impact of climate risk on accounting judgements and estimates
The Leadership Team has considered the impact of climate-related risks on Multitude’s financial
position and performance. While the effects of climate change are a source of uncertainty, the
Leadership Team did not consider there to be a material impact on the critical judgements and
estimates from the physical, transition and other climate-related risks in the short to medium term.
3.2 ECL model, inputs, and assumptions
The measurement of the expected credit loss allowance for financial assets measured at amortised
cost is an area that requires the use of complex models and significant assumptions about future
economic conditions and credit behaviour. An explanation of the inputs, assumptions and estima-
tion techniques used in measuring ECL is given below.
A number of significant judgements are required by the Leadership Team in the measurement of
152
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
ECL, such as:
• Determining criteria for significant increase in credit risk (refer to Note 4.2.5.1);
• Determining definition of default (refer to Note 4.2.5.2);
• Choosing appropriate models and assumptions for the measurement of ECL (refer to Note
4.2.5.3);
• Determining the value of the recoverable value of loans to customers, including the ability
of the Group to sell credit portfolios as at a predetermined price in the future (refer to Note
4.2.5.3); and
• Establishing the number and relative weightings of forward-looking scenarios and associated
ECL (refer to Note 4.2.5.4).
• The most significant areas of estimation uncertainty in the measurement of ECL relate to:
• Estimating the inputs in the ECL model (refer to Note 4.2.5.3);
• Application of weightings to different macroeconomic assumptions (refer to Notes 4.2.5.4 and
4.2.5.5).
3.3. Recoverability of deferred tax assets
The recognition of deferred tax assets is based on assessing whether sufficient taxable profit
will be available in the future to utilise the deductible temporary differences, unused tax losses
and unused tax credits before the unused tax losses and unused tax credits expire. The Group
uses judgement in determining the extent to which deferred tax assets can be recognised. This
assessment requires estimates of the future financial performance of a particular legal entity or a
tax group that has recognised the deferred tax asset.
3.4. Provisions and other contingent liabilities
The Group operates within a regulatory and legal framework inherently characterised by a height-
ened risk of litigation, inherent to its operations. Consequently, the Group is engaged in various
153
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
litigation, arbitration, and regulatory investigations and proceedings, in Finland and other jurisdic-
tions, arising in the ordinary course of the Group’s business.
Provisions are recorded for specific cases when the Group can reliably measure the outflow of
economic benefits and deems such outflows probable. Contingent liability is disclosed in instances
where the probability of outflow is considered not probable or it is probable but a reliable estimate
cannot be determined.
Given the subjectivity and uncertainty of determining the probability and amount of losses, the
Group takes into account a number of factors including legal advice, the stage of the matter and
historical evidence from similar incidents. Significant judgement is required to conclude on these
estimates. For further details on provisions and other contingencies see Notes 20 and 24.
3.5. Determination of the lease term for lease contracts with renewal and
termination options
The Group determines the lease term as the non-cancellable term of the lease, together with any
periods covered by an option to extend the lease if it is reasonably certain to be exercised, or any
periods covered by an option to terminate the lease, if it is reasonably certain not to be exercised.
This applies also for open-ended lease contracts.
The Group has several lease contracts that include extension and termination options. The Group
applies judgement in evaluating whether it is reasonably certain whether or not to exercise the
option to renew or terminate the lease. That is, it considers all relevant factors that create an eco-
nomic incentive for it to exercise either the renewal or termination. After the commencement date,
the Group reassesses the lease term if there is a significant event or change in circumstances that
is within its control that affects its ability to exercise or not to exercise the option to renew or to
terminate (e.g., construction of significant leasehold improvements or significant customisation of
the leased asset).
3.6. Estimating the incremental borrowing rate
The Group cannot readily determine the interest rate implicit in the lease, therefore, it uses its
incremental borrowing rate (IBR) to measure lease liabilities. The IBR is the interest rate that the
Group company - lessee would have to pay to borrow over a similar term, and with a similar secu-
rity, the funds necessary to obtain an asset of a similar value to the right-of-use asset in a similar
economic environment. The IBR therefore reflects what the Group ‘would have to pay’, which re-
quires estimation when no observable rates are available (such as for subsidiaries that do not enter
into financing transactions) or when they need to be adjusted to reflect the terms and conditions
of the lease (for example, when leases are not in the subsidiary’s functional currency). The Group
company - lessee estimates the IBR using observable inputs (such as market interest rates) when
available and is required to make certain entity-specific adjustments (such as the subsidiary’s
stand-alone credit rating, or to reflect the terms and conditions of the lease).
3.7. Fair value of rewards shares
The Group applies a valuation methodology based on the Monte Carlo model and the assumption
that logarithmic returns are normally distributed, considering the dividend-adjusted share price at
valuation dates, expected rate of return, and risk-free volatility. Since the performance share plan is
essentially a derivative, the Group applies a risk-neutral valuation concept that uses a risk-free rate
as the expected return. Using this methodology, the Group calculated the performance share val-
uation by modelling potential outcomes of the Group’s share price at the end of the performance
period and discounted the average calculated payoffs from each outcome to get the present value
of the average payoffs after the performance period.
154
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
3.8. Investment in associates
The Group has determined that, despite holding less than 20% of the voting rights in Sortter
Oy, the Group exercises significant influence over Sortter Oy, as a main financier. This influence
arises mainly from a material transaction (a substantial corporate loan extended to Sortter
Oy), a right to impact decisions about dividend distribution and oversee the development of
investee's financial results. The loan is classified as part of other financial assets in Multitude's
consolidated statement of financial position. This loan constitutes a major portion of Sortter's
liabilities, thereby exerting a significant impact on Sortter's financing policy as managed by its
leadership. It has also been concluded that such investment is not material to the Group and will
be disclosed in aggregate amount of its share in profit or loss, other comprehensive income and
total comprehensive income .
3.9. Modification of financial assets
The Group includes certain clauses in the terms and conditions of loan products which impact
the amount and timing of interest income. Such clauses allow customers to request adjustments
of repayment schedules (Note 4.2.8). Such adjustments are considered by Multitude to be part
of modifications to the loan repayment schedule and hence are the source of critical accounting
estimates due to uncertainty in timing of interest recognistion. These modifications relate to ex-
tensions of payment terms or rescheduling.
Multitude applies the average historical lifetime of its loan products to evaluate the impact of
allowed modifications on the interest income at the inception of loans. The lifetime of loans is
reassessed by the Group at a territory level based on more recent borrower behaviour patterns on
a periodic basis. Such modifications are included in the estimation of effective interest rates and
expected credit losses.
155
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
4. Financial risk management
4.1 Financial risk factors
The Group’s activities expose the Group to various financial risks, including credit risk, market risk
and liquidity risk. The Group’s aim is to achieve an appropriate balance between risk and return
and minimise potential adverse effects on the Group's financial performance.
The Multitude SE's Board of Directors oversees credit, market, funding and liquidity, and operational
and strategic business risks. The Group has developed an integrated risk management framework
to identify, assess, manage and report risks and risk adjusted returns.
The Group’s risk management policies are designed to identify and analyse risks, set appropriate
risk limits and controls, and monitor the risks and adherence to limits by means of reliable and
up-to-date information systems. The Board is responsible for the overall effectiveness of the
Risk Management function, which duties are however carried out by the members of the Group’s
Leadership Team and other qualified personnel chosen by the Leadership Team.
The Board may delegate any of its powers to a committee. The Board establishes committees to
focus on specific risk areas and issues and consider certain issues and functions in greater detail.
These committees may only act in accordance with the powers and responsibilities delegated
to them by the Board. In this regard, the extent to which the committee is empowered to make
decisions is carefully defined. The members of a committee must be sufficiently qualified to
perform the responsibilities of such committee.
The Group’s governance structure comprises three Board Committees, namely the Audit
Committee, the Risk Committee, the People and Culture Committee, and additional committees
established at the Multitude Bank level.
The Group’s Audit Committee is established to ensure the proper functioning of corporate
governance, in particular the overseeing of the accounting and financial reporting, the Group's
internal control systems and work of external auditors .
156
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The Board has delegated to the Risk Committee its oversight responsibilities of the Risk Management
function of the Group. The main duties of the Risk Committee include:
1. to oversee the policy and framework for all risks to which the Group may be exposed;
2. to develop and monitor a risk management system across all business units of the Group, including
a risk appetite framework, and to ensure the effective implementation of all risk policies;
3. to ensure that all risk controls operating throughout the Group are in accordance with regulatory
requirements (including Multitude Bank as a regulated entity) and best practice, and for advising
the Group on the coordination and prioritisation of risk management issues.
The task of the Group’s People and Culture Committee is to ensure the proper functioning of
corporate governance, in particular, to ensure the efficient preparation of matters pertaining to the
remuneration of the members of the Board, the CEO and other executives of the Group as well as
the remuneration schemes of the personnel.
Furthermore, Multitude Bank's governance structure comprises three Board Committees, namely
the Audit Committee, the Risk Committee and the People and Culture Committee, as well as four
Management Committees, namely the Executive Committee (EXCO), Asset Liability Management
Committee (ALCO), the Credit Committee and the Reserving Committee.
The Bank’s Executive Committee (EXCO) is responsible for overseeing the activities of the Bank
and its Management in the implementation of its strategy, and is accountable for the soundness of
the Bank’s lending portfolio including the implementation of the Capital Requirements Directive
(as transposed into the Maltese regulatory framework) and capital allocation decisions.
The Bank’s Asset and Liability Committee (ALCO) is responsible for managing assets, liabilities
and the overall financial position, as well as for the management of funding and liquidity risks.
The Bank’s Risk Committee is responsible:
- for overseeing the policy and framework for all banking and operational risks;
157
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
- for developing and overseeing the risk management framework including the Bank’s risk appetite
and tolerance levels;
- for ensuring the ongoing execution of all risk policies; and
- for ensuring that all risk controls are operating throughout the Bank by regulatory requirements
and best practices.
The Bank’s Credit Committee is responsible for ensuring the effective management of the Bank’s
credit portfolio through the implementation of sound and transparent credit scoring, and decision-
making processes around its various product lines. The Bank’s Reserving Committee is primarily
responsible for safeguarding the soundness of the valuation of the Bank’s lending portfolio by,
amongst other things, ensuring that the Bank has appropriate credit risk practices to determine
adequate ECL allowances in accordance with IFRS 9, as well as, the Bank’s stated policies.
The Bank’s Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing the adequacy and proper operation of
internal controls in individual areas of operation, overseeing the quality and integrity of the Bank’s
financial reports, monitoring the Bank’s compliance with legal, ethical and regulatory requirements,
and for recommending areas of improvement across the business.
The Group’s Risk Management function has the overall responsibility for the development of the
risk strategy and the implementation of risk principles, framework, policies and related limits.
The Group’s objective is to deploy an integrated risk management approach that ensures an
awareness of, and accountability for, the risks taken throughout the Group and also to develop
the tools needed to address those risks. Strong risk management and internal controls are core
elements of the Group’s strategy. The Group has adopted a risk management and internal control
structure, referred to as the Three Lines of Defence, to ensure it achieves its strategic objectives
while meeting regulatory and legal requirements and fulfilling its responsibilities to shareholders,
customers and staff.
In the Three Lines of Defence model, business line management is the first line of defence, the
various risk control and compliance oversight functions established by management represent the
second line of defence, and internal audit is the third. Each of these Three “lines” plays a distinct
role within the Group’s wider governance framework.
4.2 Credit risk
4.2.1 Introduction
The Group takes on exposure to credit risk, which is the risk that a counterparty will cause a
financial loss for the Group by failing to discharge an obligation.
Credit risk is the most important risk for the Group’s business and; accordingly the Group carefully
manages its exposure to this risk. Credit exposure arises principally through the Group’s lending
activities in various European countries, together with the placement of liquidity with banks.
The Group is also exposed to credit risk arising from its exposure to debt investments. The
investments reflect the Group's acquisition of secured bonds. Such bonds are principally secured
by loan portfolios which are pledged in favour of the Group and are subject to a number of
covenants including predetermined ratios of ageing portfolios and advance rates. Such covenants
158
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
are monitored on a regular basis by Group’s Risk Management function. Moreover, the Group also
has additional collateral in the form of cash deposited in its accounts and/or pledged financial
instruments in its favour in respect of each investment.
4.2.2 Credit risk management
In 2023, the COVID-19 pandemic's influence, which had been dominant in preceding financial
years, diminished. Economic recovery across the various regions where the Group operates
approached pre-pandemic levels seen in early 2020. However, heightened economic uncertainty
returned in 2023 due to geopolitical developments stemming from military conflicts between
Russia and Ukraine since February 2022, and Israel and Palestine since September 2023. These
events globally increased inflationary pressures, leading Central Banks like the European Central
Bank to implement specific monetary policy measures, notably raising interest rates, to regulate
demand and mitigate inflation. In response, several governments implemented varying levels of
fiscal measures to mitigate prices and support their economies, particularly addressing energy
price volatility. This new economic landscape brought about increased uncertainties affecting
disposable incomes of households, individuals, and SMEs across different European territories,
representing the Group's customer base.
The Group engages in a process of macroeconomic forecasting and modelling to assess how
the Group’s different geographical portfolios are affected by current and future economic
developments. The model considers the equivalent of a ‘Macro Exposure Score’ to each country
by factoring several parameters, including actual payment behaviour trends, inflation, other macro
indicators and government aid. Based on the assessments of the outcomes of the modelling
process, the Group may execute strategic decisions to tighten lending in certain markets where the
model indicates unfavourable expectations. This process further assists the Group to monitor its
customer payment behaviour in different territories and enables agile action where circumstances
necessitated the tightening or loosening of underwriting scorecards accordingly.
Loans to customers
The Group’s lending activities comprise the granting of unsecured short-term micro-credit facilities,
medium-term and long-term credit products with instalment repayment features, and revolving
credit facilities to individual customers and SMEs in specific European jurisdictions. All loans to
customers are granted on the basis of the outcome of the scoring model, depending on the loan
type, and the rules embedded within the credit policy. Each lending transaction and the related
agreement are determined on the strength of an individual credit decision.
The creditworthiness of potential customers is assessed by reference to the calculation of a credit
score for each loan application received and based on the customer’s specific affordability. The
relevant credit score is computed through the application scorecard for first time customers and
through the behaviour scorecard for repeat customers. Based on the credit score registered,
customers are grouped into risk classes. The respective risk class determines the maximum credit
amount allowable for each customer. The scoring model and linked scorecards are monitored
by the Risk management function of the Group. These are applied in all jurisdictions in which
the Group operates with specific adaptations at country level taking cognisance of the different
characteristics of each market; with the adaptations being centrally approved.
The scorecards are reviewed on an ongoing basis by the Leadership Team and updated according to
market trends, political circumstances in the particular jurisdiction, legislative and economic changes.
159
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Expected credit loss (ECL) allowances are calculated in respect of the Group’s short-term micro-credit
facilities, other medium-term and long-term credit products with instalment repayment features and
revolving credit facilities at a collective portfolio level, as according to loan type, the portfolios consist
of a large pool of homogeneous loans which by nature cannot be considered individually significant.
The model considers the equivalent of a ‘Macro Exposure Score’ to each country by factoring
several parameters, including actual payment behaviour trends, inflation, other macro indicators
and government aid. Based on the assessments of the outcomes of the modelling process, the
Group may execute strategic decisions to tighten lending in certain markets where the model
indicates unfavourable expectations. The Group’s ECL methodology is set out in detail in Note 4.2.5
below.
The Group has a formal rigorous debt collection process that provides for the way the Group deals
with past due loans to customers. This process is supported by procedures for use within the
operations in the respective territories. The procedures highlight the prescribed actions, channels
and mechanisms utilised to follow up on outstanding exposures indicating the precise point in time
at which the respective actions are taken and allocating roles and responsibilities in this respect.
These procedures also focus on the extent to which collection activities are carried out by the
Group and the stage or phase at which external collection companies are utilised.
The Group also enters into sale arrangements with third parties for the transfer of outstanding
balances in respect of certain credit products granted in specific territories once such balances
reach pre-established trigger points in terms of days past due. Such transfers take place at pre-
established levels of consideration. These arrangements constitute an intrinsic part of the Group’s
management of past due and non-performing assets.
Debt investments
The debt investments represent the acquisition by the Group of secured bonds issued by corporate
entities. These investments are evaluated and assessed at inception in order to determine the
credit quality of the investment and potential credit risks that may arise. Moreover, on an ongoing
basis, the Group actively monitors respective credit risk related clauses that have been agreed to in
order to ensure that these are still being adhered to. These investments are principally secured by
a number of loan portfolios which are pledged in favour of the Group, and are subject to a number
of covenants including inter alia predetermined ratios of ageing portfolios and advance rates.
Such covenants are monitored on a regular basis by management. Moreover, the Group also has
additional collateral in the form of cash deposited in its accounts or pledged financial instruments
in its favour in respect of each investment. Additionally, the debt investments encompass several
clauses and covenants to reduce the credit risk in relation to such investments.
Cash and cash equivalents
The majority of the Group’s cash is held with Central Banks. Other than cash held with Central Banks,
the Group’s excess liquidity is deposited with a large number of credit and financial institutions.
Other financial assets
The Group also holds loans to related parties and receivables from sold portfolios.
160
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
4.2.3 Credit risk measurement
Loans to customers
The Group uses internal credit risk gradings (Note 4.2.5) to reflect its assessment of the probability
of default of individual counterparties. The Group’s credit grading and monitoring systems are
also in place to react to any early identification and management of deterioration in loan quality.
Internal credit risk gradings is based on payment behaviour of the borrower. The Group monitors
the payment behaviour of its clients and other key risk indicators at portfolio level and at cohort
level. The latter is regarded as an important metric as it tracks the behaviour of recent loans
granted. At onboarding stage, any known information about a borrower which impacts their
creditworthiness, such as unemployment and previous delinquency history, is assessed during the
initial credit assessment. After the date of initial recognition, for consumer lending facilities, the
payment behaviour of borrowers is monitored on an ongoing basis at a collective portfolio level.
Debt investments
The Group’s Risk Management team evaluates and assesses these investments at inception in
order to determine the credit quality of the investment and the potential credit risks that may
arise. Moreover, on an ongoing basis, the Group actively monitors the applicable covenants to
ensure that these are still being adhered to.
The Group also conducts periodical assessments to the respective collateral, in order to assess
whether the Group should account for expected credit losses. Such assessments are based on the
credit information supplied by the bond issuers. In order for its ECL methodology to represent an
appropriate estimation of its credit risk emanating from said investments, the Group independently
assesses the ECL on each credit portfolio pledged as collateral by the bond issuer.
The Group, on a selective basis, also elects to enforce specific rights arising from the contractual
investment arrangements in place with the counterparties and through the engagement of external
independent auditors obtains assurance reports in connection to specific credit and financial
information supplied by the counterparties, on the basis of which the requirement for expected
credit losses is calculated. All debt investments of the Group are held by the Bank and monitored
by respective Bank's Credit and Risk Committees.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include Balances with Central Bank of Malta, Central Bank of Sweden,
Central Bank of Czechia and Central Bank of Lithuania and balances with other banks. The Group uses
external risk grades to reflect its assessment of the probability of default of individual counterparties.
These published grades are continuously monitored and updated. The PDs associated with each
grade are determined based on realised default rates over the prior 12 months, as published by
rating agencies. In determining the probability of default of individual counterparties, the Group
distinguishes between exposures considered ‘investment-grade’ defined by recognised external
rating agencies as a rating between AAA-BBB- (Standard & Poor’s, Fitch) and Aaa-Baa3 (Moody’s),
and ‘non-investment grade’ exposures. Credit risk in cash and cash equivalents of Multitude Bank
is also mitigated through limits set in the Bank’s treasury management policy and in accordance
with large exposure limits set in the CRR respectively.
Other financial assets
The Group uses external risk grades to reflect its assessment of the probability of default of
individual counterparties included in other financial assets. These published grades are continuously
monitored and updated. The PDs associated with each grade are determined based on realised
161
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
default rates over the prior 12 months, as published by rating agencies. Other financial assets of
Multitude Bank are assessed in line with large exposure limits set in the Capital Requirements
Regulation (CRR).
4.2.4 Categorisation of loans to customers for ECL measurement
The Group's expected credit loss allowances on loans to customers are modelled on a collective
basis. As a result, a grouping of exposures is performed on the basis of shared risk characteristics,
such that risk exposures within a group of financial assets are homogenous. In performing this
grouping, the Group ensures that there is sufficient information for the group of financial assets
to be statistically credible. In this respect, Multitude considers the following categories for ECL
measurement of loans to customers, split in business units as follows as managed by respective
Leadership Team members:
Ferratum business unit:
I. Micro-credit portfolios which are subject to bullet repayment (includes Micro Loan);
II. Credit portfolios with instalment repayment and revolving credit facilities (includes Plus Loan
and Credit Limit Product);
SweepBank business unit:
I. Credit portfolios with instalment repayment and revolving credit facilities (includes Credit Card);
II. Other amortising, long-term credit products with instalment repayment (includes Prime Loan);
Capital Box business unit:
I. Secured long-term credit products subject to bullet repayment (includes Secured Loan);
II. Unsecured credit portfolios with instalment repayment (includes Instalment Loan, Credit Line,
Purchase Financing (BNPL)).
As at 31 December 2023, the Group's loans to customers include exposures to a few corporate
entities which in the view of their significance are assessed individually.
4.2.5 Expected credit loss measurement
IFRS 9 outlines a 'three-stage' model for impairment based on changes in credit quality since initial
recognition as summarised below:
I. A financial instrument that is not credit-impaired on initial recognition is classified in 'Stage 1'
and has its credit risk continuously monitored by the Group.
II. If a significant increase in credit risk ('SICR') since initial recognition is identified, the financial
instrument is moved to 'Stage 2' but is not yet deemed to be credit-impaired. Please refer to
Note 4.2.5.1 for a description of how the Group determines when a significant increase in credit
risk has occurred.
III. If the financial instrument is credit-impaired, the financial instrument is then moved to 'Stage 3'.
Please refer to Note 4.2.5.2 for a description of how the Group defines credit-impaired and
default.
162
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
IV. Financial instruments in ‘Stage 1’ have their ECL measured at an amount equal to the portion
of lifetime expected credit losses that result from default events possible within the next 12
months. Instruments in ‘Stages 2 or 3’ have their ECL measured based on expected credit losses
on a lifetime basis. Please refer to Note 4.2.5.3 for a description of inputs, assumptions and
estimation techniques used in measuring the ECL.
V. A pervasive concept in measuring ECL in accordance with IFRS 9 is that it should consider
forward looking information. Note 4.2.5.4 includes an explanation of how the Group incorporates
this in its ECL models.
VI. Purchased or originated credit-impaired financial assets are those financial assets that are credit-
impaired on initial recognition. Their ECL is always measured on a lifetime basis.
The following diagram summarises the impairment requirements under IFRS 9:
The expected credit loss requirements apply to financial assets measured at amortised cost and
certain loan commitments. At initial recognition, an impairment allowance (or provision in the case
of commitments) is required for ECL resulting from default events that are possible within the
next 12 months (“12-month ECL”). In the event of a significant increase in credit risk, an allowance
(or provision) is required for ECL resulting from all possible default events over the expected life
of the financial instrument (“lifetime ECL”). In line with the ‘three stage’ model described above,
financial assets where 12-month ECL is recognised are considered ‘Stage 1’. Financial assets which
are considered to have experienced a significant increase in credit risk would be classified as
‘Stage 2’ and financial assets for which there is objective evidence of impairment, thus considered
to be in default or otherwise credit-impaired, would be classified as ‘Stage 3’.
4.2.5.1 Significant increase in credit risk
To determine whether the credit risk (i.e. risk of default) on a financial instrument has increased
significantly since initial recognition, the Group considers reasonable and supportable information
that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort, including both quantitative and qualitative
information. Such analysis is based on the Group's historical experience, credit assessment and
forward-looking information.
Loans to customers
The consumer lending exposures of Multitude are not managed on a credit-by-credit basis due
to the high volume of relatively low value and homogeneous exposures. As a result, it is not
feasible to include qualitative information based on an expert credit assessment performed on
an individual credit basis. On this basis, the Group adopts a retail portfolio methodology which
takes into account the nature of the consumer lending exposures and the underlying credit risk
management practices of the Group.
Change in credit quality since initial recognition
Stage 1
(Initial recognition)
12-month
expected credit losses
Stage 2 Stage 3
(Significant increase in credit
risk since initial recognition)
Lifetime expected credit losses
(Credit-impaired
financial assets)
Lifetime expected credit losses
163
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The consumer lending portfolio comprises of credit facilities with bullet repayment or instalment
loan characteristics and revolving credit facilities. Given how such retail facilities are originated
and managed for internal risk management purposes, consumer loans within a particular segment
are expected to have similar credit risk characteristics.
As a result, for loans to customers, which are managed on a portfolio basis for credit risk purposes,
the Group measures a significant increase in credit risk based on a quantitative assessment driven
by the delinquency status of borrowers (days past due). The Group presumptively considers that a
significant increase in credit risk occurs when an asset is more than 30 days past due, in line with
the backstop indicator established under IFRS 9. Multitude determines days past due by counting
the number of days since the earliest elapsed due date in respect of which full payment has not
been received.
For the financial year 2023, the Group assessed all the different portfolios of loans to customers
by product and by country to determine whether a significant increase in credit risk was observed.
The assessment is conducted by analysing the rate of default in the 1-30 days past due ageing
buckets in each portfolio. When the Group identifies a significant increase in credit risk in any of
the portfolios, it shifts the calculation of ECL of the respective ageing bucket from 12-month to
lifetime as required by IFRS 9.
Debt investments
In relation to debt investments, a significant increase in credit risk is deemed to arise, if the
counterparty’s credit rating experiences specific downgrades from the initial rating determined at
inception of the investment or if there is a breach of covenants which are deemed to be ‘major’ by
the Group. The Risk Management function evaluates and assesses these investments at inception
in order to determine the credit quality of the investment and potential credit risks that may arise.
Moreover, on an ongoing basis, the Group actively monitors respective credit risk related clauses
that have been agreed to in order to ensure that these are still being adhered to. The Group
also conducts periodical assessments in relation to the respective portfolio, in order to assess
how much it should provide for the expected credit losses. In order for its ECL methodology to
represent an appropriate estimation of its credit risk emanating from said investments, the Group
assesses the ECL on each investment separately.
Cash and cash equivalents
In relation to cash and cash equivalents, the Group applies low credit risk simplification and does
not measure SICR unless there is a significant decrease in independent credit ratings given to
Central Banks and other banks.
Other financial assets
In the case of other financial assets, the Group applies low credit risk simplification to all its
exposures considered ‘investment-grade’, thus they are not subject to the SICR assessment.
Moving from ‘investment-grade’ to ‘non-investment grade’ does not automatically mean that there
has been a SICR.
4.2.5.2 Definition of default and credit-impaired assets
The Group’s assessment to determine the extent of increase in credit risk of a financial instrument
since initial recognition is performed by considering the change in the risk of default occurring
over the remaining life of the financial instrument.
IFRS 9 does not specifically define default but requires it to be applied on a consistent basis with
164
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
internal credit risk management practice for the relevant instruments and requires consideration
of qualitative factors where appropriate.
For the absolute majority of consumer loans, default occurs when the exposure exceeds 90 days
past due, except for Micro Loans in Germany for which default occurs when the exposures exceed
60 days past due. For corporate clients, default occurs when the exposures exceeds 90 days past
due.
In addition, IFRS 9 also introduces a rebuttable presumption that default does not occur later than
when a financial asset is 90 days past due unless there is reasonable and supportable information
to demonstrate that a more lagging criterion is appropriate. In this respect, the Group generally
defines a financial instrument as in default (credit impaired and in Stage 3 for impairment purposes),
when the borrower is more than 90 days past due on any material credit obligation to the Group.
During 2023, the Group has further aligned the definition of default on a number of products in
specific territories from 60 to 90 days in line with internal risk management practices and analysis
of the pay back rates arising on such portfolio.
Moreover, in accordance with EBA guidelines, the Group factors in observable events which may
indicate Unlikeliness-To-Pay (‘UTP’) which also constitute default. Through this process, the Group
assesses developments occurring at the level of the individual debtor. The UTP criteria adopted
by Multitude are the following:
• Suspected Fraud - UTP is triggered if a loan has been identified as possible fraud in the fraud
management tool;
• Insolvency - UTP is triggered if a customer has notified the Multitude Group of insolvency,
through either collection tool or debt manager systems; and
• Death - UTP is triggered if the Group has been notified of death, through either collection tool
or debt manager systems.
The UTP assessment enhances the ECL methodology through the application of a loan-by-loan
focus with a view to determine on the basis of qualitative factors, and before the hard days past
due criterion is met, whether a customer’s credit risk has deteriorated to a level which is indicative
of default.
The definitions of credit-impaired and default are aligned so that Stage 3 represents all loans
which are considered defaulted or credit-impaired. Whenever the Group enters into a forward sale
agreement with a third party, the definition of default is usually aligned with the contractual days
past due under such agreement.
The default definition has been applied consistently to model the PD, EAD and LGD throughout
the Group's expected loss calculations.
In addition to the above, Multitude has an Arrears Management Policy to direct its credit portfolio
management strategy in certain territories with a view to improve its debt collection capabilities
in respect of overdue loan facilities. In achieving this strategy, the Group prescribes four stages,
(I) early collection stage,
(II) late collection stage carried out through third party management and debt collection agencies,
165
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
(III) legal collections, and
(IV) debt sales.
The Group also seeks to extend its debt collection period with customers in order to increase
recoveries from loan repayments prior to termination of loan contracts. Additionally, the Group
negotiates forward sale agreements with third parties to conduct regular sales of overdue loan
facilities subsequent to a greater level of ageing that is sufficient to enable Multitude to perform its
internal debt collection procedures for a sufficiently extended period prior to sale. Subsequent to
the aforementioned portfolio management strategies being implemented, the Group assesses the
impact, if any, on the definition of default that it uses in estimating IFRS 9 expected credit losses
in the respective territories.
The Group considers other financial assets and cash and cash equivalents to be in default when a
payment due (including a coupon payment) is not completed. In relation to debt investments, an
event of default is also triggered in scenarios when the investment covenants are not met.
4.2.5.3 Measuring ECL - Explanation of inputs, assumptions and estimation techniques
The Group calculates expected credit losses (ECL) as a function of the estimated exposure of
default (EAD), probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD), and discounting using the
effective interest rate (EIR). The ECL is measured on either a 12-month or on a lifetime basis
depending on whether a significant increase in credit risk has occurred since initial recognition or
whether an asset is considered to be credit-impaired.
Loans to customers
The ECL for loans to customers are determined by projecting the PD, EAD and LGD at a collective
portfolio level as allowable under IFRS 9 in the case of retail portfolios comprising individually
insignificant exposures that are homogenous in nature. These three components are multiplied
together effectively calculating the forward-looking ECL, which is then discounted back to the
reporting date. The discount rate used in the ECL calculation is the actual effective interest rate or
an approximation thereof.
The 12-month ECL is calculated by multiplying the 12-month PD, LGD, and EAD. Lifetime ECL is
calculated on a similar basis for the residual life of the exposure.
The PD, EAD and LGD parameters are derived from internally developed statistical models and other
historical data, adjusted to reflect forward-looking information as described below in this Note.
The PD represents the likelihood of a borrower defaulting on its financial obligation (as per
"definition of default and credit-impaired" above), either over the next 12 months (12M PD), or over
the remaining lifetime (Lifetime PD) of the obligation.
In the case of micro lending facilities with bullet repayment characteristics, the Group utilises roll-
rate methodology in order to estimate its PDs. This methodology employs statistical analysis of
historical data and experience of delinquency and default to estimate the amount of loans that
will eventually be written off as unrecoverable. This methodology is applied at territory or country
level with adaptations to reflect the different nature of the respective markets in which the Group
operates. Under this methodology, loans are grouped into ranges according to the number of days
past due and statistical analysis is used to estimate the likelihood that loans in each range will
progress through the various stages of delinquency, and ultimately prove irrecoverable.
166
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
In the case of credit facilities with characteristics of instalment loans or revolving facilities, the
Group utilises curve-stitching methodology in order to estimate its PDs. Under this approach,
an analysis of historical default data is carried out in order to estimate cumulative monthly loss
rates at various snapshot dates. Subsequently, statistical analysis is employed in order to combine
curves with different historical performance windows into a single PD curve over the expected
lifetime of the micro-credit exposures. This methodology is also applied at territory or country
level in order to incorporate adaptations to reflect the nature of the different markets in which the
Group operates. Under this approach, loans are also grouped into ranges according to the number
of days past due, with an individual lifetime PD curve being calculated for each range.
For Micro Loans, the Group utilises a roll-rate methodology at the country level, which employs
statistical analysis of historical data and experience of delinquency to estimate the number of
loans that are expected to reach default status as a result of events which the Group is not able
to identify on an individual loan basis. Under this methodology, loans are grouped into buckets
according to the number of days past due ("DPD buckets"). Statistical analysis (Markov Model)
is used to estimate the likelihood that loans in each bucket will progress through the various
stages of delinquency until default status is achieved. For the absolute majority of consumer loans,
default occurs when the exposure exceeds 90 days past due.
In line with IFRS 9, the Group adopted the curve-stitching methodology to estimate the unconditional
PDs for its Plus Loans, Prime Loans, SME loans, Credit Limit facilities, and Credit Cards. Under this
approach, historical default data analysis is carried out to estimate cumulative monthly loss rates
at various snapshot dates. Subsequently, statistical analysis is employed to combine curves with
different historical performance windows into a single PD curve over the expected lifetime of the
short-term credit exposures. Loans are further grouped into ranges according to the number of
days past due, with an individual lifetime PD curve calculated for each range. Similar to Micro
Loans, this methodology is also applied at the territory or country level to incorporate adaptations
to reflect the nature of the different markets in which the Group operates. The unconditional
PD for each loan portfolio is further adjusted to consider forward-looking information through
macroeconomic modelling to arrive at the applicable PD.
EAD is based on the amounts Multitude expects to be owed at the time of default, over the next
12 months (12M EAD) or over the remaining lifetime (Lifetime EAD). EAD represents the expected
exposure in the event of a default (including any expected drawdowns of committed facilities).
The 12-month and lifetime EADs are determined based on the total balance of receivable at the
reporting date, taking into account the total amount receivable from borrowers inclusive of principal,
interest and fees that are accounted for as part of the effective interest rate. This is deemed an
adequate representation of the expected balance at default in the case of the Multitude’s credit
facilities given that the Group models its ECLs on a collective portfolio level with the modelling of
the EAD for each future month on an individual loan-by-loan basis not being deemed practical.
Additionally, in the case of revolving credit facilities the Group also factors in expected drawdowns
of committed facilities.
For Micro Loans, the Group considers the gross balance, including the principal and processing
fees charged at the loan's inception (and repayable at the loan maturity), of its outstanding loans
to customers at the reporting date to be a reasonable estimate of EAD regarding this facility.
On the other hand, Plus Loans, Prime Loans and SME loans are typically subject to a monthly
repayment schedule expected to impact EAD at different points in time throughout the residual
167
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
life of such facilities. Similarly, the Group charges daily interest on outstanding balances in relation
to Credit Limit facilities and Credit Cards, and collects monthly minimum repayments, which
ultimately impacts EAD.
However, because Plus Loans, Prime Loans, SME loans, Credit Limit facilities, and Credit Cards
typically have high volumes and low values individually, the Group opts not to calculate the
amortisation profile to estimate the EAD across various points in time throughout the remaining
lifespan of these facilities. Instead, the Group deems the gross balance of its outstanding loans
to customers at the reporting date, which includes both principal and accrued interest, to be a
reasonable approximation of the EAD for these facilities.
The LGD represents the Group’s expectation of the extent of loss on a defaulted exposure. Hence,
the LGD represents expected credit losses on the EAD given the event of default, taking into
account, among other attributes, the mitigating effect of collateral values (if any) at the time it is
expected to be realised and the time value of money. The LGD is determined based on the factors
which impact the recoveries made post default.
Given that its credit facilities are generally unsecured in nature, the Group estimates LGD parameters
based on the history of recovery rates in respect of claims against defaulted customers, which rates
are highly impacted by collective debt recovery strategies. Moreover, the Group’s LGDs comprise
the effects of the Multitude’s ability to dispose of overdue loans originated in specific territories
to other parties at pre-established prices, that are dependent on the credit quality or ageing of
the loans. Estimated LGDs are also impacted by historical one-off portfolio sales and the expected
future uncontracted portfolio sales activity. Recoveries from loan portfolio sales are calculated on
a discounted cash flow basis using the contractual interest rate as the discounting factor.
For Micro Loans, the Group utilises statistical information and the roll-rate methodology to estimate
the level of recoveries from loan repayments it expects after loan facilities reach a non-performing
status.
For Plus Loans, Prime Loans, SME loans, Credit Limit facilities, and Credit Cards, the Group estimates
the level of recoveries from loan repayments it expects after loan facilities reach a non-performing
status. The Group calculates the marginal recovery rates up to 12 months after default by tracking
the monthly recoveries from loan repayments experienced over each performance window as a
percentage of the total balance of defaulted exposures at each snapshot date. Expected recoveries
are calculated on a discounted cash flow basis using the contractual default interest rate as the
discounting factor.
The ECL is measured from the initial recognition of the financial asset. The maximum period
considered when measuring ECL (be it 12-month or lifetime ECL) is the maximum contractual
period over which Multitude is exposed to credit risk. With respect to non-revolving credit facilities,
the contractual life of the facility is considered. In the case of revolving credit facilities, provided
that such facilities do not have a fixed term or repayment structure, the Group defines the lifetime
of such exposures as 24 months in line with observed borrower behaviour in the respective
territories. The lifetime of revolving credit facilities is re-assessed by the Group at a territory level
based on more recent borrower behaviour patterns on a periodic basis.
The Group performs a historical analysis to identify the key economic variables affecting credit risk
and expected credit losses for each product portfolio at a territory level. These economic variables
and their associated impact on the PD, EAD and LGD may vary by portfolio or territory.
168
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The Group discounts the recoverable amount of loans to customers, which represents the future
cash flows expected to be received from loan sales and loan repayment recoveries using the
original EIR of the product for the applicable discount period. In the case of forward sales, a time-
to-sell period of 12 months is assumed, whereas repayment recoveries are discounted monthly
based on the month of occurrence.
Debt investments
In relation to debt investments, the Group also conducts periodical assessments in relation to the
respective underlying collateral, in order to assess whether the Group should account for expected
credit losses. In order for its ECL methodology to represent an appropriate estimation of its credit
risk emanating from said exposures, the Group assesses the ECL on each exposure separately.
Consistent with regulatory and industry best practices, the Group’s ECL calculations are based on
PD, EAD and LGD.
The PD of the entity is derived through an internal credit rating on the counterparty which is
determined using an internal model that the Bank developed, from information obtained by
external credit bureaus or other proxies as applicable. In the absence of sufficient internal historical
default data, in order to estimate PDs, the Group makes reference to external publicly available
information published by S&P Global Ratings in the case of exposures to corporate entities.
Debt investments are typically subject to bullet repayments upon maturity with only interest
(coupon) payments being paid separately throughout the useful life of the financial assets. Thus,
assuming no interest payments are in arrears, the EAD equates to the investment itself.
The LGD is derived based on the loss arising on default when comparing the initial investment
and the expected recoverability of the collateral. On the other hand, in estimating LGD for debt
investments, the Group refers to the historical corporate debt recovery rates for senior unsecured
bond issuers published by Moody’s. In this regard, the Group assumes that its LGD is represented by
the inverse of the corporate and sovereign recovery rates published by Moody’s. More specifically,
the Group utilises the recovery measure provided by Moody's which is based on ultimate recoveries,
or the value creditors realise at the resolution of a default event. For example, for issuers filing
for bankruptcy, the ultimate recovery is the present value of the cash and/or securities that the
creditors actually receive when the issuer exits bankruptcy, typically one to two years following
the initial default date.
The Group discounts the recoverable amount of debt investments using the original EIR.
Cash and cash equivalents
The Group uses external risk grades to reflect its assessment of the probability of default of
individual counterparties. These published grades are continuously monitored and updated. The
PDs associated with each grade are determined based on realised default rates over the prior 12
months, as published by rating agencies. In determining the probability of default of individual
counterparties, the Group distinguishes between exposures considered ‘investment-grade’ defined
by recognised external rating agencies as a rating between AAA-BBB- (Standard & Poor’s, Fitch)
and Aaa-Baa3 (Moody’s), and ‘non-investment grade’ exposures. Similarly, the Group utilises S&P
Global Ratings in the case of exposures to sovereign issuers (for balances with Central Banks).
In those cases where public information by S&P Global Ratings in relation to sovereigns is not
available, the Group utilises, Moody’s ‘Sovereign Default and Recovery Rates’.
169
Multitude Group Annual Rep ort 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Other financial assets
The Group uses external risk grades to reflect its assessment of the probability of default of
individual counterparties. These published grades are continuously monitored and updated. The
PDs associated with each grade are determined based on realised default rates over the prior 12
months, as published by rating agencies.
4.2.5.4 Forward-looking information incorporated in the ECL model
The calculation of ECL incorporates forward-looking information. The Group has identified key
drivers of credit risk and credit losses for each portfolio of financial instruments and using an
analysis of historical data, has analysed relationships between macroeconomic variables, credit
risk and credit losses. This analysis is conducted at a territory and sub portfolio level in order to
take into consideration possible differences in customer behaviour and default experience arising
from different product characteristics.
To be able to determine the manner in which economic conditions will be impacting the ECL
estimates, the Group first performs an assessment to select the Macroeconomic Variable (‘MEV’)
which has the highest correlation to credit risk factors for a certain country and product. The
Group does this through the implementation of a one-step Error Correction Model (‘ECM’). The
ECM is a multiple regression model that automatically corrects short-term deviations from the
long-term equilibrium relationship such that the defaulted loan amount is restored back to its
long-term equilibrium at a specific speed of adjustment.
Through the utilisation of this model the Group has determined a set of four MEVs to which the
Group’s portfolios are the most sensitive, namely Gross Domestic Product (‘GDP’), Personal Dis-
posable Income (‘PDI), and Unemployment Rate (‘UR’) for Micro Loans, Plus Loans, Credit Limit
facilities, Credit Cards and Prime Loans, whereas Consumption Rate Private (‘CRP’) is the key
driver for SME Loans and corporate loans. The choice of macroeconomic variable to be used for a
particular territory and product is determined through an optimised approach in which the ECM is
run separately for each of these variables. The variable that is ultimately applied for the territory /
product is the one that produces the most statistically significant result.
In order to capture a range of possible future outcomes, three possible scenarios are considered in
the determination of the Group’s ECL. The ‘base line’ scenario represents the most likely outcome.
It is based on forecasted economic variables, provided by Oxford Economics, and provides the
best estimate view of each respective country within the Group’s lending portfolio. Apart from
the ‘base line’ scenario, the Group considers two other macroeconomic scenarios – ‘Upside’ and
‘Downside’ scenarios – which respectively represent a more optimistic and a more pessimistic
outcome, as further explained in this section.
Each scenario is weighted by a probability of occurrence, determined by a combination of macro-
economic research and expert credit judgement, taking account the range of possible outcomes,
each chosen scenario represents.
The weightings assigned to each economic scenario, which are unchanged from 2022 were 60%,
for the ‘Base’ scenario, 20% for the ‘Downside’ scenario and 20% for the ‘Upside’ scenario. The
number of scenarios used is based on the analysis of each major product type to ensure that
non-linearities are captured. The number of scenarios and their attributes are reassessed at each
reporting date. The probability weightings assigned to the respective scenarios reflect an unbiased
evaluation of the range of possible outcomes.
170
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
In relation to the debt investments, the Group also incorporates these macroeconomic forecasts
in its periodical assessments on the pledged loan portfolios, in order to assess whether the Group
should provide for expected credit losses. Such assessments are based on the credit information
supplied by the bond issuers which the Multitude Group has invested in. In order for its ECL meth-
odology to represent an appropriate estimation of its credit risk emanating from said investments,
the Group assesses the ECL on each credit portfolio securing the Group’s investment separately.
The pertinent macroeconomic variables relating to the Group's lending portfolio as at 31 December
2023, utilised in the multiple regression, are sourced from Oxford Economics and are listed below:
Unemployment rate
In %
2024
2025
2026
Base
Down
Up
Base
Down
Up
Base
Down
Up
Bulgaria
5.04
4.90
5.22
4.80
4.36
5.26
4.80
4.41
5.26
Czechia
4.01
3.84
4.20
3.83
3.17
4.50
3.67
3.20
4.44
Denmark
3.04
2.97
3.24
2.86
2.52
3.51
2.75
2.49
3.56
Netherlands
3.80
3.62
3.99
4.34
3.67
5.04
4.46
3.98
5.28
Poland
4.97
4.87
5.08
4.61
4.20
5.09
4.83
4.47
5.42
Romania
2.64
2.52
2.85
2.60
2.19
3.20
2.49
2.17
3.13
Personal disposable income
Billion units
2024
2025
2026
Cur.
Base
Down
Up
Base
Down
Up
Base
Down
Up
Croatia
EUR
38.15
38.31
38.02
38.29
38.56
38.52
38.63
38.72
38.90
Finland
EUR
127. 23
127.37
127.0 8
128.93
129.27
128.94
130.25
130.62
130.02
Lithuania
EUR
32.56
32.70
32.33
33.81
33.94
33.84
34.75
34.82
34.89
Netherlands
EUR
416.53
417.37
415.07
419.27
421.57
416.91
420.92
421.92
418.87
Norway
NOK
1,737.40
1,738.12
1,736.35
1,803.29
1,804.92
1,806.00
1,854.65
1,860.58
1,854.82
Sweden
SEK
2,853.78
2,858.50
2,849.92
2,889.93
2,902.96
2,877.08
2,929.02
2,946.06
2,903.16
Consumption rate private
Billion units
2024
2025
2026
Cur.
Base
Down
Up
Base
Down
Up
Base
Down
Up
Denmark
DKK
1,051.37
1,053.61
1,046.06
1,080.36
1,086.27
1,063.66
1,106.50
1,111.76
1,084.18
Sweden
SEK
2,557.16
2,562.64
2,549.58
2,608.32
2,622.65
2,582.60
2,663.55
2,678.36
2,627.62
171
Multitude Group Ann ual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Gross domestic product
Billion units
2024
2025
2026
Cur.
Base
Down
Up
Base
Down
Up
Base
Down
Up
Bulgaria
BGN
112.22
112.58
111.58
114.90
116.06
113.33
116.90
117.94
115.29
Croatia
EUR
59.60
60.08
59.37
60.35
61.62
59.66
61.54
62.58
60.75
Estonia
EUR
25.48
25.55
25.31
27.24
27.46
26.96
28.73
28.90
28.53
Germany
EUR
3,256.62
3,280.03
3,232.21
3,305.18
3,375.19
3,228.35
3,371.93
3,417.40
3,292.72
Latvia
EUR
29.62
29.72
29.39
30.39
30.67
30.08
31.16
31.39
30.95
Netherlands
EUR
812.28
818.30
806.05
832.64
848.47
815.00
846.44
857.30
827.58
Romania
RON
1,252.81
1,257.15
1,244.29
1,289.75
1,303.58
1,265.96
1,323.44
1,334.28
1,297.77
Slovenia
EUR
49.86
50.10
49.39
51.01
51.69
50.21
52.08
52.56
51.55
The Risk Management team monitors, on an ongoing basis, the economic forecasts releases and
adjusts its model inputs and assesses the connected outcomes in the light of revised macroeco-
nomic data and other quantitative and qualitative information.
There is an absence of an observable historical trend that can accurately represent the severity
and speed of the economic impacts brought about by the pandemic. Consequently, in some cases,
the Group’s models generate outputs that appear overly sensitive when compared with other
credit risk metrics and as a result, modelled assumptions and linkages between economic factors
and credit losses may underestimate or overestimate ECL in these conditions.
4.2.5.5 ECL sensitivity analysis in respect of macroeconomic scenarios
Risk Management team considered the sensitivity of the ECL outcome (refer to Note 4.2.5.4) to
the macroeconomic forecasts by recalculating the ECL under the different scenarios, applying
a 100% weighting to each scenario. The effect of economic uncertainty on the ECL outcome is
disclosed in the sensitivity analysis presented in Note 4.2.5.5. The ECL calculated for the upside
and downside scenarios should not be taken to represent the upper and lower limits of possible
ECL outcomes as there is a high degree of estimation uncertainty in the numbers representing tail
risk scenarios when assigned a 100% weighting.
As with any macroeconomic forecasts, the projections and likelihood of occurrence are subject
to a high degree of uncertainty, especially in the context of the macroeconomic and geopolitical
conflicts and tensions being experienced, and therefore, the actual outcomes may be specifically
different from those projected. The Group considers these forecasts to represent its best estimate
of the possible outcomes.
In view of the above, the Group assessed and is hereby presenting the sensitivity analysis in respect
of its exposures as at 31 December, estimated by determining the range of credit loss allowances
which would have been measured by assigning a 100% weighting to each of the three macroeco-
nomic scenarios developed as presented in the tables below.
(Decrease) / increase in (Decrease) / increase in
ECL 2023 ECL 2022
100% Baseline, EUR ’000
(262)
(244)
100% Downside, EUR ’000
7,618
6,937
100% Upside, EUR ’000
(6,832)
(6,204)
For baseline scenario, the global economic outlook reflects a prolonged period of steady and
unspectacular growth over the coming quarters, despite a slight upward. As a result, Oxford Eco-
nomics have slightly revised upward the baseline forecast for world GDP for 2024 to 2.0% and 2.6%
172
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
in 2025. Oxford Economics expect that, in the US, the economy will likely avoid a recession, which
has prompted a push back in the timing of the Federal Reserve's first rate cut. Other advanced
economies are also set to grow slowly as the adverse impact on activity from past policy tight-
ening builds. As a result, Oxford Economics expect the global economy to experience a second
consecutive year of sub-par growth in 2024, with world GDP set to remain well below the level
anticipated prior to the pandemic.
For the downside scenario, the Risk Management team has considered a protracted period of
high interest rates which weigh on stock markets and house prices, resulting in tighter credit
conditions and several years of sub-par growth. Under this scenario, monetary policy is tightened
again in the near term as core inflation proves stickier than expected and renewed concerns over a
potential escalation of the Israel-Hamas conflict temporarily push up energy prices. Equity prices
fall, causing adverse wealth effects and raising the cost of capital. The result is a protracted period
of sub-par global growth. Oxford Economics estimate that growth is only 1.3% in 2024 and 2025,
with world GDP as much as 0.7pp and 1.3pp respectively below baseline.
The upside scenario was modelled for global economy in which an early monetary policy loosen-
ing fuels an unwind of household savings built up during the pandemic, resulting in a more robust
consumer led recovery. In this scenario, a near term improvement in the inflation outlook prompts
earlier than expected Central Bank policy loosening. Energy prices ease further as remaining con-
cerns over the risk of a wider Middle East conflict fade, at the same time as core inflation under-
shoots expectations. As a result, sentiment improves significantly and consumers across advanced
economies run down a significant proportion of the savings accumulated during the pandemic.
Overall, the global economy recovers strongly and financial markets strengthen, particularly in
Europe. Oxford Economics expect world GDP to rise by 0.4pp and 0.8pp above baseline in 2024
and 2025 respectively, standing at 2.4% and 3.4% respectively.
4.2.6 Information on credit quality of cash and cash equivalents
Credit risk exposure from cash and cash equivalents arises mainly from potential liquidity issues,
coupled with liability caps applicable in various jurisdictions of banks and other financial institu-
tions which hold the Group’s cash and cash equivalents. To manage this risk the Group diversifies
its deposits amongst 292 bank accounts in 24 countries.
173
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The table below shows the amount of cash and cash equivalents deposited in various bank
accounts, grouped based on Fitch’s credit ratings for the years ended 31 December:
EUR ’000
2023
2022
AAA
6,734
6,988
AA
-
-
AA-
593
2,364
A+
358
31,911
A
175,759
41,776
A-
40,045
24,309
BBB+
25,125
5,919
BBB
50
680
BBB-
6,610
3,161
BB+
59
300
BB
210
-
BB-
-
-
B
-
29
B-
-
-
No rating available
28,169
35,887
Total
283,712
153,325
The above-mentioned balances include amounts deposited with central banks and other banks.
2023
2022
EUR ’000
Balances with Central Banks:
210,030
66,808
Balance with the Central Bank of Czechia
293
474
Balance with the Central Bank of Malta
171,320
37,045
Balance with the Central Bank of Lithuania
31,683
22,301
Balance with the Central Bank of Sweden
6,734
6,988
Balances with other banks
73,682
86,517
283,712
153,325
Total
The balances with the Central Bank of Malta include a reserve deposit amounting to EUR 4.5
million (2022: EUR 3.8 million) held in terms of Regulation (EC) No. 1745/2003 of the European
Central Bank .
EUR ’000
2023
2022
Balances with other banks (repayable on call and at short
36,074
27, 356
notice) held by Multitude Bank
In the ordinary course of business, the Group places funds and carries out transactions through
correspondent accounts with high credit quality local listed banks and international banks with a
good credit rating, subject to the operational requirements and the application of a limit frame-
work. Accordingly, such exposures are monitored through the practical use of exposure limits. In
certain countries, the Group had to utilise unrated financial institutions due to operational con-
straints within such countries, in view of the profile of the banking sector in those territories. The
174
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Group would carry out a comprehensive due diligence on such banks, prior to engaging with them,
and on an event-driven basis throughout the term of the relationship.
At 31 December 2023, balances with other banks consisted primarily of immediately withdrawable
nostro balances and term placements maturing within one month.
The Group risks losing of funds due to the possible political, economic and other events in a
particular country where funds have been placed or invested with several counterparties domi-
ciled in the same country or region. Countries are assessed according to their size, economic
data and prospects together with credit ratings issued by international rating agencies. Existing
country credit risk exposures, based on groupings of individual counterparties, are monitored and
reviewed periodically. The Group’s assets are predominantly in Europe.
At the end of the reporting periods in 2023 and 2022, none of the financial assets referred to were
past due or impaired.
The following tables provide information about the credit quality of cash and cash equivalents.
The credit quality of them is determined by credit ratings applicable to counterparties based on
external ratings published by reputable credit rating agencies.
Stage 1
2023,
EUR ’00
12-month
ECL
Balances with Central Banks
A+ to A- 210,030
Gross carrying amount 210,030
Loss allowance -
Carrying amount –
net of loss allowance
210,030
Stage 1
2022,
EUR ’000
12-month
ECL
Balances with Central Banks
A+ to A- 66,808
66,808
Gross carrying amount -
Loss allowance
Carrying amount –
net of loss allowance
66,808
In this regard, the Government of Malta and Government of Lithuania as at 31 December 2023 had
both a rating of A2, as issued by Moody’s on 18 November 2022 and 29 April 2022, respectively.
(2022: A2) The Government of Sweden as at 31 December 2023 had a rating of AAA as issued by
Moody’s on 25 March 2022 (2022: AAA). The Government of Czechia as at 31 December 2023 had
a rating of AA3 as issued by Moody’s on 5 August 2022 (2022: AA3).
The respective Fitch rating for the Government of Malta is A+, the Government of Lithuania is A,
the Government of Sweden is AAA and the Government of Czechia is AA-.
175
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
As at 31 December 2023 and 2022, expected credit loss allowances in respect of balances with the
Central Banks (which are assumed to have the same credit quality as the Government of Malta,
Government of Lithuania, Government of Czechia and Government of Sweden) were deemed to
be insignificant.
Stage 1
2023,
EUR ’000
12-month
ECL
Balances with other banks
A+ to A- 1,558
BBB+ to BBB-
11,344
BB+ to BB-
59
Unrated
60,721
Gross carrying amount 73,682
Loss allowance -
73,682
Carrying amount – net of loss allowance
Stage 1
2022,
EUR ’000
12-month
ECL
Balances with other banks
A+ to A- 3,795
BBB+ to BBB-
4,478
BB+ to BB-
241
Unrated
78,003
Gross carrying amount 86,517
Loss allowance -
86,517
Carrying amount – net of loss allowance
After the end of the reporting period, there were no significant changes in credit ratings reflected
in the tables above which have a material impact on the credit quality of the financial assets .
176
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
4.2.7 Information on credit quality of loans to customers
The Group manages the credit quality of its loans to customers by using internal risk grades, which
provide a progressively increasing risk profile ranging from ‘Regular’ (best quality, less risky) to
‘Loss’: These risk grades are an essential tool for the Group to identify both non-performing ex-
posures and better-performing customers. The internal risk grades used by the Group are further
outlined as follows:
• Performing: Internal grade ‘Regular’;
• Under performing: Internal grades ‘Watch’ and ‘Substandard’; and
• Non-performing: Internal grades ‘Doubtful’ and ‘Loss’.
Regular
The Group’s loans to customers which are categorised as ‘Regular’ are principally debts in respect
of which payment is not overdue by 30 days and no recent history of customer default exists. Mul-
titude does not expect losses from non-performance by these customers, which are considered as
fully performing.
Watch
• Loans that attract this category principally comprise those where:
• payment becomes overdue by 30 days, but does not exceed 60 days where a loan is deemed to
be as non-performing when past due for more than 90 days;
• payment becomes overdue by 30 days but does not exceed 45 days where a loan is deemed to
be as non-performing when past due for more than 60 days; and
• there are indicators of a significant increase in credit risk in instances when loans were granted a
payment holiday in a specific portfolio.
Substandard
Exposures that are categorised within this category comprise those where:
• payment becomes overdue by 61 days but does not exceed 90 days for where a loan is deemed
to be as non-performing when past due for more than 90 days; and
• where payment becomes overdue by 46 days, but does not exceed 60 days where a loan is
deemed to be as non-performing when past due for more than 60 days;
Doubtful
Loans which attract a ‘Doubtful’ grading are principally those assets in respect of which:
• repayment becomes overdue by 61 days and over but not exceeding 180 days for where a loan is
deemed to be as non-performing when past due for more than 60 days;
• repayment becomes overdue by 91 days and over but not exceeding 180 days for a loan is
deemed to be as non-performing when past due for more than 90 days; or
• have indicated UTP criteria, as outlined in Note 4.2.5.2.
177
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Loss
Loans in respect of which payment becomes overdue by 180 days.
The Group further categorises outstanding loans to customers using an internal risk grading system
based on their credit quality and performance, with "Regular" considered to be "performing" and
not-credit impaired (Stage 1), "Watch" and "Substandard" regarded as "underperforming" with an
occurrence of SICR since initial recognition (Stage 2), and "Doubtful" and "Loss" considered to be
"non-performing" and credit-impaired (Stage 3).
The table below shows the Group’s gross outstanding loans to customers balances, risk grading,
and basis for ECL recognition and measurement as at the years ended 31 December:
Days past due*
Risk grade
Category
Basis for ECL
Lower Upper
UTP
2023
2022
range range
Regular
Performing
Stage 1 (12-month
0 to 30
-
532,234
464,238
ECL)
Watch
Underperforming
Stage 2 (lifetime
31 - 45
31 - 60
-
26,955
20,755
ECL)
Substandard
Underperforming
Stage 2 (lifetime
46 - 60
61 - 90
-
17,309
14,862
ECL)
Doubtful
Non-performing
Stage 3 (lifetime
61 - 180
91 - 180
Yes
21,661
24,868
ECL)
Loss
Non-performing
Stage 3 (lifetime
More than 180 days
-
92,458
95,072
ECL)
Total
690,617
619,794
*Lower and upper ranges of days past due are based on DPD thresholds of 60 and 90 days, respectively, to
be considered as non-performing .
Reconciliation of 12-month and lifetime ECL provision
The loss allowance recognised in the period is impacted by a variety of factors, as described below:
• Transfers between ‘Stage 1’ and ‘Stages 2 or 3’ due to financial instruments experiencing
significant increases (or decreases) of credit risk or becoming credit-impaired in the period, and
the consequent "step up" (or "step down") between 12-month and Lifetime ECL;
• Additional allowances for new financial instruments recognised during the period, as well as
releases for financial instruments derecognised in the period;
• Impact on the measurement of ECL due to changes in PDs, EADs and LGDs in the period, arising
from regular refreshing of inputs to models;
• Impacts on the measurement of ECL due to changes made to models and assumptions;
• Discount unwind within ECL due to the passage of time, as ECL is measured on a present value
basis;
• Foreign exchange retranslations for assets denominated in foreign currencies and other movements;
and
• Financial assets derecognised during the period and write-offs of allowances related to assets
that were written off during the period .
178
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The table below summarises the Group's movements and the balances of loss allowances for loans
to customers for the years ended and as at 31 December 2023:
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
EUR ’000 12-month Lifetime Lifetime Total
ECL ECL ECL
GROSS LOANS TO CUSTOMERS
As at 1 January 2023
464,238
35,617
119,939
619,794
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(48,992)
20,086
28,906
-
Transfers out of Stage 2
3,171
(12,861)
9,690
-
Total changes from transfers in between Stages
(45,821)
7, 225
38,596
-
Other changes in gross loans to customers
New loans originated during the year
777,408
40,590
65,294
883,292
Loans derecognised during the year
(663,086)
(39,110)
(101,137)
(803,334)
Write-offs
-
-
(8,397)
(8,397)
Changes in forex and other movements
(505)
(57)
(176)
(739)
Net changes in gross loans to customers
67,996
8,647
(5,821)
70,823
Gross loans to customers as at 31 December 2023
532,234
44,264
114,119
690,617
LOSS ALLOWANCES
Loss allowances, as at 1 January 2023
27,337
11,024
74,359
112,719
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(3,275)
1,292
1,983
-
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of Stage 1
-
5,089
13,675
18,764
Transfers out of Stage 2
854
(3,837)
2,984
(0)
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of Stage 2
(552)
-
2,957
2,405
Increase (decrease) due to changes in DPD buckets
448
36
9,492
9,976
Total changes from transfers in between Stages
(2,525)
2,580
31,090
31,145
Other changes in loss allowances:
New financial assets originated during the year
44,413
13,296
31,479
89,187
Financial assets derecognised during the year
(38,822)
(12,540)
(63,517)
(114,879)
Write-offs
-
-
(8,397)
(8,397)
Remeasurements from changes in model
908
22
4,094
5,025
Unwind of discount
-
-
46
46
Changes in forex and other movements
(29)
(20)
(129)
(178)
Net changes in loss allowances
3,945
3,337
(5,334)
1,949
Loss allowances as at 31 December 2023
31,282
14,361
69,025
114,669
Impaired loan coverage ratio ("ICLR")
5.88%
32.44%
60.49%
16.60 %
179
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The table below summarises the Group's movements and the balances of loss allowances for loans
to customers for the years ended and as at 31 December 2022:
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
EUR ’000 12-month Lifetime Lifetime Total
ECL ECL ECL
GROSS LOANS TO CUSTOMERS
As at 1 January 2022
394,447
29,623
149,637
573,708
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(47,743)
14,126
33,618
-
Transfers out of Stage 2
3,029
(11,640)
8,610
-
Total changes from transfers in between Stages
(44,714)
2,486
42,228
-
Other changes in gross loans to customers
New loans originated during the year
736,697
36,481
68,225
841,404
Loans derecognised during the year
(613,537)
(32,294)
(123,464)
(769,295)
Write-offs
-
-
(15,006)
(15,006)
Changes in forex and other movements
(8,655)
(680)
(1,681)
(11,016)
Net changes in gross loans to customers
69,791
5,993
(29,698)
46,087
Gross loans to customers as at 31 December 2022
464,238
35,617
119,939
619,794
LOSS ALLOWANCES
Loss allowances, as at 1 January 2022
22,744
8,806
92,595
124,145
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(3,349)
824
2,525
-
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of Stage 1
-
3,387
14,069
17,455
Transfers out of Stage 2
795
(3,433)
2,638
-
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of Stage 2
(540)
-
2,607
2,067
Increase (decrease) due to changes in DPD buckets
777
65
7,641
8,484
Total changes from transfers in between Stages
(2,317)
843
29,480
28,006
Other changes in loss allowances:
New financial assets originated during the year
46,663
11,806
34,539
93,009
Financial assets derecognised during the year
(39,136)
(9,976)
(67,668)
(116,781)
Write-offs
-
-
(15,006)
(15,006)
Remeasurements from changes in model
(153)
(286)
678
239
Unwind of discount
-
-
480
480
Changes in forex and other movements
(465)
(169)
(740)
(1,373)
Net changes in loss allowances
4,592
2,218
(18,236)
(11,426)
Loss allowances as at 31 December 2022
27,337
11,024
74,359
112,719
Impaired loan coverage ratio ("ICLR")
5.89%
30.95%
62.00%
18.19%
Transfers out of Stage 1 are driven by the underlying gross loans to customers to have a significant
increase in credit risks since initial recognition (Stage 2) or become credit-impaired (Stage 3),
whereas transfers out of Stages 2 or 3 result from the underlying gross loans to customers no
longer meeting said definitions. Transfers in between Stages or changes within DPD bucket that
do not necessarily impact ECL stages could also result in an increase (decrease) in loss allowances
during the year.
Remeasurements from changes in the ECL model, inputs and assumptions are mainly driven by
updating the calculations, statistics and modelling parameters relating to EAD, PD, LGD, and EIR
based on the most recent available information at the reporting date. The unwind of discount is
driven by the amortisation of the ECL's present value for long-outstanding loans to customers .
180
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The table below summarises the movements and the balances of loss allowances for loans to
customers for the years ended and as at 31 December 2023 for the Ferratum business unit:
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
EUR ’000 12-month Lifetime Lifetime Total
ECL ECL ECL
GROSS LOANS TO CUSTOMERS
As at 1 January 2023
269,856
26,602
85,698
382,156
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(26,484)
12,970
13,514
-
Transfers out of Stage 2
2,429
(7,433)
5,004
-
Total changes from transfers in between Stages
(24,055)
5,537
18,518
-
Other changes in gross loans to customers
New loans originated during the year
593,759
35,297
55,896
684,952
Loans derecognised during the year
(518,736)
(34,071)
(85,550)
(638,357)
Write-offs
-
-
(5,878)
(5,878)
Changes in forex and other movements
(563)
(59)
(187)
(809)
Net changes in gross loans to customers
50,405
6,704
( 17, 201)
39,908
Gross loans to customers as at 31 December 2023
320,261
33,306
68,497
422,064
LOSS ALLOWANCES
Loss allowances, as at 1 January 2023
19,969
8,417
56,057
84,442
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(2,041)
948
1,093
-
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of Stage 1
-
3,158
6,369
9,527
Transfers out of Stage 2
639
(2,145)
1,506
-
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of Stage 2
(415)
-
1,744
1,329
Increase (decrease) due to changes in DPD buckets
77
28
5,410
5,515
Total changes from transfers in between Stages
(1,739)
1,989
16,121
16,372
Other changes in loss allowances:
New financial assets originated during the year
36,978
11,737
26,788
75,502
Financial assets derecognised during the year
(31,670)
(11,429)
(56,006)
(99,105)
Write-offs
-
-
(5,878)
(5,878)
Remeasurements from changes in model
(390)
(20)
3,618
3,209
Unwind of discount
-
-
462
462
Changes in forex and other movements
(31)
(20)
(136)
(187)
Net changes in loss allowances
3,149
2,258
(15,030)
(9,624)
Loss allowances as at 31 December 2023
23,117
10,674
41,027
74,818
Impaired loan coverage ratio ("ICLR")
7. 22%
32.05%
59.90%
17.73 %
181
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The table below summarises the movements and the balances of loss allowances for loans to
customers for the years ended and as at 31 December 2022 for the Ferratum business unit:
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
EUR ’000 12-month Lifetime Lifetime Total
ECL ECL ECL
GROSS LOANS TO CUSTOMERS
As at 1 January 2022
237,686
24,835
117,995
380,516
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(26,403)
9,719
16,684
-
Transfers out of Stage 2
2,752
(8,573)
5,821
-
Total changes from transfers in between Stages
(23,651)
1,146
22,505
-
Other changes in gross loans to customers
New loans originated during the year
548,736
30,916
56,323
635,975
Loans derecognised during the year
(486,757)
(29,719)
(94,893)
(611,370)
Write-offs
-
-
(15,197)
(15,197)
Changes in forex and other movements
(6,158)
(576)
(1,034)
(7,768)
Net changes in gross loans to customers
32,170
1,767
(32,297)
1,640
Gross loans to customers as at 31 December 2022
269,856
26,602
85,698
382,156
LOSS ALLOWANCES
Loss allowances, as at 1 January 2022
17,737
7,570
73,134
98,440
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(2,388)
656
1,733
-
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of Stage 1
-
2,286
6,650
8,936
Transfers out of Stage 2
736
(2,673)
1,938
-
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of Stage 2
(496)
-
1,750
1,254
Increase (decrease) due to changes in DPD buckets
460
9
6,121
6,590
Total changes from transfers in between Stages
(1,689)
277
18,193
16,780
Other changes in loss allowances:
New financial assets originated during the year
36,199
10,109
28,999
75,307
Financial assets derecognised during the year
(31,447)
(9,111)
(49,855)
(90,414)
Write-offs
-
-
(15,197)
(15,197)
Remeasurements from changes in model
(459)
(290)
485
(264)
Unwind of discount
-
-
649
649
Changes in forex and other movements
(372)
(137)
(349)
(858)
Net changes in loss allowances
2,232
847
( 17,077)
(13,997)
Loss allowances as at 31 December 2022
19,969
8,417
56,057
84,442
Impaired loan coverage ratio ("ICLR")
7.40%
31.64%
65.41%
22.10%
182
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The table below summarises the movements and the balances of loss allowances for loans to
customers for the years ended and as at 31 December 2023 for the SweepBank business unit:
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
EUR ’000 12-month Lifetime Lifetime Total
ECL ECL ECL
GROSS LOANS TO CUSTOMERS
As at 1 January 2023
111,412
5,838
19,912
137,162
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(13,615)
4,455
9,160
-
Transfers out of Stage 2
500
(3,442)
2,941
-
Total changes from transfers in between Stages
(13,114)
1,013
12,101
-
Other changes in gross loans to customers
New loans originated during the year
70,570
2,632
5,284
78,486
Loans derecognised during the year
(55,210)
(2,662)
(7,321)
(65,193)
Write-offs
-
-
(664)
(664)
Changes in forex and other movements
12
1
11
24
Net changes in gross loans to customers
2,258
983
9,411
12,652
Gross loans to customers as at 31 December 2023
113,670
6,821
29,323
149,814
LOSS ALLOWANCES
Loss allowances, as at 1 January 2023
4,062
1,336
9,598
14,997
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(702)
191
511
-
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of Stage 1
-
1,342
4,503
5,844
Transfers out of Stage 2
118
(925)
807
-
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of Stage 2
(63)
-
935
872
Increase (decrease) due to changes in DPD buckets
240
6
3,218
3,465
Total changes from transfers in between Stages
(407)
614
9,974
10,181
Other changes in loss allowances: -
New financial assets originated during the year
2,504
835
2,714
6,053
Financial assets derecognised during the year
(2,471)
(667)
(3,229)
(6,367)
Write-offs
-
-
(664)
(664)
Remeasurements from changes in model
1,452
43
243
1,739
Unwind of discount
-
-
(243)
(243)
Changes in forex and other movements
1
-
7
7
Net changes in loss allowances
1,079
825
8,801
10,705
Loss allowances as at 31 December 2023
5,141
2,161
18,400
25,702
Impaired loan coverage ratio ("ICLR")
4.52%
31.69%
62.75%
17.16%
183
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The table below summarises the movements and the balances of loss allowances for loans to
customers for the years ended and as at 31 December 2022 for the SweepBank business unit:
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
EUR ’000 12-month Lifetime Lifetime Total
ECL ECL ECL
GROSS LOANS TO CUSTOMERS
As at 1 January 2022
80,666
2,114
12,490
95,270
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(12,143)
2,829
9,314
-
Transfers out of Stage 2
248
(1,770)
1,521
-
Total changes from transfers in between Stages
(11,895)
1,059
10,836
-
Other changes in gross loans to customers
New loans originated during the year
84,274
3,087
6,804
94,165
Loans derecognised during the year
(40,964)
(383)
(9,589)
(50,936)
Write-offs
-
-
(379)
(379)
Changes in forex and other movements
(670)
(38)
(250)
(957)
Net changes in gross loans to customers
30,746
3,725
7,422
41,893
Gross loans to customers as at 31 December 2022
111,412
5,838
19,912
137,162
LOSS ALLOWANCES
Loss allowances, as at 1 January 2022
3,103
436
6,334
9,872
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(562)
108
454
-
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of Stage 1
-
585
3,817
4,402
Transfers out of Stage 2
51
(364)
313
-
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of Stage 2
(36)
-
497
460
Increase (decrease) due to changes in DPD buckets
176
6
859
1,040
Total changes from transfers in between Stages
(371)
335
5,939
5,903
Other changes in loss allowances:
New financial assets originated during the year
2,957
812
3,057
6,826
Financial assets derecognised during the year
(1,574)
(242)
(5,097)
(6,913)
Write-offs
-
-
(379)
(379)
Remeasurements from changes in model
(25)
4
51
29
Unwind of discount
-
-
(185)
(185)
Changes in forex and other movements
(27)
(8)
(120)
(156)
Net changes in loss allowances
959
900
3,265
5,125
Loss allowances as at 31 December 2022
4,062
1,336
9,598
14,997
Impaired loan coverage ratio ("ICLR")
3.65%
22.89%
48.20%
10.93%
184
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The table below summarises the movements and the balances of loss allowances for loans to
customers for the years ended and as at 31 December 2023 for the Capital Box business unit:
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
EUR ’000 12-month Lifetime Lifetime Total
ECL ECL ECL
GROSS LOANS TO CUSTOMERS
As at 1 January 2023
82,970
3,177
14,329
100,476
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(8,893)
2,662
6,232
-
Transfers out of Stage 2
242
(1,986)
1,744
-
Total changes from transfers in between Stages
(8,651)
675
7,976
-
Other changes in gross loans to customers
New loans originated during the year
113,079
2,661
4,114
119,854
Loans derecognised during the year
(89,140)
(2,377)
(8,266)
(99,784)
Write-offs
-
-
(1,854)
(1,854)
Changes in forex and other movements
45
1
-
46
Net changes in gross loans to customers
15,333
961
1,969
18,263
Gross loans to customers as at 31 December 2023
98,303
4,137
16,298
118,739
LOSS ALLOWANCES
Loss allowances, as at 1 January 2023
3,305
1,271
8,704
13,280
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(532)
154
379
-
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of Stage 1
-
589
2,803
3,392
Transfers out of Stage 2
96
(768)
671
-
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of Stage 2
(74)
-
278
204
Increase (decrease) due to changes in DPD buckets
131
2
864
997
Total changes from transfers in between Stages
(379)
(23)
4,995
4,593
Other changes in loss allowances:
-
-
-
-
New financial assets originated during the year
4,930
724
1,978
7,632
Financial assets derecognised during the year
(4,681)
(444)
(4,282)
(9,407)
Write-offs
-
-
(1,854)
(1,854)
Remeasurements from changes in model
(154)
(2)
232
77
Unwind of discount
-
-
(174)
(174)
Changes in forex and other movements
2
-
-
1
Net changes in loss allowances
(282)
255
895
868
Loss allowances as at 31 December 2023
3,023
1,526
9,599
14,148
Impaired loan coverage ratio ("ICLR")
3.08%
36.88%
58.90%
11.92%
185
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The table below summarises the movements and the balances of loss allowances for loans to
customers for the years ended and as at 31 December 2022 for the Capital Box business unit:
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3
EUR ’000 12-month Lifetime Lifetime Total
ECL ECL ECL
GROSS LOANS TO CUSTOMERS
As at 1 January 2022
68,269
2,675
19,152
90,096
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(9,197)
1,578
7,619
-
Transfers out of Stage 2
28
(1,297)
1,268
-
Total changes from transfers in between Stages
(9,168)
281
8,888
-
Other changes in gross loans to customers
-
-
-
New loans originated during the year
104,717
2,568
5,211
112,496
Loans derecognised during the year
(79,021)
(2,281)
(19,094)
(100,396)
Write-offs
-
-
571
571
Changes in forex and other movements
(1,827)
(66)
(398)
(2,291)
Net changes in gross loans to customers
14,701
502
(4,823)
10,380
Gross loans to customers as at 31 December 2022
82,970
3,177
14,329
100,476
LOSS ALLOWANCES
Loss allowances, as at 1 January 2022
1,905
800
13,128
15,833
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(399)
60
339
-
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of Stage 1
-
516
3,601
4,117
Transfers out of Stage 2
8
(395)
387
-
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of Stage 2
(7)
-
360
353
Increase (decrease) due to changes in DPD buckets
115
-
862
977
Total changes from transfers in between Stages
(283)
181
5,549
5,447
Other changes in loss allowances:
New financial assets originated during the year
7,507
885
2,484
10,876
Financial assets derecognised during the year
(6,088)
(572)
(12,917)
(19,577)
Write-offs
-
-
571
571
Remeasurements from changes in model
331
-
142
473
Unwind of discount
-
-
16
16
Changes in forex and other movements
(66)
(23)
(270)
(359)
Net changes in loss allowances
1,401
471
(4,424)
(2,553)
Loss allowances as at 31 December 2022
3,305
1,271
8,704
13,280
Impaired loan coverage ratio ("ICLR")
3.98%
40.01%
60.74%
13.22%
186
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
4.2.8 Modification of financial assets
As explained in Note 2.5.14.3, the Group sometimes modifies the payment terms of customer
loans. These modifications can take different forms and can happen at different stages during the
maturity period of the loan. The modifications included in this section also encompass change
in estimates of interest income due to amendments to contractual cash flow included in original
terms and conditions. During 2022, the Group updated its policies to reflect whether material
modifications granted by the Bank constitute forbearance as defined by EU Regulation 575/2013
(‘CRR2’) and are not considered to be change in estimates.
The following are the most widely used payment term modification clauses incorporated in terms
and conditions by the Group:
I.Rescheduling
Rescheduling is applied in short-term credit products where the customer requests an extension
of the maturity period of up to one month in consideration of a fee payable to Multitude when the
rescheduling is accepted. The extension period varies in different markets but is pre-established
by the Group as part of the product feature. The upfront payment of a rescheduling fee is a
pre-condition for accepting the modification and extending the loan term. The rescheduling is
not tied to the lack of repayment capabilities of the customer and indeed, this upfront payment
requirement, together with the short-term of the extension period, is considered inconsistent with
the profile of a customer who is experiencing financial difficulties.
II. Payment Holidays
Payment holidays are a standard feature of the credit line facility which allows customers who are
repaying on time to request the Group to reduce the monthly minimum payment to zero on not
more than two occasions in any twelve-month period. The customer’s request will not be accepted
unless the customer has been paying on time.
Additionally, Multitude incorporates the following modification options for its customers into the
terms and conditions of its long-term credit products:
III. Due date change
Generally, the repayment date is assigned by the Group thirty days after the loan agreement date
and recurs monthly after that. This product feature allows customers to change the monthly pay-
ment due date to one that is more convenient for them. The new payment due date will apply
throughout the maturity period of the loan, unless subsequently modified. This modification is not
granted due to the customers experiencing financial difficulties; they simply continue to pay their
monthly instalments on a different day of the month.
IV. Modification to the payment schedule
During the loan term, the customer may choose to modify the standard maturity date and payment
schedules included in the loan agreement by increasing the number of monthly instalments, thus
extending the loan's maturity period. This gives customers more flexibility through tailor-made
payment schedules. The Group assesses whether the customer is experiencing financial difficulties
before granting this modification. This modification does not constitute forbearance if the custom-
er is not experiencing financial difficulties.
187
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
V. Payment-free month
Long-term credit products allow the customer to apply for a payment-free month under terms
and conditions prescribed by the Group. The policy under which a payment-free month may be
granted includes the conditions that the loan must have been open for several months as specified
in the policy and that the customer must have been making timely repayments. This modification
is not granted to customers who are experiencing financial difficulties, but is meant to make the
products better adapted to the customers’ needs.
Apart from cash flow modifications which are carried out in accordance with the terms and con-
ditions of the loan agreements, the Group also grants other modifications as part of its collection
policies. The most widely used modification option as part of the Group’s collection policies is the
payment plan where the customer is granted a longer schedule in which to pay the amounts due.
Multitude may also grant a grace period for the payment of the principal amount due for a short
period of time. An assessment is conducted by the Group to evaluate whether the customer is
experiencing financial difficulties before granting these modifications. If the customer is experi-
encing financial difficulties, then these exposures are marked as forborne.
The table below shows the gross outstanding loans to customers balances, loss allowance, and
basis for ECL recognition and measurement for the years 2023 and 2022 for modified loan con-
tracts (as a forbearance and also as a change in estimated expected cash flows included in terms
and conditions):
31 December 2023
31 December 2022
Basis for ECL
Gross carrying Gross carrying
ECL ECL
amount amount
Stage 1
101,015
6,319
87,396
5,543
Stage 2
10,625
3,344
7,090
2,169
Stage 3
6,231
2,828
6,959
2,997
Total
117,870
12,492
101,444
10,709
The Group’s modified gross outstanding loans to customers are analysed by geographical location
for the years 2023 and 2022 as follows:
EUR ’000
2023 amount
2023 %
2022 amount
2022 %
Finland
22,814
19.4%
19,529
19.3%
Northern Europe
69,178
58.7%
53,437
52.7%
Western Europe
3,722
3.2%
3,800
3.7%
Eastern Europe
22,156
18.8%
24,679
24.3%
Total
117,870
100.0%
101,444
100.0%
In cases where the Group grants specific modifications (not included in the original terms and
conditions) to customers whom the Group assesses as experiencing financial difficulties, then
these exposures are marked as forborne in line with the Group’s policies in relation to forbearance.
As at 31 December 2023, total loans which were identified as forborne amounted to EUR 2.4
million on which a total ECL of EUR 0.8 million was accounted for .
188
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
31 December 2023
31 December 2022
Basis for ECL Gross carrying Gross carrying
ECL ECL
amount amount
Stage 1
27
3
2
1
Stage 2
1,837
558
4
2
Stage 3
586
269
47
35
Total
2,450
830
53
38
The table below shows an increase in ECL due to modification of original terms and
conditions as per the forbearance definition that are included in the impairment loss on
loans to customers in 2023.
EUR ’000
Not Modified ECL
Modified ECL
Change
Stage 1
128
3
(125)
Stage 2
133
558
425
Stage 3
140
269
129
Grand Total
401
830
429
Change reported in the table above includes movement between stages as a result of
modification.
4.2.9 Information on credit quality of other financial assets at amortised cost
The Group’s other financial assets are mainly comprised of loans to related parties, receivables
from banks, receivables from sold portfolio, and other financial assets as shown in Note 15.
Receivables from banks include bank deposits set aside to fund the Group’s foreign currency
forward contracts and do not meet the definition of cash and cash equivalents. Credit risks associ-
ated with these receivables are similar to those of cash and cash equivalents. The Group’s Treasury
function manages them as part of its hedging activities (Note 15 and Note 4.3).
Receivables from sold portfolio include mostly loans to customers considered to be non-perform-
ing and credit impaired. The Group manages the credit risk associated with these loans by selling
related portfolios, in part or as a whole, to other financial institutions, on a non-recourse basis. The
Group has defined vetting procedures to ensure the credit risk exposure arising from any amounts
receivable from sold portfolio are minimised. Such portfolio sales are backed by strict contractual
terms and conditions regarding payment terms and settlement of the amount due to the Group.
The Group individually assesses credit risk exposure arising from underlying financial assets at the
end of each reporting period based on the applicable measurement guidelines under IFRS 9.
189
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The table below summarise the balances for loss allowance for loans to related parties reported in
other financial assets for the years ended and as at 31 December 2023:
Stage 1
2023,
EUR ’000
12-month
ECL
Loans to related parties
-
A+ to A-
BBB+ to BBB-
-
BB+ to BB-
-
Unrated
10,096
Gross carrying amount 10,096
Loss allowance (48)
Carrying amount –
net of loss allowance
10,048
The table below summarise the balances for loss allowance for loans to related parties reported in
other financial assets for the years ended and as at 31 December 2022:
Stage 1
2022,
EUR ’000
12-month
ECL
Loans to related parties
-
A+ to A-
BBB+ to BBB-
-
BB+ to BB-
-
Unrated
8,379
Gross carrying amount 8,379
Loss allowance (241)
Carrying amount –
net of loss allowance
8,138
IFRS 9 provides a practical expedient for recognising 12-month ECL for financial instruments with
low credit risk at the reporting date. Where applicable, the Group applies this practical expedi-
ent in determining loss allowances regarding other financial assets measured at amortised cost
and included in the category of other financial assets. This is to the extent that the underlying
receivables from counterparties are "investment grade" based on the definition of external rating
agencies – between AAA to BBB- (Standard & Poor’s, Fitch) or Aaa-Baa3 (Moody’s).
At each reporting date, the Group assesses whether any changes in circumstances would result
into a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition in relation to its other financial
assets at amortised cost. And it determines whether loss allowances should be recognised using
lifetime ECL.
190
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
4.2.10 information on credit quality of debt investments
The debt investments reflect the Group's acquisition of secured bonds. Such bonds are principal-
ly secured by loan portfolios that are pledged in favour of the Group, taking into consideration
pre-established collateralised ratios in relation to the amount invested and also encompass pre-es-
tablished ratios of exposures by ageing of the underlying pledged portfolio. Moreover, the Group
also has additional collateral in the form of cash deposited in its accounts or pledged financial
instruments in favour of the Group in respect of this investment.
The Group conducts periodical assessments in relation to the respective portfolio, in order to
assess whether the Group should provide for expected credit losses. The outcome of such assess-
ments, coupled with the several clauses contained within the agreement, reflects the need for the
Group to account for expected credit losses of EUR 33,000 in relation to one of these investments
as at 31 December 2023.
The table below summarise the balances for loss allowance for debt investments for the year
ended and as at 31 December 2023:
Stage 1
2023,
EUR ’000
12-month
ECL
Debt investments
A+ to A- -
BBB+ to BBB-
-
BB+ to BB-
-
Unrated
62,147
Gross carrying amount 62,147
Loss allowance (33)
Carrying amount –
net of loss allowance
62,114
The table below summarise the balances for loss allowance for debt investments for the year
ended and as at 31 December 2022:
Stage 1
2022,
EUR ’000
12-month
ECL
Debt investments
-
A+ to A-
BBB+ to BBB-
-
BB+ to BB-
-
Unrated
21,107
Gross carrying amount 21,107
Loss allowance -
Carrying amount –
net of loss allowance
21,107
191
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
4.2.11 Write-off policy
The Group writes off and derecognises loans to customers, debt investments and other financial
assets at amortised cost when it determines that these are credit-impaired for a significant period,
and the Group has exhausted all practical efforts and debt recovery strategies. In some cases, the
Group may opt to conduct a one-off sale of the underlying financial assets, in part or as a whole,
to third parties.
In case of a sale, the Group recognises the gain or loss from the sale of loans to customers or other
financial assets as the difference between the consideration received, and the carrying amount
(gross amount less any loss allowances) of such financial assets and costs incurred during the
sale, in the statement of profit or loss. In the case of the write-offs, loss on disposal is recognised
as equal to the carrying amount of such financial assets in the consolidated statement of profit or
loss.
4.2.12 Collateral
The Group’s consumer lending portfolio is generally unsecured, in line with the typical nature and
characteristics observed for short-term retail portfolios. However, the Group employs a range of
policies and practices to mitigate credit risk, including collection strategies, contractual arrange-
ment by which the Group can sell aged portfolios once specific loans reach a predetermined
ageing profile and one-off debt sales. Note 4.2.7 discloses the amount of loans to customers
disposed of during the year.
In 2023, the Group started to offer collateralised loans to SME customers. The underlying collateral
for these loans must be comprised of either loan portfolios, apartments or residential buildings,
commercial properties or plots that meet specific requirements including any additional cash or
financial instrument collateral provided by the issuer. The Group assigns different loan-to-value
coefficients to every collateral item depending on its nature. The value of collateral is regularly
reviewed for changes in the underlined market prices.
The debt investments are mainly secured by loan portfolios pledged in favour of the Multitude
Bank and hence the Group, taking into consideration pre-established collateralised ratios in rela-
tion to the amount invested and encompassing pre-established ratios of exposures by ageing of
the underlying pledged portfolio. Moreover, the Bank also has additional collateral in the form of
cash deposited in its accounts or pledged financial instruments in favour of the Bank in respect of
this investment .
192
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
4.2.13 Maximum exposure to credit risk
An ‘exposure’ is defined as the amount at risk arising from the Group’s assets and off-balance
sheet items. The Group’s maximum credit risk concerning on- and off-balance sheet items can be
classified into the following categories:
• Financial assets that comprise principally cash and cash equivalent (balances with Central
Banks and balances with other banks), loans to customers, debt investments and other financial
assets. The maximum exposure to credit risk of these financial assets equals their gross carrying
amounts.
• Loan commitments and other credit-related commitments that are irrevocable over the life of
the respective facilities. The maximum exposure to credit risk is the full amount of the committed
facilities. However, the likely amount of loss is less than the total unused commitments as the
most commitments to extend credit are contingent upon customers maintaining specific credit
standards. These exposures are monitored in the same manner as loans to customers and debt
investments.
The Group’s maximum credit risk exposure without collateral held or other credit enhancements
as at 31 December are as follows:
EUR ’000
2023
Restated
2022
Credit risk exposures relating to on-balance sheet assets:
Loans to customers (gross)
690,617
619,794
Cash and cash equivalents
283,712
153,325
Other financial assets at amortised cost:
Debt investments
62,114
21,107
Loans to related parties
10,048
8,138
Receivables from banks
4,362
4,362
Receivables from sold portfolios
1,476
2,263
Other receivables
3,549
4,649
Credit risk exposures relating to off-balance sheet instruments:
Commitments
8,000
7,000
Total credit risk exposure
1,063,879
820,640
193
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
4.2.14 Credit concentration risk
Credit concentration risk exposure results from inadequate diversification of the Group’s loans
to customers. The Group manages this risk by actively and regularly monitoring, measuring, and
analysing credit concentrations at the portfolio and market levels, and where applicable, with
other counterparties.
The Group’s loans to customers do not include any significant credit risk concentrations. These are
mainly comprised of retail exposures which are individually insignificant, with the biggest value
per customer arising from uncollaterised SME loans, granted through the standard underwriting
process of the Group, at a cap of EUR 350,000 or 0.01% of total Group loans to customers for the
years ended 31 December 2023 and 2022. The Group has higher exposure to debt investments
that have collateral and loans to related parties. Multitude does not have clients that individually
generate more than 10% of total revenue for the years ended 31 December 2023 and 2022. Con-
centration limits for balances with Central Banks and other banks are set out individually as a
percentage to the Group’s equity in treasury management policy. The limit ranges between 10%
and 100% depending on the individual credit rating of each bank.
Following table shows credit concentration of the Group by geographic regions as at 31 December 2023:
Cash Loans to Debt Other Total
EUR ’000 and cash customers investments financial financial 2023
Country equivalents assets assets
of
Finland
17,184
109,779
15,057
13,879
155,900
16.56%
domicile Sweden,
Northern Denmark, Norway,
3,248
231,863
-
173
235,284
25.00%
Europe UK
Germany, The
Western Netherlands,
11,329
46,992
10,225
185
68,732
7.30%
Europe Spain,
Luxembourg
Latvia, Estonia,
Czechia, Croatia,
Eastern Romania, Bulgaria,
4,015
180,776
21,410
373
206,574
21.95%
Europe Lithuania,
Slovakia, Slovenia,
Southern Poland
Malta, Cyprus
246,177
-
15,421
4,103
265,702
28.23%
Europe Canada, Mexico,
India, Philippines,
Other Bangladesh, New
1,758
6,537
-
722
9,018
0.96%
Zealand, Brazil,
Australia
Total
283,712
575,948
62,114
19,436
941,210
100.00%
194
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Following table shows credit concentration of the Group by geographic regions as at 31 December 2022:
Cash Loans to Debt Other Total
EUR ’000 and cash customers investments financial financial 2022
equivalents assets assets
Country
Finland
29,973
106,273
-
12,792
149,038
21.26%
of domicile
Northern Sweden,
Europe Denmark,
4,656
186,080
-
454
191,190
27. 28%
Norway, UK
Germany, The
Western Netherlands,
11,760
54,009
-
139
65,908
9.40%
Europe Spain,
Luxembourg
Latvia, Estonia,
Czechia, Croatia,
Eastern Romania,
Europe Bulgaria,
7,895
138,896
10,879
973
158,642
22.63%
Lithuania,
Slovakia,
Southern Slovenia, Poland
Malta, Cyprus
97,18
8
229
10,229
4,618
112,264
16.02%
Europe Canada, Mexico,
India, Philippines,
Other Bangladesh, New
1,853
21,588
-
437
23,878
3.41%
Zealand, Brazil,
Australia
Total
153,325
507,075
21,107
19,413
700,920
100.00%
4.3 Market risk
The Group’s operations in different markets expose it to various market risks, including foreign
currency risk and interest rate risk.
4.3.1 Foreign currency risk
4.3.1.1 Foreign currency transaction risk
The Group operates in different markets, mainly within and selectively outside of the Euro zone
and generates significant transactions and balances in various currencies and therefore is exposed
to foreign currency risk. Foreign currency transaction risk only relates to foreign currency items
in currencies other than the respective Group company's functional currency. Also, transactions
and loans between Group companies with different functional currencies create foreign currency
transaction risk.
Multitude manages foreign currency transaction risks through its treasury risk management policy
that aims to hedge and mitigate the potential adverse impact of fluctuations in foreign exchange
rates between the Euro and other foreign currencies that may impact profit or loss.
As part of this policy, Group companies enter into foreign currency forward contracts to hedge
material loan and other balances (including intercompany) that are not denominated in Euros. In
accordance with the policy, the aim is to hedge close to 100% of the net exposures. The Group
treasury policy further requires all Group companies to apply rules of natural hedging and optimal-
ly counterbalance significant foreign currency denominated transactions and balances.
195
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
As of 31 December 2023, and 2022, the Group’s primary foreign exchange transaction exposure
arises from monetary assets and liabilities denominated in Swedish Krona ("SEK"), Czech Koruna
(“CZK”), Norwegian Krone (“NOK”) and Romanian New Leu (“RON”) and accordingly, the Group
hedges the foreign currency exchange risks arising from the net assets denominated in these
currencies wherein.
The following tables include the estimated effect on the profit for the period owing to the weak-
ening of the most significant foreign currencies against the Group company’s functional currency.
For other Group companies and currencies, the Leadership Team has assessed that the impact of
foreign exchange transaction risk is not significant. The sensitivities have been calculated based on
a 10% movement in the foreign exchange rates, which Multitude has assessed to be a reasonably
possible change in the exchange rates. A corresponding strengthening of the exposure currency
would have an approximately equal opposite impact. A negative (positive) amount in the table
reflects a potential net loss (net gain) in the consolidated statement of profit or loss.
The table below shows, at the level of the whole Group, in which currencies the monetary items are
mainly held or issued and sensitivity analysis as at 31 December 2023.
EUR ‘000
EUR
PLN
SEK
CZK
BGN
NOK
DKK
RON
Financial assets at amortised cost:
Loans to customers
1,360
191
146,026
11,232
6,017
7, 276
77,837
7,278
Cash and cash equivalents
1,670
725
18,390
2,115
210
1,502
4,144
5,570
Total
3,030
915
164,417
13,347
6,227
8,778
81,982
12,848
Intercompany loans
-
-
20,275
-
2,403
-
-
-
Notional of derivative financial instrument
-
622
150,732
16,179
-
8,763
-
4,058
Residual exposure
3,030
293
33,960
(2,832)
8,630
15
81,982
8,790
Currency up by 10%
303
29
3,396
(283)
863
1
8,198
879
Currency down by 10%
(303)
(29)
(3,396)
283
(863)
(1)
(8,198)
(879)
The table below shows exposure to the majority of foreign currency denominated monetary items
at consolidated level, the hedging coverage from foreign currency forward contracts and sensitiv-
ity analysis as at 31 December 2022:
EUR ‘000
EUR
PLN
SEK
CZK
BGN
NOK
DKK
HRK
RON
Financial assets at amortised cost:
Loans to customers
971
1,082
100,661
10,644
6,063
5,870
58,982
4,869
6,214
Cash and cash equivalents
2,273
468
16,598
5,012
624
2,176
4,222
65
1,872
Total
3,243
1,550
117, 259
15,656
6,687
8,046
63,204
4,934
8,086
Intercompany loans
-
19,350
20,198
2,480
3,079
-
-
-
29
Notional of derivative financial instrument
-
1,816
127,417
15,276
-
8,427
-
-
4,049
Residual exposure
3,243
19,084
10,040
2,860
9,765
(381)
63,204
4,934
4,066
Currency up by 10%
324
1,908
1,004
286
977
(38)
6,320
493
407
Currency down by 10%
(324)
(1,908)
(1,004)
(286)
(977)
38
(6,320)
(493)
(407)
196
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The calculation includes currency hedges and assumes no changes in other underlying currencies.
The currency effects are based on the statement of financial position exposure at year end, hedg-
ing levels at the year end, and the assumption that the currency cash flow hedging levels and all
other variables will remain constant during the next twelve months. Hedging instruments include
foreign currency forward contracts and disclosed in Notes 15 and 20.
4.3.1.2. Foreign currency risk - Foreign currency translation risk
Translation risk arises from the translation of the financial position of investments in foreign subsid-
iaries to presentation currency and impacts other comprehensive income. To mitigate translation
risk, the Group endeavors to fund assets in the same currency as the asset itself whenever it is
economically feasible. The Group may also enter into foreign exchange forwards or foreign cur-
rency denominated loans to hedge its net investments in foreign entities with different functional
currencies than the Group.
The statements of financial position of foreign subsidiaries are translated into Euro using exchange
rates prevailing on the reporting date and their statements of profit or loss are translated at spot
exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. The resulting translation differences are
recorded in other comprehensive income and accumulated in a separate reserve in shareholders’
equity. The same also applies for the translation differences of intra-group monetary items, whose
repayment is neither planned nor likely to occur, and that form part of the net investment in a
foreign operation. These cumulative differences materialise through the profit or loss of the Group
on the disposal, in whole or in part, of each foreign subsidiary.
The main currencies creating translation risk in the Group are presented in the table below.
CZK
CAD
BRL
MXN
SEK
AUD
EUR ‘000
2023
2022
2023
2022
2023
2022
2023
2022
2023
2022
2023
2022
Translation
-
152
51
51
-
(429)
329
20
(3,456)
(990)
-
(558)
reserve in equity
PLN
INR
RON
Other
Total
EUR ‘000
2023
2022
2023
2022
2023
2022
2023
2022
2023
2022
Translation
-
(1,122)
(20)
(5)
(280)
(279)
(6)
110
(3,383)
(3,049)
reserve in equity
197
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
4.3.2 Interest rate risk
4.3.2.1 Interest rate risk management
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk, which could impact its net interest income and the value
of assets and liabilities through its business activities. The main items exposing the Group to the
interest rate risk are loans to customers, debt investments, deposits from customers as well as
issued debt securities. Currently, Group is exposed to cash flow interest rate risk through its float-
ing interest rate financial assets and liabilities, as well as pricing risk arising from the differences in
refinancing periods between its fixed rate financial assets and liabilities. However, the Leadership
Team does not currently consider the risk significant, and accordingly the risk is not hedged even
though it is taken into account on Multitude Bank level in the regulatory capital requirements
The Group rather aims to keep the interest expenses stable by entering into long term fixed rate
financing, while also mitigating adverse impacts arising from interest rate fluctuations in the con-
solidated statements of profit or loss, cash flows, and financial position by having a balanced
portfolio of fixed and floating rate instruments. The combination of fixed and floating interest
rates is based on Euribor, which is the basic rate of interest used in lending between banks and is
commonly used as a reference for setting the interest rate on loans within the European Union.
Multitude does not use Interbank Offered Rates (IBORs) other than Euribor.
4.3.2.2 Interest rate risk measurement
The Group analyses its interest rate exposures on a periodic basis. Various scenarios are simulated
considering refinancing, renewal of existing positions and alternative financing. Based on these
scenarios, the Group calculates the impact on profit and loss of a defined interest rate shift for
the assets and liabilities held by Multitude SE and Multitude Bank that constitute the majority of
interest-bearing items with floating interest rates. The same interest rate shift is used for each sim-
ulation for all currencies. The scenarios are run for items that are subject to daily reference rates.
The Group keeps monitoring the materiality of interest rate risk derived from items recognised
in the statement of financial position on a regular basis and aims to incorporate all significant
changes of the business model into the assessment.
The Group's floating and fixed rate interest-rate position as per the year-end is presented in the
following table. Floating rate refers to instruments which are tied to maximum 12 month Euribor.
Non-interest bearing refer to zero-coupon products.
198
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Floating Fixed Non-interest
EUR ‘000 interest rate interest rate
bearing
Total
31 December 2023
Loans to customers
118,774
457,174
-
575,948
Cash and cash equivalents
-
107
283,605
283,712
Debt investments
62,114
-
-
62,114
Loans to related parties
8,148
1,900
-
10,048
Receivables from banks
-
4,362
-
4,362
Derivative financial assets
-
-
299
299
Receivables from sold portfolios
-
-
1,476
1,476
Other receivables
-
-
3,549
3,549
Total
189,036
463,543
288,929
941,508
Deposits from customers
(8,803)
(712,399)
(11,148)
(732,350)
Debt securities
(44,885)
(2,920)
-
(47,805)
Provisions, accruals and other liabilities
-
-
(9,331)
(9,331)
Lease liabilities
-
(4,963)
-
(4,963)
Derivative financial liabilities
-
-
(5,323)
(5,323)
Total
(53,688)
(720,282)
(25,802)
(799,772)
Net exposure
135,348
(256,739)
263,127
141,736
31 December 2022
Loans to customers
100,688
406,387
-
507,075
Cash and cash equivalents
-
1,228
152,097
153,325
Debt investments
21,107
-
-
21,107
Loans to related parties
8,138
-
-
8,138
Receivables from banks
-
4,362
-
4,362
Derivative financial assets
-
-
3,180
3,180
Receivables from sold portfolios
-
-
2,263
2,263
Other receivables
-
-
4,649
4,649
Total
129,934
411,977
162,190
704,101
Deposits from customers
-
(497,065)
(6,313)
(503,378)
Debt securities
(44,517)
(2,899)
-
(47,416)
Provisions, accruals and other liabilities
-
-
(12,172)
(12,172)
Lease liabilities
-
(4, 566)
-
(4, 566)
Derivative financial liabilities
-
-
(446)
(446)
Total
(44,517)
(504,530)
(18,930)
(567,977)
Net exposure
85,417
(92,553)
143,259
136,123
199
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
4.3.2.3 Interest rate sensitivity analysis
Taking cognisance of the nature of Multitude’s financial assets and liabilities, under the require-
ments of IFRS 7, a sensitivity analysis in respect of interest rate changes is applied in relation to
all net floating rate instruments to which the Group is exposed to. These instruments are the net
resultant of floating rate assets, which mainly constitute the surplus liquidity placed with banks,
loans to customers, debt investments; and floating rate liabilities, consisting of funding through
bonds.
At the end of the reporting periods, if the interest rates on the floating rate instruments had
increased/decreased by 100 basis points (assuming a parallel shift of 100 basis points in yields)
with all other variables held constant, the pre-tax result for the year for Multitude would change
by the following amounts determined by applying the shift to the net variable interest exposure at
the end of the reporting periods:
EUR ’000
2023
Restated
2022
(+) 100 bp
4,864
2,593
(-) 100 bp
(4,864)
(2,593)
The amounts above are not impacted by intercompany funding arrangements.
200
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
201
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
4.4 Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is defined as the risk that the Group does not have sufficient liquid financial resourc-
es to meet obligations associated with financial liabilities settled by delivering cash or another
financial asset. Liquidity risk arises because of the possibility that the Group might be unable to
meet its payment obligations when they fall due as a result of mismatches in the timing of the
cash flows under both the normal and stress circumstances. Transactional liquidity risk is defined
as the risk of executing a financial transaction below fair market value or not being able to execute
the transaction within a specific period. The objective of liquidity risk management is to maintain
sufficient liquidity and to ensure that it is readily available without endangering its value to avoid
uncertainty related to financial distress at all times.
To mitigate potential risks, the Group diversified funding sources beyond its core deposit base.
Additionally, they have adopted a policy that prioritises liquidity in asset management, monitoring
future cash flows at the market level across each operating entity. This oversight is consolidated
centrally by the Group Treasury function. The Treasury function diligently tracks rolling forecasts
of liquidity requirements, ensuring adequate cash reserves to meet operational needs. The goal
is to maintain a comfortable margin for debt facilities and other non-current liabilities, preventing
any breaches in debt agreements. The forecasting process takes into account the Group's debt fi-
nancing plans, compliance with debt covenants, adherence to internal balance sheet ratio targets,
consideration of legal and regulatory requirements, and management of currency restrictions.
Collaborating closely with Multitude Bank’s Treasury, Group Treasury function works jointly to
guarantee that the Group remains sufficiently liquid. This collaborative effort ensures a cohesive
approach to liquidity management across the organisation.
The tables below show an analysis financial of assets and financial liabilities presented according
to when they are expected to be recovered or settled. With regard to loans to customers, deposits
from customers and issued debt securities the Group uses the same basis of expected repayment
behaviour that was used for estimating the effective interest rate of each instrument, respectively.
Maturity analysis of financial assets as at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022:
On Within three Between Between Between Over Total
EUR ‘000 demand months three months 1-2 years 2-5 5 years carrying
and one year years amount
31 December 2023
Cash and cash
283,712
-
-
-
-
-
283,712
equivalents
Derivative financial
-
299
-
-
-
-
299
assets
Loans to customers
2,346
124,584
271,268
122,979
44,868
9,903
575,948
Debt investments
-
1,100
-
-
61,014
-
62,114
Other financial assets
-
1,476
3,549
10,048
4,362
-
19,435
Total
286,058
127,459
274,817
133,027
110,244
9,903
941,507
31 December 2022
Cash and cash
153,325
-
-
-
-
-
153,325
equivalents
Derivative financial
-
3,180
-
-
-
-
3,180
assets
Loans to customers
2,346
111,543
239,724
96,408
40,505
16,549
507,075
Debt investments
-
307
-
-
20,800
-
21,107
Other financial assets
-
2,263
4,649
-
12,501
-
19,413
Total
155,671
117,293
244,373
96,408
73,806
16,549
704,101
202
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Maturity analysis of undiscounted financial liabilities as at 31 December 2023 and
31 December 2022:
On Within Between Between Between Over Carrying
EUR ‘000 de- three three 1-2 years 2-5 years
5 years
Total
amount
mand months months
and one
year
31 December 2023
Derivative financial
-
5,323
-
-
-
-
5,323
5,323
liabilities
Deposits from customers
Principal
34,382
114,385
333,139
112,173
138,211
-
732,290
732,350
Interests
-
72
882
1,300
-
-
2,254
-
Debt securities:
Principal
-
-
-
46,000
-
3,052
49,052
47,805
Interests
-
1,328
4,436
4,421
909
1,515
12,609
-
Lease liabilities
-
694
1,542
1,293
2,046
-
5,575
4,963
Commitments given
-
8,000
-
-
-
-
8,000
-
Total
34,382
129,802
339,999
165,187
141,166
4,567
815,103
790,441
31 December 2022
Derivative financial
-
446
-
-
-
-
446
446
liabilities
Deposits from customers
Principal
101,015
60,415
260,337
82,090
-
-
503,857
503,378
Interests
-
33
891
824
-
-
1,748
-
Debt securities:
Principal
-
-
-
-
46,000
3,052
49,052
47,416
Interests
-
1,100
4,136
5,765
5,028
1,515
17, 544
-
Lease liabilities
-
544
1,147
1,683
1,347
-
4,721
4,566
Commitments given
-
7,000
-
-
-
-
7,000
-
Total
101,015
69,538
266,511
90,362
52,375
4,567
584,368
555,360
The Group addresses this risk by maintaining a robust shareholders' capital base that aligns with
the developmental stage of its operations. Strategic management of the asset base prioritises
liquidity, with regular monitoring of future cash flows and changes in available liquid assets. As of
December 31, 2023, and 2022, the Group mainly holds a pool of liquid assets, primarily in the form
of bank balances (cash and cash equivalent).
The most of the Group's financial liabilities consist of customer deposits, representing amounts
owed to customers. The Group's overarching goal is to sustain an adequate level of liquid assets,
considering anticipated cash outflows related to customer obligations and other liabilities.
Deposits from customers, reflected in the table above and consisting of customer deposits, are not
expected to be withdrawn in accordance with contractual terms, taking cognisance of the nature
of these instruments. Hence, the Group is in a position to manage liquidity risk due to maturity
mismatches between deposits and loans to customers.
203
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
4.5 Capital management
The primary objectives of the Group’s capital management policy are to ensure that it complies
with externally imposed capital requirements and maintains strong credit ratings and healthy
capital ratios in order to support its business and to maximise shareholder value.
The Group manages its capital structure and adjusts according to changes in economic conditions
and the risk characteristics of its activities. To maintain or adjust the capital structure, the Group
may adjust the amount of dividend payment to shareholders, return capital to shareholders or
issue new capital securities. No changes have been made to the objectives, policies and processes
from the previous years. They are, however, under constant review by the Board.
The Group's funding structure and cost of capital are primarily comprised of deposits received
from customers and issued financial instruments such as Multitude SE 2022 senior unsecured
bonds (presented as debt securities in the consolidated statement of financial position) and
Multitude Bank tranche bonds (presented as debt securities in the consolidated statement of
financial position). To generate additional capitalisation, the Group issued perpetual bonds,
accounted for as a separate line item in equity part of the consolidated statement of financial
position, with a nominal value of EUR 50 million on 5 July 2021.
The carrying amounts, grouped by liquidity and interest characteristics, of the Group's costs of
capital as compared to cash and cash equivalents ("net debt"), and the movements for the years
ended and as at 31 December are as follows:
EUR ’000
2023
2022
Cash and cash equivalents
283,712
153,325
Gross debt, due within 1 year
(484,523)
(422, 392)
Gross debt, due after 1 year
(295,632)
(128,401)
Perpetual bonds with no maturity date
(45,000)
(50,000)
Net debt
(541,443)
(447,468)
Cash and cash equivalents
283,712
153,325
Gross debt - fixed interest rates
(715,319)
(499,964)
Gross debt - floating interest rates
(98,688)
(94,517)
Gross debt - non-interest bearing
(11,148)
(6,313)
Net debt
(541,443)
(447,469)
In addition to managing capital at the Group level as described above, Multitude Bank moni-
tors its capital requirements in compliance with applicable regulations by the Malta Financial
Services Authority (MFSA) due to the banking license. Multitude Bank is required to maintain a
ratio of total regulatory capital to risk-weighted assets (“Capital requirements ratio”) as well as
a CET 1 capital ratio above a minimum level as prescribed by banking regulations. The capital
requirements ratio expresses own funds as a proportion of risk-weighted assets and off-balance
sheet items in relation to credit risk together with notional risk-weighted assets in respect of
operational risk.
Capital adequacy and the use of regulatory capital are monitored on an ongoing basis by the
management of Bank, employing techniques based on the guidelines developed by the Basel
Committee and the European Union Directives and regulations, as implemented by the MFSA for
supervisory purposes. Multitude Bank has processes to ensure that the external capital require-
ments are met, and during the financial year ended 31 December 2023 and 2022 Multitude Bank
has met all external capital requirements.
204
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
In addition, Multitude Bank is required to fulfil its Payment Commitment requirements under
the Depositor Compensation Scheme (DCS). The DCS provides compensation, up to a certain
limit, to eligible customers of the credit institutions that are unable, or likely to be unable, to pay
claims against them.
According to bond documentation Multitude SE is obliged to ensure that the Group’s consolidat-
ed equity is maintained at certain levels on each reporting date. These measurements include a
Maintenance Covenant.
The Maintenance Covenant shall be calculated based on the accounting standards of IFRS applica-
ble to the Group and tested by reference to each of the consolidated financial statements on each
reference date with respect to the reference period ending on such reference date. The first test
date was 31 December 2022. Multitude SE shall ensure that the consolidated Net Equity Ratio as
defined in the relevant bond term is at least 18% at all times.
Restricted Distributions, such as dividend payments, are limited to 50% of the Group's previous
year's net profit. Distribution of more than 50% of net profit is permitted in case a Distribution Test
is met as defined in the bond terms. For the purpose of the Distribution Test the Net Equity Ratio
should be more than 25%. Net Equity Ratio is 30.2% as of 31 December 2022 and 26.0% as of 31
December 2023.
EUR ‘000
Cash
Gross debt, Gross debt, Perpetual Net debt
and cash due within 1 due after 1 bonds
equivalents year year
AS AT 1 JANUARY 2022
301,592
(486,342)
(141,772)
(50,000)
(376,522)
Proceeds from debt securities
-
87,072
-
-
87,072
Repayment of debt securities
-
(182,150)
-
-
(182,150)
Net decrease in deposits from
customers
-
159,028
13,371
-
172,399
Net decrease in cash and cash
(144,338)
-
-
-
(144,338)
equivalents
Foreign exchange adjustments
(3,929)
-
-
-
(3,929)
AT 31 DECEMBER 2022
153,325
(422 , 392)
(128,401)
(50,000)
(447,468)
Repayment of perpetual bonds
-
-
-
5,000
5,000
Net increase in deposits from
customers
-
(62,131)
(167, 231)
-
(229,362)
Net increase in cash and cash
130,541
-
-
-
130,541
equivalents
Foreign exchange adjustments
(154)
-
-
-
(154)
AT 31 DECEMBER 2023
283,712
(484, 523)
(295,632)
(45,000)
(541,443)
205
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
5. Group companies
5.1 Organisational structure of the Group
The Group organisational structure with ownership interest in subsidiaries as at 31 December 2023
and comparative 31 December 2022 is shown in the table below:
Subsidiary
Country
2023
2022
Bhawana Capital Private Limited
India
99.27%
99.27%
Bidellus Bangladesh Ltd
Bangladesh
-
100%
CapitalBox AB
Sweden
100%
100%
CapitalBox GmbH
Germany
-
100%
Ferratum (Malta) Holding Limited
Malta
100%
100%
Ferratum Australia Pty Ltd
Australia
-
100%
Multitude Bank p.l.c.
Malta
100%
100%
Ferratum Brazil Servicos De Correspondente
Brazil
-
100%
Bancario Ltda
Ferratum Bulgaria EOOD
Bulgaria
100%
100%
Vector Procurement Solutions Inc.
Canada
100%
100%
Ferratum Capital Germany GmbH
Germany
-
100%
Ferratum Capital Oy
Finland
100%
100%
Ferratum Czech s.r.o.
Czechia
-
100%
Ferratum Latvia SIA
Latvia
100%
100%
Ferratum Mexico S. de R.L. de C.V.
Mexico
100%
100%
Ferratum Portfolio S.à r.l.
Luxembourg
100%
100%
Ferratum Romania I.F.N.S.A.
Romania
100%
100%
fe Business Services OÜ
Estonia
100%
100%
Guarantee Services OÜ
Estonia
100%
100%
Multitude IT Labs s.r.o.
Slovakia
100%
100%
Inari Serviços Financeiros Ltda
Brazil
-
100%
Mr Credit Pty Ltd
Australia
-
100%
Multitude Global Services Corp
Philippines
99.94%
99.94%
Multitude International Services Oy
Finland
100%
100%
Multitude Services Sweden AB
Sweden
100%
100%
Numeratum d.o.o.
Croatia
100%
100%
Pactum Collections GmbH
Germany
100%
100%
Pactum Poland Sp. z.o.o.
Poland
-
100%
Saldodipje SL
Spain
100%
100%
Saldo Gestion SL
Spain
100%
100%
Suomen Joustava Oy
Finland
100%
100%
Multitude Services Lithuania UAB
Lithuania
100%
100%
Multitude Group does not have any joint ventures. Multitude has investment into associates not
included in the table above and disclosed in Note 5.3.
The Group also had several changes to its organisational structure in 2023: Ferratum Australia
Pty Ltd., Bidellus Bangladesh Ltd, Inari Serviços Financeiros Ltda and Ferratum Brazil Servicos
De Correspondente Bancario Ltda were sold; Mr Credit Pty Ltd and Ferratum Czech s.r.o. were
voluntarily liquidated; Ferratum Capital Germany GmbH and Capital Box GmbH were merged with
Pactum Collections GmbH .
206
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
5.2 Nature, purpose and extent of the Group’s exposure to structured entities
In the course of its business, the Group’s activities include transactions with structured entity
designed to achieve a specific business objective. A structured entity has been designed so that
voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding who controls the entity, such as
when any voting rights relate to administrative tasks only and the relevant activities are directed
by means of contractual arrangements.
The primary use of structured entities is to provide Multitude and its clients and customers with
specific pools of assets and to provide access to liquidity for clients through asset securitisations.
Structured entities generally finance the purchase of assets through securitisation and, therefore, raise
finance from external investors by enabling them to invest in parcels of specified financial assets.
A structured entity has the following features or attributes:
• Restricted activities
• Insufficient equity to permit the structured entity to finance its activities without subordinated
financial support
• Financing in the form of multiple contractually linked instruments to investors that create con-
centrations of credit or other risks (tranches).
Multitude only has one consolidated structured entity, Ferratum Portfolio S.à r.l. which is a secu-
ritisation vehicle helping with the purchase of asset-backed securities connected to CapitalBox’s
SME lending business. The vehicle funds these purchases by issuing multiple tranches of debt
securities. There are no investors other than Multitude Bank p.l.c. All investments are considered
to be intra-group balances which are eliminated for consolidation purposes.
207
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
5.3 Interests in associates
Multitude has made an equity investment of 19.97% in Sortter which a FinTech company incorpo-
rated in Finland in 2018, that compares and ranks financial services for its customers in the similar
way hotels or flights are compared online. Multitude also acquired a share option to purchase
the remaining interest from other shareholders as part of the total purchase price and integral
to the transaction. Apart from equity investment Multitude has given the corporate loan for the
amount of EUR 8.0 million for the purpose of funding operational activity of Sortter. Partnership
of Multitude Group with Sortter Oy includes provision of leads and introduction of new clients. The
estimated profit after tax of EUR 6 thousand from participation in the investment was recognised
as share of result in associated companies in the consolidated statement of profit or loss for 2023.
There are no substantial investments into associates and hence the Group presents the following
aggregated information as at 31 December 2023 in the table below.
EUR ’000
2023
Carrying amount of investment in associates
1,022
Aggregate amounts of the Group’s share of:
Profit from continuing operations
6
Other comprehensive income
-
Total comprehensive income
6
Due to the classification of investment into Sortter Oy as an investment in associates, the equity
investment of EUR 1.0 million and corporate loan of EUR 7.8 million will be considered balances
with related parties in the financial year 2023 (Note 25).
6. Segment information
Multitude has three independent business units, Ferratum, CapitalBox and SweepBank, which are
considered operating and reportable segments within the definition described in IFRS 8. Multi-
tude Bank is a regulatory service provider for each business unit within the Group. Multitude has
reviewed the role of CODM in 2023. The CODM is defined as Group CEO, who is supported by
business unit CEOs. The measurement principles and allocation between business units follow the
information provided to CODM as required by IFRS 8.
The CODM monitors the operating results of its business units separately for the purpose of mak-
ing decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. Business unit performance
is evaluated based on the earnings before interest expense and tax and is reconciled consistently
to profit before income tax in the consolidated financial statements.
SweepBank
SweepBank simplifies and personalises shopping and financing for young, tech-savvy adults and
other underserved segments into one user-friendly app. SweepBank offered three products: Prime
Loan, Credit Card and Bank Account, and operated actively across three markets, Finland, Germa-
ny and Latvia. SweepBank’s offering is serviced solely through Multitude Bank p.l.c.
208
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The SweepBank Credit Card, a Mastercard® without annual or monthly fees, allows financing small-
er purchases of up to EUR 8,000. The card offers free liability coverage for purchases with it and
up to 60 days interest-free period. Customers can also use the card as a flexible credit facility by
withdrawing money from it directly into their bank account, a feature that is growing in popularity
among customers.
Prime Loans, longer-term instalment loans for consumers, enable higher purchases, like home
renovations, cars and other more significant purchases. The loans can amount to up to EUR 15,000
with loan maturities ranging between 1-7 years. SweepBank offers current accounts with up to
1% interest p.a. and fixed-term deposit accounts with up to 4% interest p.a. (max. deposit EUR
100,000) for up to three years. SweepBank also includes the Secured Debt product that is report-
ed as debt investments in the consolidated statements.
Ferratum
Ferratum offers digital loans for the daily needs of individuals, such as unplanned, short-term
financing needs resulting from unexpected life events. By the end of 2023, Ferratum offered two
distinct product categories: Instalment loans (including Plus Loans and Micro Loans) and revolving
loans (Credit Limit). The business unit’s operations spanned across 13 markets: Bulgaria, Croatia,
Czechia, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Germany, Latvia, the Netherlands, Norway, Romania, Slovenia
and Sweden. Ferratum’s services are provided via Multitude Bank p.l.c. and other Group compa-
nies, with 75% of revenue attributed to Multitude Bank p.l.c.
Ferratum’s standout offering, the Credit Limit, is a pre-approved credit line that’s often referred to
as revolving credit. This unique service delivers enhanced financial flexibility on an ongoing basis.
Eligible customers are granted pre-approval for amounts up to EUR 5,000. They have the freedom
to withdraw funds and repay them without being tied to fixed sums or strict timelines.
For those seeking immediate financial solutions, the Plus Loan is offered. Designed to address
higher financial needs, this service provides loan amounts ranging from EUR 300 to EUR 4,000.
Customers can choose repayment periods spanning 2 to 18 months, with repayments spread even-
ly over the loan duration.
For quick and short-term financing, Micro Loans, also known as bullet loans, meets the need for
instant financial relief. These loans range from EUR 25 to EUR 1,000 with customers settling the
entire loan amount in a single instalment within 7 to 60 days.
CapitalBox
CapitalBox provides financing solutions to small and medium-sized businesses (SMEs). By the
end of 2023, CapitalBox had established four distinct products: Secured Loans, Instalment Loans,
Credit Lines, Purchase Financing (BNPL). CapitalBox operated in five markets: Finland, Sweden,
Denmark, Lithuania, and the Netherlands.
One of the key offerings from CapitalBox is its unsecured Instalment Loans, which extend up
to EUR 350,000. These loans come with flexible repayment periods spanning 6 to 48 months.
They are specifically tailored to assist SMEs in funding various aspects of their operations such
as expansion, inventory management, marketing efforts, hiring new personnel, and acquiring or
leasing equipment. On average, businesses borrow around EUR 21,300 with a typical loan duration
of 22 months.
209
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Operating and reportable segments for 2023:
EUR ’000
Ferratum
Sweep- Capital- Total
Bank* Box
Revenue
192,731
23,137
24,686
240,554
Credit losses
(62,760)
(16,197)
(6,635)
(85,591)
EBIT (reported to CODM)
59,079
(15,258)
1,735
45,556
Net AR
343,256
189,217
103,697
636,170
*Includes Secured Debt product
.
Operating and reportable segments for restated 2022:
EUR ’000
Ferratum
Sweep- Capital- Restated
Bank* Box Total
Revenue
184,776
15,961
21,395
222,132
Credit losses
(59,075)
(11,722)
(7,838)
(78,635)
EBIT (reported to CODM)
53,694
(21,144)
(994)
31,555
Net AR
293,216
147,354
86,118
526,688
*Includes Secured Debt product
.
Another financing option provided by CapitalBox is the Credit Line. This dynamic form of financ-
ing grants SMEs access to a credit limit ranging from EUR 2,000 to EUR 150,000. Additionally,
CapitalBox collaborates with retail partners to offer financing solutions to business customers,
enabling them to make purchases right at the point of sale.
In the year 2023, CapitalBox introduced a new product known as the Secured Loan. This product
was launched initially in Finland and Lithuania, and is planned to roll out in other markets as well.
The Secured Loan is designed to support larger investments aimed at driving growth for SMEs.
The loan amount for this product can go as high as EUR 3.0 million.
CapitalBox recently introduced a tailored Purchase Financing or Buy Now, Pay Later (BNPL) prod-
uct explicitly designed for SMEs. This financial solution provides businesses with flexible access
to up to EUR 20,000 in funding without requiring collateral. The product, currently available in
Finland, is strategically crafted to support SMEs in managing cash flow effectively, enabling them
to invest in growth opportunities without immediate financial strain.
In summary, CapitalBox serves as a financial partner to SMEs, offering a range of financing solutions
that cater to their diverse needs, from everyday operational expenses to substantial investments
in growth.
The results of operations from the Group's operating and reportable segments for current period
2023 and comparable period 2022 are shown in the tables below .
210
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Reconciliation of revenue to consolidated interest income:
EUR '000
2023
Restated 2022
Revenue
240,554
222,132
Other reconciliation items:
Broker fee capitalisation in EIR reported as selling and
marketing expense in CODM report
(12,239)
(9,850)
Scoring costs capitalisation in EIR reported as general and
administrative expense in CODM report
(470)
(320)
Intragroup eliminations and adjustments not included in
CODM report*
2,551
480
Item from consolidated statement of profit or loss:
Fee and commission income
63
32
Interest income
230,459
212,474
* Eliminations include accounting adjustments for reclassifications, intragroup sales of portfolio and
associated gain or loss as well as accruals for loans in Stage 3 .
The CODM uses EBIT (Earnings before interest expense and taxes) for their management plans and
decision-making processes. The EBIT structure is intricately defined to encompass the main oper-
ating activity before finance costs, including interest expenses and fair value and foreign exchange
gains and losses. The CODM employs revenue, credit losses, EBIT, and Net AR as key metrics to
evaluate the performance of each business unit. Each metric is reconciled with one of the financial
statement line items from the consolidated statements as numbers presented to CODM do not
follow presentation requirements of IFRS. 2022 EBIT for business units does not reconcile with the
amounts presented in the 2022 consolidated financial statements due to restatements triggered
by the change in accounting policies that led to reclassification of certain financial statement line
items and the amendment of errors in accounting treatment of reminder fees, collection costs and
scoring costs (Note 26).
CODM reviews total revenue that consists of interest income and fee and commission income
and does not include all components of EIR to resemble cash income from clients not affected
by accounting policies. Reconciliation between revenue and interest income is presented below
for explanation of the relationship between CODM report line items and consolidated financial
statements line items.
CODM reviews credit losses that do not include invoicing and collection costs reported under
general and administrative expense. Reconciliation between credit losses and impairment loss on
loans to customers is presented below for explanation of the relationship between CODM report
line items and consolidated financial statements line items.
CODM reviews net accounts receivable (Net AR) which essentially includes loans to customers
that are adjusted for issue costs. Reconciliation between net AR and loans to customers is present-
ed below for explanation of the relationship between CODM report line items and consolidated
financial statements line items.
Reconciliation between EBIT and profit before income tax, is presented in the table below for both
the financial years 2023 and 2022.
211
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
EUR '000
2023
Restated 2022
EBIT (reported to CODM)
45,556
31,555
Other reconciliation items:
Additional ECL for invoicing and collection costs
-
(251)
Intragroup eliminations and adjustments not included in
CODM report*
(2)
161
EBIT (as measured in IFRS)
45,554
31,465
Items from consolidated statement of profit or loss:
Interest expense
(22,237)
(14,026)
Fair value and foreign exchange gains and losses
(4, 328)
(3,848)
Profit before income taxes
18,990
13,590
* Eliminations include accounting adjustments for reclassification of interest income from deposits and
related parties not included in CODM report for EBIT but considered interest expense below EBIT,
reclassification of depositor guarantee scheme cost not included in CODM report for EBIT but considered
interest expense, intragroup sales of portfolio and associated gain or loss as well as accruals for loans in
Stage 3 .
Reconciliation of EBIT reported to CODM to consolidated profit before income taxes:
EUR '000
2023
Restated 2022
Net AR
636,170
526,688
Other reconciliation items:
Broker fee capitalisation to loans to customers as part of
directly attributable acquisition costs in EIR reported as
prepaid selling and marketing expense in CODM report
11,416
9,845
Debt investments and loan to Sortter Oy
(70,262)
(29,247)
Intragroup eliminations and adjustments not included in
CODM report*
(1,376)
(211)
Loans to customers
575,948
507,075
* Eliminations include accounting adjustments for reclassifications, additional ECL for invoicing and
collection costs, intragroup sales of portfolio and associated gain or loss as well as accruals for loas in Stage
3 .
Reconciliation of net AR to consolidated loans to customers:
Reconciliation of credit losses to impairment loss loans to customers:
EUR '000
2023
Restated 2022
Credit losses
(85,591)
(78,635)
Other reconciliation items:
Invoicing and collection costs reported as general and
administrative expense in CODM report
(3,835)
(5,985)
Intragroup eliminations and adjustments not included in
CODM report*
173
(26)
Impairment loss on loans to customers
(89,253)
(84,646)
* Eliminations include accounting adjustments for reclassifications, intragroup sales of portfolio and
associated gain or loss as well as accruals for loans in Stage 3 .
212
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
7. Interest income and expense
Interest income
EUR ’000
2023
Restated
2022
Country of domicile
Finland
25,250
25,856
Northern Europe
Sweden, Denmark, Norway
74,140
67,559
Western Europe
Germany, Netherlands, Spain
43,923
37,195
Eastern Europe*
Bulgaria, Croatia, Czechia, Estonia, Latvia,
85,370
75,574
Lithuania, Poland, Romania
Other
Australia, Brazil, Mexico, New Zealand
1,776
6,290
Total interest income
230,459
212,474
The Group analyses interest income by type and geographic market that represents how economic
factors impact the nature, amount, timing, uncertainty, and cash flows of the above income streams.
Interest income recognised per geographic market, including the composition of each geographic
market, for the comparative periods and presented for each type separately, are as follows:
EUR ’000
2023
Restated
2022
Interest income on loans to customers
223,550
211,817
Interest income on debt investments
4,630
654
Interest income on bank deposits
2,279
3
Total interest income
230,459
212,474
* There are no active business or portfolios in Belarus, Ukraine, or Russian Federation .
Interest expense
EUR ’000
2023
Restated
2022
Interest expense on debt securities
(12,719)
(9,430)
Interest expense on deposits from customers
(9,093)
(4, 367)
Interest expenses on lease liabilities
(425)
(230)
Total interest expense
(22,237)
(14,027)
213
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
There are no contract assets and liabilities relating to fee and commission income as at 31 Decem-
ber 2023 and 2022. There are no significant payment terms concerning the fee and commission
income and no discounting to present value is applied .
8. Fee and commission income
EUR ’000
2023
Restated
2022
Fee income on loans to customers that is not part of EIR
42
20
Other fee and commission income
21
12
Total fee and commission income
63
32
9. Fair value and foreign exchange gains and losses
EUR ’000
2023
Restated
2022
Realised foreign exchange loss
(3,007)
(1,739)
Unrealised foreign exchange gain (loss)
715
(1,604)
Realised gain on derivative financial assets and liabilities
2,402
490
Unrealised loss on derivative financial assets and liabilities
(4,438)
(995)
Total fair value and foreign exchange gains and losses
(4,328)
(3,848)
10. Other income and expenses
EUR ’000
2023
Restated
2022
OTHER INCOME:
Gain from disposal of property, plant and equipment
-
14
Gain from disposal of right-of-use assets*
30
52
Other income
-
3
Total other income
30
70
OTHER EXPENSES:
Loss on disposal of property, plant and equipment**
(98)
-
Loss on disposal of intangible assets
-
(33)
Loss from disposal of subsidiaries***
(404)
(636)
Total other expenses
(502)
(669)
*Gain from disposal of right-of-use assets includes positive impact from cancelation of lease agreements
before expected lease term.
**Loss of disposal of
property, plant and equipment includes EUR 18 thousand of impairment in 2023.
***
Loss from disposal of subsidiaries includes net loss on disposal of Ferratum Australia Pty Ltd., Ferratum
Czech s.r.o., Inari Serviços Financeiros Ltda, Ferratum Brazil Servicos De Correspondente Bancario Ltda and
Bidellus Bangladesh Ltd. in 2023 .
214
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
11. Operating expenses
EUR ’000
Notes
2023
Restated
2022
Impairment loss on loans to customers*
(89,253)
(84,646)
General and administrative expense:
Professional fees
(11,455)
(12,281)
Interbank transaction fees
(699)
(550)
Loan handling costs
(3,065)
(3,103)
Repairs and maintenance costs
(4, 852)
(5,880)
Scoring costs
(3,569)
(3,557)
Administrative expense
(1,752)
(1,451)
Membership and subscription fees
(576)
(990)
Other bank and lending costs*
(2,276)
(745)
Other operating expense
(3,734)
(3,386)
Total general and administrative expense
(31,976)
(31,943)
Personnel expenses:
Wages and salaries
(27,890)
(27, 526)
Social security costs
(2,964)
(3,554)
Post-employment benefit expense
(1,577)
(1,599)
Share-based payment expense
(511)
(483)
Other personnel expense
(1,134)
(794)
Total personnel expenses
(34,076)
(33,956)
Depreciation and amortisation:
Amortisation expense
17
(12,561)
(14,926)
Depreciation expense
19
(2,455)
(2,596)
Total depreciation and amortisation
(15,016)
(17,522)
Selling and marketing expenses:
Offline medias
(2,024)
(1,010)
SEM and other online paid medias
(8,551)
(7,761)
SEO and social media
(599)
(835)
CRM
(211)
(361)
Offline affiliates
(86)
(53)
PR/Sponsoring
(1,503)
(1,103)
Sales and commissions and other loan handling fees
(507)
(750)
Agency fees and other marketing expense
(699)
(503)
Total selling and marketing expense
(14,180)
(12,375)
Total operating expenses
(184,501)
(180,441)
*Includes EUR 4.1 million of invoicing and collection costs in 2023 (2022: EUR 5.7 million).
**Includes depositor compensation scheme contributions for the total amount of EUR 2.1 million in 2023
(2022: EUR 0.5 million).
215
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Only non-audit fees paid by Multitude Group companies to audit companies performing the local
statutory audits of said Multitude Group companies are included in the disclosure above.
Audit and non-audit fees from audit companies
The following table shows the breakdown of audit fees included in professional fees category of
general and administrative expense in 2023 and 2022.
EUR ’000
2023
2022
PWC:
Audit fees
(634)
(698)
Non-audit fees:
Audit-related services
(64)
-
Tax advice
(27)
(16)
Other non-audit services
(95)
(91)
OTHER AUDIT COMPANIES:
Audit fees
(53)
(146)
Total audit fees
(687)
(844)
Total non-audit fees
(186)
(107)
Total fees from audit companies
(873)
(951)
LOSS ALLOWANCES
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Loss allowances as at 1 January 2023
27, 337
11,023
74,359
112,719
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(3,275)
1,292
1,983
-
Increase due to transfers out of Stage 1
-
5,089
13,675
18,764
Transfers out of Stage 2
854
(3,838)
2,984
-
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of
Stage 2
(552)
-
2,956
2,404
Increase due to changes in DPD buckets
448
36
9,492
9,976
Total net changes from transfers in between
Stages
(2,525)
2,579
31,090
31,144
Other changes in loss allowances:
Net remeasurement of ECLs
(12,156)
(3,927)
(19,888)
(35,971)
New financial assets originated during the year
44,413
13,296
31,479
89,188
Remeasurements from changes in model
908
22
4,094
5,024
Unwind of discount
-
-
46
46
Changes in forex and other movements
(29)
(20)
(129)
(178)
Net changes in loss allowances recognised
30,611
11,950
46,692
89,253
through profit or loss statement
Financial assets derecognised during the year
(26,666)
(8,611)
(43,629)
(78,906)
Write-offs
-
-
(8,397)
(8,397)
Net changes in loss allowances
3,945
3,339
(5,334)
1,950
Loss allowances as at 31 December 2023
31,282
14,362
69,025
114,669
Reconciliation of impairment loss on loans to customers to
changes in loss allowances
The following table shows the breakdown of movement in loss allowances with reconciliation to
profit or loss for 2023.
216
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The following table shows the breakdown of movement in loss allowances with reconciliation to
profit or loss for 2022.
LOSS ALLOWANCES
Stage 1
Stage 2
Stage 3
Total
Loss allowances as at 1 January 2022
22,744
8,806
92,595
124,145
Transfers in between stages:
Transfers out of Stage 1
(3,349)
824
2,525
-
Increase due to transfers out of Stage 1
-
3,387
14,069
17,455
Transfers out of Stage 2
795
(3,433)
2,638
-
Increase (decrease) due to transfers out of
Stage 2
(540)
-
2,607
2,067
Increase due to changes in DPD buckets
777
65
7,641
8,484
Total net changes from transfers in between
Stages
(2,317)
843
29,480
28,006
Other changes in loss allowances:
Net remeasurement of ECLs
(11,969)
(3,051)
(20,695)
(35,715)
New financial assets originated during the year
46,663
11,806
34,539
93,009
Remeasurements from changes in model
(153)
(286)
678
239
Unwind of discount
-
-
480
480
Changes in forex and other movements
(465)
(169)
(740)
(1,373)
Net changes in loss allowances recognised
31,759
9,143
43,742
84,646
through profit or loss statement
Financial assets derecognised during the year
(27,168)
(6,925)
(46,973)
(81,066)
Write-offs
-
-
(15,006)
(15,006)
Net changes in loss allowances
4,591
2,218
(18,237)
(11,426)
Loss allowances as at 31 December 2022 27,335 11,024 74,358 112,719
217
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
12. Income tax expenses
EUR ’000
2023
Restated
2022
CURRENT TAX:
Current tax on profits for the year
(1,350)
(877)
Adjustments for current tax of prior periods
82
(45)
Other direct taxes
*
-
(302)
Total current tax
(1,268)
(1,223)
DEFERRED TAX:
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
(1,283)
(594)
Total deferred tax
(1,283)
(594)
Total income tax expense
(2,551)
(1,817)
The tax on the Group’s profit before tax differs from the theoretical amount that would arise using
the weighted average tax rate applicable to profits of the consolidated entities as follows:
EUR ’000
2023
Restated
2022
Profit before tax
18,990
13,590
Tax calculated at Finnish tax rate of 20% (20% in 2022)
(3,878)
(2,772)
Tax effects of:
Difference between Finnish tax rate and rates in other countries
1,895
2,293
Income not subject to tax
6
317
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
(628)
(25)
Utilisation of previously unrecognised tax losses
593
213
Tax losses for which no deferred income tax asset was recognised
(3)
(727)
Write down of previously recognised tax losses
(618)
(770)
Adjustments for current tax of prior periods
82
(45)
Other direct taxes
-
(302)
Total income tax expense
(2,551)
(1,817)
*Other direct taxes relate to trade tax paid in Germany .
Multitude has subsidiaries that suffered a loss in 2023 in tax jurisdiction to which the deferred tax
assets were created on loss carry forwards from previous periods. Utilisation of these loss carry
forwards is dependent on future taxable profits and the Group considers these carry forwards
reasonably recoverable.
Aggregate tax arising in the reporting period and not recognised in net profit or loss or other
comprehensive income but directly debited or credited to equity:
EUR ’000
2023
2022
CURRENT TAX:
Current tax benefit from perpetual bond interest
1,117
917
The effective income tax rate for 2023 is 13.2% (2022: 13.4%) .
218
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
EUR ’000
2023
2022
Losses on carried forward balance as at 31 December for which
28,507
32,891
deferred tax assets have been recognised for
of which
Expires in one year time
-
-
Expires in 2 year's time
-
-
Expires between 2 and 5 years
1,489
2,478
Expires between 5 and 10 years
21,819
23,634
Expires after 10 years*
5,198
6,779
*Includes EUR 1.1 million of losses in Germany and EUR 4.0 million of losses in Canada without expiration date.
As at 31 December 2023, the Group has EUR 28.5 million (2022 - EUR 32.9 million) losses carried
forward, with an average maturity between 5 and 10 years.
EUR ’000
2023
2022
Total amount of loss carry forward on which DTA was not recognised in
7,315
10,160
Finland with latest expiration in 2032
Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Changes in and balances of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the year ended and as at 31
December:
EUR ’000
As at
Recognised Translation As at
1 January in profit or loss differences 31 December
2023 2023
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
Tax losses carried forward
7,574
(1,117)
15
6,472
Lease liability
611
56
-
667
Netting of lease liability
(611)
(37)
-
(647)
Total deferred tax assets
7,574
(1,098)
15
6,492
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
Right of use asset
617
31
-
648
Netting of right of use asset
(611)
(37)
-
(648)
Withholding tax on dividends from
Group companies
960
191
-
1,151
Total deferred tax liabilities
966
185
-
1,151
Total movement in period
-
(1,283)
(15)
-
EUR ’000
As at restated
Recognised Translation As at restated
1 January in profit or loss differences 31 December
2022 2022
DEFERRED TAX ASSETS:
Tax losses carried forward
7,346
169
59
7, 574
Lease liability
861
(250)
-
611
Netting of lease liability
(861)
250
-
(611)
Total deferred tax assets
7,346
169
59
7, 574
DEFERRED TAX LIABILITIES:
Right of use asset
823
(206)
-
617
Netting of right of use asset
(823)
212
-
(611)
Withholding tax on dividends from
Group companies
203
757
-
960
Total deferred tax liabilities
203
763
-
966
Total movement in period
-
594
(59)
-
219
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
13. Earnings per share
Calculation of earnings per share attributable to shareholders of the Group includes an adjustment
for interests paid due to perpetual bonds minus tax benefit on the interest expense arising from a
classification of the perpetual bonds as liability (and deductibility of associated interest expense)
according to Finnish tax regulations. Calculation of basic earnings per share is shown in the table
below.
2023 Restated
2022
Profit for the period (EUR ’000)
16,438
11,773
Perpetual bonds interests recognised directly in retained earnings, net of tax
(5,386)
(3,670)
(EUR ’000)
Profit for the period, after perpetual bond interest (EUR ’000)
11,052
8,103
Weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue
21,598
21,578
Basic earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders, EUR
0.51
0.38
Calculation of diluted earnings per share is shown in the table below.
2023 Restated
2022
Profit for the period (EUR ’000)
16,438
11,773
Perpetual bonds interests recognised directly in retained earnings, net of tax
(5,386)
(3,670)
(EUR ’000)
Profit for the period, after perpetual bond interest (EUR ’000)
11,052
8,103
Weighted average number of ordinary shares and potential ordinary
21,751
21,684
shares*
Diluted earnings per share attributable to the ordinary equity holders, EUR
0.51
0.37
*Weighted number of ordinary shares is adjusted by weighted number of potential shares derived from performance share
plan and matching share plan. Share based payment plans that are currently employed by Multitude do not create obliga-
tion to issue new shares and the Group has the right to utilise treasury shares to fulfil its obligations towards participants
of both plans.
Calculation of weighted average number of ordinary shares used in determination of earnings per
share is shown in the table below.
2023 Restated
2022
Weighted average number of ordinary shares used as the denominator in
calculating basic earnings per share
21,598
21,578
Adjustments for calculation of diluted earnings per share:
- Matching share plan
153
106
- Performance share plan
-
-
Weighted average number of ordinary shares and potential ordinary shares
21,751
21,684
used as the denominator in calculating diluted earnings per share
220
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
14. Current and non-current assets and liabilities
Asset and liability line items by amounts recovered or settled within or after one
year as at 31 December 2023:
EUR ’000
Within one year
After one year
Total as at
31 December 2023
ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents
283,712
-
283,712
Derivative financial assets
299
-
299
Loans to customers
400,356
175,592
575,948
Debt investments
1,067
61,047
62,114
Current tax assets
1,832
-
1,832
Other financial assets
12,483
6,952
19,435
Prepaid expenses and other assets
2,840
1
2,841
Intangible assets
-
29,468
29,468
Right-of-use assets
-
4,819
4,819
Property, plant and equipment
-
2,896
2,896
Investments accounted for using the
equity method
-
1,022
1,022
Deferred tax assets
-
6,492
6,492
Total
702,589
288,289
990,878
LIABILITIES:
Derivative financial liabilities
5,323
-
5,323
Deposits from customers
484,230
248,120
732,350
Provisions, accruals and other
liabilities
13,372
-
13,372
Current tax liabilities
2,268
-
2,268
Debt securities
293
47,512
47,805
Lease liabilities
1,948
3,015
4,963
Deferred tax liabilities
-
1,151
1,151
Total
507,434
299,798
807,232
2 21
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Asset and liability line items by amounts recovered or settled within or after one
year as at 31 December 2022:
EUR ’000
Within one year
After one year
Total as at restated
31 December 2022
ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents
153,325
-
153,325
Derivative financial assets
3,180
-
3,180
Loans to customers
405,736
101,339
507,075
Debt investments
307
20,800
21,107
Current tax assets
2,230
-
2,230
Other financial assets
11,330
8,083
19,413
Prepaid expenses and other assets
237
-
237
Intangible assets
-
31,400
31,400
Right-of-use assets
-
4,613
4,613
Property, plant and equipment
-
3,081
3,081
Deferred tax assets
-
7, 574
7,574
Total
576,345
176,890
753,235
LIABILITIES:
Derivative financial liabilities
446
-
446
Deposits from customers
421,768
81,610
503,378
Provisions, accruals and other
liabilities
15,576
-
15,576
Current tax liabilities
921
-
921
Debt securities
624
46,791
47,416
Lease liabilities
1,472
3,095
4,566
Deferred tax liabilities
-
966
966
Total
440,807
132,462
573,269
222
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Asset and liability line items by amounts recovered or settled within or after
one year as at 1 January 2022:
EUR ’000
Within one year
After one year
Total as at restated
1 January 2022
ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents
301,592
-
301,592
Derivative financial assets
324
-
324
Loans to customers
361,710
87,852
449,562
Debt investments
-
-
-
Current tax assets
2,200
-
2,200
Other financial assets
13,344
6,215
19,559
Prepaid expenses and other assets
1,324
-
1,324
Intangible assets
-
35,850
35,850
Right-of-use assets
-
1,618
1,618
Property, plant and equipment
-
3,404
3,404
Deferred tax assets
-
7,346
7,346
Total
680,494
142,285
822,779
LIABILITIES:
Derivative financial liabilities
1,232
-
1,232
Deposits from customers
403,217
82,793
486,010
Provisions, accruals and other
liabilities
15,340
-
15,340
Current tax liabilities
3,455
-
3,455
Debt securities
84,158
57,656
141,814
Lease liabilities
1,412
282
1,694
Deferred tax liabilities
-
203
203
Total
508,814
140,934
649,748
223
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The Group’s net amounts of non-financial assets are analysed by geographical
location as at 31 December 2023:
Intangible Right-of-use Property,
EUR ’000 assets assets plant and
Total
%
equipment
Slovakia
25,122
2,369
169
27,660
74.39%
Finland
1,508
568
2,091
4,168
11.21%
Malta
1,285
644
256
2,185
5.88%
Germany
900
647
76
1,623
4.37%
Other
654
590
303
1,547
4.16%
Total
29,468
4,819
2,896
37,183
100.00%
The Group’s net amounts of non-financial assets are analysed by geographical location
as at 31 December 2022:
Intangible Right-of-use Property,
EUR ’000 assets assets plant and
Total
%
equipment
Slovakia
26,820
1,535
168
28,524
72.96%
Finland
2,073
100
2,124
4,297
10.99%
Malta
1,235
1,205
509
2,950
7.55%
Germany
1,040
775
108
1,923
4.92%
Other
232
997
172
1,401
3.58%
Total
31,400
4,613
3,081
39,094
100.00%
224
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
15. Financial assets
The table below summarises the Group’s financial assets presented based on their classification
based on their subsequent measurement, at amortised cost or FVPL; and based on their fair value
measurement hierarchy, level 1, 2 or 3; as at 31 December:
2023
Restated 2022
Restated 2021
Fair value
EUR ’000 measure- Carrying Fair Carrying Fair value Carrying Fair value
ment amount value amount amount
FINANCIAL ASSETS AT FVPL
Derivative financial assets
Level 2
299
299
3,180
3,180
324
324
FINANCIAL ASSETS AT AMORTISED COST
Loans to customers
Level 3
575,948
575,948
507,075
507,075
449,562
449,562
Cash and cash equivalents
283,712
-
153,325
-
301,592
-
Debt investments
Level 3
62,114
62,114
21,107
21,107
-
-
Other financial assets:
- Loans to related parties
Level 3
10,048
10,048
8,138
8,138
6,215
6,215
- Receivables from banks
Level 3
4,362
4,362
4,362
4,362
5,108
5,108
- Receivables from sold
Level 3
1,476
1,476
2,263
2,263
4,657
4,657
portfolios
Other receivables
Level 3
3,549
3,549
4,649
4,649
3,579
3,579
Total
941,508
657,796
704,101
550,776
771,037
469,445
The fair value of derivative financial assets is determined using level 2 fair value measurement. The
derivative assets include only foreign currency forward contracts where the Group agrees to sell a
predetermined amount of its foreign currency exposure at a predetermined price.
Debt investments at 31 December 2023 include investment in secured bonds. The value of this item
is determined using level 3 fair value measurement due to the private placement of instruments.
Other financial assets mainly include loans to related parties, receivables from banks and receiv-
ables from sold portfolios. Receivables from banks include mandatory deposits held with other
banks as a collateral for the purpose of hedging. Loans to related parties comprise corporate loan
issued by Multitude Bank to Sortter Oy and disclosed in Note 25.
The fair values of the other financial assets measured at amortised cost are determined using
level 3 fair value measurement based significantly on unobservable inputs. The Group estimates
that the carrying amounts of these financial assets reasonably approximate their fair values as it
is derived from the purchased price agreed in orderly transactions at 31 December 2023 and 31
December 2022.
225
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
16. Prepaid expenses and other assets
EUR ’000
2023
Restated Restated
2022 2021
Prepaid expenses
2,725
(3)
1,077
VAT receivables
115
239
207
Other assets
1
1
40
Total
2,841
237
1,324
17. Intangible assets
EUR ‘000
Internally
Computer Other in- Total
generated Software tangible
software assets
ACQUISITION AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS
As at 1 January 2023
54,635
23,643
2,965
81,244
For the year ended 31 December 2023:
Additions
9,776
851
-
10,627
Disposals
-
(13)
(6)
(19)
Translation differences
-
-
4
4
Acquisition costs, as at 31 December 2023
64,411
24,481
2,963
91,855
ACCUMULATED AMORTISATION
As at 1 January 2023
(32,387)
(14,800)
(2,657)
(49,845)
For the year ended 31 December 2023:
Cumulative amortisation on disposals
-
13
6
19
Amortisation (Note 11)
(9,982)
(2,517)
(63)
(12,561)
Cumulative amortisation, as at 31 December 2023
(42,369)
(17, 304)
(2,714)
(62,387)
Net carrying amount, as at 1 January 2023
22,248
8,844
308
31,400
Net carrying amount, as at 31 December 2023
22,041
7,178
249
29,468
ACQUISITION AND DEVELOPMENT COSTS
As at 1 January 2022
44,127
30,075
2,965
77,167
For the year ended 31 December 2022:
Additions
10,508
-
61
10,569
Disposals
-
(6,432)
-
(6,432)
Translation differences
-
-
(61)
(61)
Acquisition costs, as at 31 December 2022
54,635
23,643
2,965
81,244
ACCUMULATED AMORTISATION AND IMPAIRMENT
As at 1 January 2022
(22,754)
(15,955)
(2,608)
(41, 317)
For the year ended 31 December 2022:
Cumulative amortisation on disposals
-
6,399
-
6,399
Amortisation (Note 11)
(9,633)
(5,244)
(49)
(14,926)
Cumulative amortisation, as at 31 December 2022
(32,387)
(14,800)
(2,657)
(49,844)
Net carrying amount, as at 1 January 2022
21,373
14,120
357
35,850
Net carrying amount, as at 31 December 2022
22,248
8,844
308
31,400
There are no intangible assets pledged as securities for liabilities .
226
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
18. Leases
Right-of-use assets, for the year ended and as at 31 December
EUR ’000
Office
Office Total
buildings equipment
ACQUISITION COSTS
As at 1 January 2023
10,125
1,614
11,738
For the year ended 31 December 2023:
Additions
591
1,600
2,190
Disposals
-
-
-
Acquisition costs, as at 31 December 2023
10,716
3,213
13,929
ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
As at 1 January 2023
(6,351)
(775)
(7,125)
For the year ended 31 December 2023:
Revaluation (Note 10)
30
-
30
Depreciation (Note 11)
(1,517)
(498)
(2,015)
Cumulative depreciation, as at 31 December 2023
(7, 838)
(1,272)
(9,110)
Net carrying amount, as at 1 January 2023
3,774
839
4,613
Net carrying amount, as at 31 December 2023
2,878
1,941
4,819
ACQUISITION COSTS
As at 1 January 2022
6,681
757
7,438
For the year ended 31 December 2022:
Additions
3,899
857
4,756
Disposals
(455)
-
(455)
Acquisition costs, as at 31 December 2022
10,125
1,614
11,738
ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
Cumulative depreciation, as at 1 January 2022
(5,224)
(596)
(5,819)
For the year ended 31 December 2022:
Disposals
455
-
455
Revaluation (Note 10)
52
-
52
Depreciation (Note 11)
(1,634)
(179)
(1,813)
Cumulative depreciation, as at 31 December 2022
(6,351)
(775)
(7,125)
Net carrying amount, as at 1 January 2022
1,457
161
1,618
Net carrying amount, as at 31 December 2022
3,774
839
4,613
There are no material translation differences recognised on right-of-use asset.
227
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Rent expenses related to short-term and low value leases, and depreciation of right-of-use assets
are presented under general and administrative expense and depreciation and amortisation, re-
spectively, in operating expenses (Note 11). Interest expense on lease liabilities is presented under
interest expense (Note 7). There is no expense in relation to variable lease payments .
Amounts recognised in the consolidated statement of profit or loss for the year
ended 31 December:
Amounts presented in the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year
ended 31 December:
EUR '000
2023
Restated
2022
Total cash outflow for leases
(2,219)
(1,939)
EUR '000
Notes
2023
Restated
2022
Expenses relating to short-term leases
10
(2)
-
Expenses relating to low value leases
10
(5)
(7)
Depreciation on ROU assets
10
(1,453)
(1,813)
Interest expense on lease liabilities
12
(388)
(230)
228
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
19. Property, plant and equipment
EUR ’000
Office building
Furnitures,
Total
fittings, and
equipment
ACQUISITION COSTS
As at 1 January 2023
2,707
3,533
6,240
For the year ended 31 December 2023:
Additions
18
338
356
Disposals*
-
(81)
(81)
Translation differences
-
-
-
Acquisition costs, as at 31 December 2023
2,725
3,790
6,515
ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
As at 1 January 2023
(761)
(2,399)
(3,160)
For the year ended 31 December 2023
Depreciation (Note 11)
(160)
(281)
(441)
Impairment (Note 10)
-
(17)
(17)
Cumulative depreciation, as at 31 December 2023
(921)
(2,697)
(3,618)
Net carrying amount, as at 1 January 2023
1,947
1,134
3,081
Net carrying amount, as at 31 December 2023
1,804
1,094
2,898
ACQUISITION COSTS
As at 1 January 2022
2,523
4,556
7,079
For the year ended 31 December 2022:
Additions
184
275
460
Disposals
-
(1,298)
(1,298)
Translation differences
-
-
-
Acquisition costs, as at 31 December 2022
2,707
3,533
6,240
ACCUMULATED DEPRECIATION
As at 1 January 2022
(618)
(3,057)
(3,675)
For the year ended 31 December 2022
Depreciation (Note 11)
(143)
(640)
(783)
Disposals
-
1,298
1,298
Cumulative depreciation, as at 31 December 2022
(761)
(2,399)
(3,160)
Net carrying amount, as at 1 January 2022
1,906
1,498
3,404
Net carrying amount, as at 31 December 2022
1,947
1,134
3,081
*Loss of EUR 81 thousand was recored as other expense for the disposals of furnitures, fittings, and
equipment in 2023 .
There are no contractual commitments to acquire property, plant and equipment. There are no
property, plant and equipment which are pledged as securities for liabilities. There are no material
translation differences recognised on property, plant and equipment .
229
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
2023
Restated 2022
Restated 2021
Fair value Carrying Fair Carrying Carrying
EUR ’000 Fair value Fair value
hierarchy amount value amount amount
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT FVPL
Derivative financial liabilities
Level 2
5,323
5,323
446
446
1,232
1,232
FINANCIAL LIABILITIES AT AMORTISED
COST
Deposits from customers
Level 3
732,350
732,350
503,378
503,378
486,010
486,010
Debt securities
Level 1
47, 805
46,676
47,416
48,439
141,814
142,987
Provisions, accruals and other
liabilities:
Level 3
- Other financial liabilities
9,331
9,331
12,172
12,172
12,789
12,789
Lease liabilities
4,963
-
4,566
-
1,694
-
Total
799,772
793,680
567,978
564,435
643,539
643,018
20. Financial liabilities
The table below summarises the Group’s financial liabilities presented based on their classification
based on their subsequent measurement, at amortised cost or FVPL; and based on their fair value
measurement hierarchy, level 1, 2 or 3; as at 31 December :
2022 Multitude Bank tranche bonds
The Multitude Bank p.l.c. tranche bonds (series no. 1/2022 - ISIN: MT0000911215) (“2022 FBM
tranche bonds”) were issued on 13 April 2022 with a coupon rate of 6% maturing on 13 April 2032.
Out of the EUR 5.1 million bonds issued, EUR 2.0 million was issued to Multitude SE, which was
eliminated at the Group level as part of the consolidation process. At 31 December 2023, the 2022
FBM tranche bonds are presented as debt securities in the Group’s consolidated statement of
financial position and have outstanding nominal and carrying amounts of EUR 3.1 million and EUR
2.9 million, respectively.
2022 Multitude SE senior unsecured bonds
Multitude SE senior unsecured bonds (ISIN: NO0012702549) were issued on 7 December 2022
with a coupon rate of 7.5% plus 3-month Euribor, maturing in December 2025 (the “2022 MSE
Bonds”). At 31 December 2023, the 2022 MSE Bonds are presented as debt securities in the Group’s
consolidated statement of financial position, have outstanding nominal and carrying amounts of
EUR 46.0 million and EUR 44.9 million, respectively.
Financial liabilities fair value measurements
The fair value of derivative financial liabilities is determined using level 2 fair value measurement.
Derivative financial liabilities include only foreign currency forward contracts where the Group
agrees to sell a predetermined amount of its foreign currency exposure at a predetermined price.
The fair value of debt securities that includes only listed bonds (2022 Multitude Bank tranche
bonds and 2022 Multitude SE senior unsecured bonds) is determined using level 1 fair value mea-
surement based on the published quotes in the Frankfurt Stock Exchange Open Market, Frankfurt
Stock Exchange Prime Standard, and Malta Stocks Exchange, respectively. The fair value of the
remaining financial liabilities measured at amortised cost is determined using level 3 fair value
measurement based significantly on unobservable inputs. The Group estimates that the carrying
amounts of these financial liabilities reasonably approximate their fair values as it is derived from
the purchased price agreed in orderly transactions at 31 December 2023 and 31 December 2022 .
230
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Provisions, accruals and other liabilities
EUR ’000
2023
Restated Restated
2022 2021
Accrued personnel expenses
3,445
2,948
2,551
Provisions
596
457
-
Other financial liabilities
9,331
12,172
12,789
Total
13,372
15,576
15,340
Other financial liabilities include trade payables and accrued financial liabilities for serviced re-
ceived but not yet invoiced by the suppliers .
Deposits from customers by contractual terms
EUR ’000
2023
Restated Restated
2022 2021
Term deposits
697,968
402,363
394,468
Call accounts
34,382
101,015
91,542
Total
732,350
503,378
486,010
231
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
21. Issued capital and reserves
The table below shows composition of authorised share capital of Multitude SE.
2023,
N '000
2022,
N '000
2023,
EUR
2022,
EUR
'000 '000
AUTHORISED SHARE CAPITAL
21,724
21,724
40,134
40,134
2023,
N '000
2022,
N '000
ORDINARY SHARES ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING
At 1 January
21,578
21,578
Share-based payment during the period
40
-
At 31 December
21,618
21,578
2023,
N '000
2022,
N '000
2023,
EUR
2022,
EUR
'000 '000
TREASURY SHARES
At 1 January
146
146
142
142
Share-based payment during the period
(40)
-
(39)
-
At 31 December
106
146
103
142
The Group holds 106 thousand shares, held as treasury shares as at 31 December 2023 and 146
thousand shares as at 31 December 2022. The movement in the number of treasury shares is
related to payout of 40,134 shares in connection with the matching share plan in 2023.
Multitude SE issued a EUR 50 million worth of unsecured and subordinated perpetual capital
bonds("perpetual bonds") on 5 July 2021, at of 99.50% of the nominal amount. The perpetual
bonds (ISIN NO0011037327) were drawn against a total authorised framework of EUR 100 million
with a floating coupon rate of 8.90% plus 3-month Euribor. The Group has a right to postpone
the interest payment indefinitely due on the perpetual bonds, provided it has informed the bond-
holders of the postponement within the timeframe specified in the terms and conditions. Any
discretionary dividend distribution by Multitude triggers an interest payment obligation on the
perpetual bonds.
During 2023, the Group redeemed a portion of the equity-related bond for EUR 5.0 million. The
total amount consists of EUR 4.6 million in cash payment and EUR 0.4 million in a discount record-
ed directly in equity.
The table below shows composition of issued capital of Multitude SE.
232
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
The Reserve for General Banking Risks refers to the amount allocated by the Multitude Bank from
its retained earnings to a non-distributable reserve against potential risks linked to the Bank’s
non-performing loans. Banking Rule BR/09 also requires the recognition of a separate non-dis-
tributable reserve for Excessive Non-Performing Loans composed of allocations from retained
earnings when the Bank deviates from any phase of the non-performing loans reduction plan
in order to strengthen its resiliency to the risks associated with high NPL. Banking Rule 09 was
revised as from 1 January 2023 and under the new rule banks are no longer required to hold these
reserves. Therefore, during 2023 the Bank released these amounts back to retained earnings. The
reserve balance as at 31 December 2023 amounted to EUR 31 thousand (2022: EUR 1.1 million).
EUR ’000
2023
2022
Reserve for General Banking Risks
-
1,519
Reserve for Excessive Non-Performing Loans
31
1,073
Total other reserves
31
2,592
The table below shows breakdown of other reserves:
23. Share-based payments
Performance share plan
During 2021, the Group introduced a new equity-settled performance share plan ("PSP") wherein
key personnel are awarded several of Multitude shares based on defined vesting conditions at the
end of the performance period. The shares will be awarded net of payroll taxes.
The PSP issued on 1 June 2021 has a maximum reward share of 1,159,185, of which, 10% to 100%,
will be awarded to eligible participants if Multitude’s market share price reaches EUR 12 to EUR 30,
respectively, and provided that participants will have uninterrupted employment in Multitude at
the end of the performance period, 31 December 2023.
Multitude applies Monte Carlo simulation model for valuation of PSP at the grant date. The Group
determines the total fair value of outstanding PSP reward shares by reference to their fair value
at the grant date, calculated by determining the present value of average payoffs at the end of
the performance period based on a range of potential outcomes regarding Multitude’s market
share price (Level 2). The table below summarises the outstanding PSP reward shares and related
expenses as at and for year ended 31 December :
22. Dividends
The Group declared a dividend of EUR 0.12 per share in the total amount of EUR 2.6 million for the
financial year 2022 that was paid in 2023. The Board of Multitude SE proposed EUR 0.19 per share
of dividend distribution in relation to the results of operations for the year ended 31 December
2023 before the date of financial statements publishing .
233
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Grant date
2023
Perfor- Dividend Outstand- Forfeited Outstand- Out-
mance Reward adj. share Realised Risk-free Total FV ing at the during ing at the standing Expense
period shares price volatility volatility in EUR beginning the end of the total FV in EUR
of period period period in EUR
1 Jun 21 -
31 Dec 24
1,159,175
4.11
62.1%
(0.4%)
743,285
1,114,985
22,207
1,092,778
700,710 225,310
On 30 September 2022 the Group decided to review the vesting conditions of PSP issued on 1 June
2021 to reflect deteriorating macroeconomic conditions. It was decided to increase the duration of
the performance period up until 31 December 2024 and change the target share price conditions
to reduce the minimum target of EUR 12 to EUR 6 and the maximum target of 30 EUR to EUR 25.
The incremental fair value granted as the difference between the fair value of the modified PSP,
estimated at the date of the modification and that of the original PSP, is equal to EUR 169,165.
Grant date
2022
Perfor
-
Dividend
Real
-
Risk-
Outstand
-
Modified Outstand- Out-
mance Reward adj. share ised free Total FV ing at the shares ing at the standing Expense
period shares price volatility volatility in EUR beginning during the end of the
t
otal FV
in EUR
of period period period in EUR
1 Jun 21 -
31 Dec 24
1,159,175
4.11
62.1%
(0.4%)
743,285
1,064,925
50,060
1,114,985
714,950
264,329
The difference between the number of reward shares outstanding at the grant date and report-
ing date, before the end of the performance period, pertains to reward shares attributable to
participants who have ceased employment at Multitude and are no longer eligible to receive
reward shares. Modified shares include a number of shares removed from the share plan during
the reporting period compared to the previous reporting date or grant date (if reporting period
includes the grant date) as well as granted shares as result of the plan modification. Vested
shares include a number of shares vested during the reporting period compared either to previ-
ous reporting date or grant date (if the reporting period includes the grant date).
234
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Matching share plan
During 2021, the Group introduced an equity-settled matching share plan ("MSP") that allows all
employees to invest up to 10% of their annual gross salary in Multitude shares. Investment shares
will vest after 2 years provided that the participants have held the shares and have uninterrupted
employment during the holding period. After which, the Group will provide free matching shares
with a 1:1 ratio for all vested investment shares. The shares will be awarded net of payroll taxes.
The Group determines the total fair value of outstanding MSP investment shares by reference to
Multitude’s share price at the grant date (Level 1), assessed number of forfeited shares, and appli-
cable social security costs. The table below summarises the outstanding MSP investment shares
and related expenses as at and for the year ended 31 December:
Grant date
2022
Invest- Share Outstanding For- Vested Outstanding Total FV Expense
Holding period ment price at the begin- feited shares at the end of in EUR in EUR
shares in EUR ning of period shares the period
31 Mar 21 - 13 Apr 23
39,746
6.05
38,165
2,408
-
35,819
220,688
105,959
30 Sep 21 - 30 Sep 23
27,784
4.94
27, 585
4,370
-
22,609
116,423
57,809
16 Mar 22 - 13 Apr 24
31,602
3.50
-
1,147
-
30,317
104,039
39,186
19 Sep 22 - 18 Oct 24
58,598
2.70
-
1,543
-
57,055
152,718
15,856
Total
157,592
65,750
9,468
-
145,800
593,868
218,809
Differences between the number of investment shares outstanding at the grant date and reporting
date, before the end of the holding period, pertain to either those investment shares withdrawn
from the plan or those that are attributable to participants who have seized employment in Mul-
titude, and therefore are no longer eligible to receive matching shares. Forfeited shares include
a number of shares removed from the share plan during the reporting period compared to the
previous reporting date or grant date (if reporting period includes the grant date). Vested shares
include a number of shares vested during the reporting period compared either to previous report-
ing date or grant date (if the reporting period includes the grant date).
Grant date
2023
Invest- Share Outstanding For- Vested Outstanding Total FV Expense
Holding period ment price at the begin- feited shares at the end of in EUR in EUR
shares in EUR ning of period shares the period
31 Mar 21 - 13 Apr 23
39,746
6.05
35,819
951
34,868
-
226,567
35,453
30 Sep 21 - 30 Sep 23
27,784
4.94
22,609
995
21,614
-
114,822
39,963
16 Mar 22 - 13 Apr 24
31,602
3.50
30,317
536
-
29,781
112,476
57,48
4
19 Sep 22 - 18 Oct 24
58,598
2.70
57,055
798
-
56,257
168,336
84,978
06 Apr 23 - 13 Apr 25
35,951
3.69
-
463
-
35,488
132,740
48,369
28 Sep 23 - 31 Oct 25
49,723
3.10
-
-
-
49,723
154,928
19,064
Total
243,404
145,800
3,743
56,482
171,249
909,868
285,311
235
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
24. Commitments given
In terms of credit risk associated with commitments to extend credit, the Group faces potential
exposure to losses equivalent to the total unused commitments should those amounts be utilised.
It is essential to note, however, that commitments to extend credit are contingent on customers
adhering to specific credit standards outlined in the terms of product in all circumstances.
In respect to its debt investments the Group has an outstanding commitment to provide EUR 8.0
million of additional investment as at 31 December 2023. There is no separate ECL provision cre-
ated for these commitments due to conditional character of investment and the low risk profile of
already drawn debt facilities.
There are no contingent liabilities for year ended and as at 31 December 2023 and 31 December
2022.
236
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
25. Related party transactions
The Group is controlled by Jorma Jokela who ultimately owns 55.56% of Multitude SE's issued and
outstanding shares as at 31 December 2023 (2022 - 55.24%), who is also the Member of Multitude
SE’s Board and Leadership Team. The Group’s related parties include Sortter Oy (accounted as in-
vestment into associates), Members of the Board of Directors and Leadership Team. This includes
their close family members, the companies in which the Member of the Board or Leadership Team
and their close family members have control or joint control. As a main principle, all transactions
with related parties are conducted at arm’s length and are part of the ordinary course of business.
Transactions with related parties for the year ended 31 December are as follows:
EUR ’000
2023
2022
Sortter Oy:
Lead sales fees received from Sortter Oy for introducing customers
47
-
Broker fees paid to Sortter Oy for introducing customers
(35)
-
Interest income received from Sortter Oy
535
-
Other related parties*:
Professional fees paid to other related parties for key management
(1,137)
(780)
personnel services
Rental payments done to other related parties for office lease
(125)
(107)
Total
(715)
(887)
*Other related parties include the companies related to Leadership Team members.
Outstanding balances arising from the above transactions with related parties as at the year ended
31 December are as follows:
EUR ’000
2023
2022
Sortter Oy:
Loans to related parties
8,148
8,139
Leadership Team members:
Loans to related parties
1,900
-
Total
10,048
8,139
The Group has issued loan in the total amount of EUR 1.9 million to the Leadership Team members
with the purpose of purchase of Multitude's shares. All shares purchased with this loan are pledged
to the Group and used as collateral. There is no ECL provision created for this loan as at 31 Decem-
ber 2023. The loan shall accrue fixed interest of 5.5% per annum and paid annually. The principal
on the loan shall be repaid on 31 December 2028.
The Group issued a loan in the total amount of EUR 8.0 million to Sortter Oy in December 2022
with the purpose of financing development of the business. Sortter Oy shall pay interest on the
loan at the rate of 3-month Euribor plus the margin 5.5% per annum. Should 3-month Euribor
be less than zero, it shall be deemed to be zero. Sortter Oy shall repay the loan principal in one
instalment on 11 December 2026. There is EUR 48 thousand of ECL provision as at 31 December
2023 on this loan with positive impact of EUR 193 thousand in impairment loss during the year .
237
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
EUR ’000
2023
2022
COMPENSATION FOR MEMBERS OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND CEO:
Jorma Jokela, CEO
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits*
246
240
Share-based payments
14
16
Dividend payments
1,441
-
Ari Tiukkanen, Chairman
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits**
212
-
Share-based payments
2
-
Post-employment benefits
104
-
Dividend payments
2
-
Frederik Strange, Ex Chairman
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
16
48
Dividend payments
1
-
Michael Cusumano, Member
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
48
48
Goutam Challagalla, Member
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
48
48
Kristiina Leppänen, Member
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
49
28
Juhani Vanhala, Ex Member
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
16
48
Dividend payments
10
-
Jussi Mekkonen, Member
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
16
29
Lea Liigus, Member
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
60
60
Share-based payments
6
6
Dividend payments
15
-
Total
2,306
571
COMPENSATION OF LEADERSHIP TEAM MEMBERS AND CEO:
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
3,024
3,068
Share-based payments
241
229
Post-employment benefits
229
230
Dividend payments
1,488
-
Total
4,982
3,527
*The retirement age of CEO is 65 years, and he has no defined benefit pension plan.
**Including remuneration in the role of Deputy CEO .
Key management compensation
The table below outlines the related party transactions involving Members of Multitude's Board
and Leadership Team, encompassing gross salary and short-term benefits, share-based payments,
and employer contributions to defined contribution post-employment plans .
238
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
26. Change in accounting policies and correction of errors
During the financial period, the Group has made changes in its accounting policies regarding the
presentation of financial statements. As a result of this change, prior period classification errors
were noted and corrected as explained below. The reasons and impact of change in accounting
policies and correction of prior period errors in financial statements are described below.
a) Change in accounting policy - Adoption of new presentation:
In 2023, the Group has undertaken a strategic initiative to enhance the presentation of its financial
results, with the aim of providing reliable and more relevant information about the Group’s finan-
cial position and performance, aligning the presentation of primary statements with the common
practice within the financial industry. As a result, the Group, starting with the financial year ended
31 December 2023:
• changed the presentation of the statement of financial position from current / non-current clas-
sification to presentation based on the order of liquidity;
• has restructured the statement of profit or loss to present the net interest income, net fair value
and foreign exchange gains and losses and other items;
• made corresponding changes in the presentation of the statement of cash flows, to align the
presentation with the financial industry and to include the cash flows of operating financial
assets and financial liabilities in the cash flows from operating activities in line with IAS 7.
The retrospective impact of the change in the presentation and the resulting reclassification of
certain financial statement line items is shown in the tables below.
b) Correction of prior period errors:
The following corrections have been made:
1. Inclusion of collection costs in the calculation of expected credit losses
Previously, the Group recognised collection costs as incurred and presented them in general
and administrative expense. Debt collection costs are considered incremental and directly at-
tributable to the recovery of cash flows of the granted loans in the event of a default, and as
such, they should rather be incorporated into the estimate of the expected credit losses. After
the correction, debt collection costs are included in the calculation of expected credit losses by
incorporating them in the net expected cash flows of loans to customers to which the collection
costs directly relate to.
2. Classification of reminder fees as interest income
The Group has revised its treatment of reminder fees. Historically these fees have been classified
as fee and commission income in the statement of profit or loss and accounted for under IFRS
15. Reminder fees are a standard feature of loans to customers and they are collected from the
inception of the loan contract over the lifetime of loan similarly to interest. From the financial
year ended 31 December 2023 onwards, the Group accounts for these fees in line with IFRS 9,
and factors the reminder fees in the calculation of interest income by applying the effective in-
terest method.
239
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
3. Scoring costs
Scoring costs consist of credit information, credit rating and similar checks conducted when
a client applies for a loan or product and reaches a certain stage in this process. Historically,
scoring costs have been recognised as incurred and presented in general and administrative
expense. However, whenever such scoring costs relate to a loan which is granted to the client,
the costs should be treated as a directly attributable transaction cost to such loan, and should
be included in the loan balance at inception and in the calculation of the effective interest rate
of that loan, thus decreasing the interest income. This restatement only applies to scoring costs
related to loans issued.
These changes, together with any potential impact in recognised deferred taxes, have been ap-
plied consistently, by adjusting the comparative period and the opening balances for the earliest
period presented for each affected financial statement line item.
List of restatements in the consolidated statement of financial position on
1 January 2022:
Accounting policy change 1: Merged EUR 13,344 thousand of receivables from sold portfolios and
receivables from banks previously categorised under non-current financial assets with current oth-
er financial assets into other financial assets financial statement line item.
Accounting policy change 2: Reclassified EUR 1,246 thousand previously categorised under pro-
visions, accruals, and other liabilities as interest payable to be included under the deposits from
customers financial statement line item .
Accounting policy change 3: Merged trade payables totalling EUR 1,426 thousand with accruals
and other current liabilities totalling EUR 15,160 thousand into the provision, accruals, and other
liabilities financial statement line item .
Accounting policy change 4: Merged EUR 84,158 thousand previously categorised under short-
term borrowings with long-term borrowings to be included under the debt securities financial
statement line item.
Correction of error: An adjustment has been made regarding the change in accounting treatment
of collection costs under the loans to customers, resulting in corresponding deferred tax implica-
tions on the change in the amount of ECL. EUR 2,136 thousand of additional ECL provision was
recognised with subsequent decrease in loans to customers balance. Additionally, EUR 365 thou-
sand of deferred tax asset was recognised on the amount of ECL provision recorded in retained
earnings .
240
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Consolidated statement of financial position on 1 January 2022
EUR ’000 1 January Policy Policy Policy Policy Correction Total 1 January
Old FSLI
New FSLI
2022 change 1 change 2 change 3 change 4 of error change 2022
(Reported) (Restated)
Loans to Loans to
451,698
-
-
-
-
(2,136)
(2,136)
449,562
customers customers
Other non- Other
current financial
6,215
13,344
-
-
-
-
13,344
19,559
financial assets assets
Other current Other
financial assets financial
13,344
(13,344)
-
-
-
-
(13,344)
-
assets
Prepaid Prepaid
expenses and expenses
1,324
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,324
other current and other
assets assets
Deferred tax Deferred tax
6,981
-
-
-
-
365
365
7, 346
assets assets
Total assets
Total assets
824,550
-
-
-
-
(1,771)
(1,771)
822,779
Deposits from Deposits
customers from
484,764
-
1,246
-
-
-
1,246
486,010
customers
Provisions,
Trade payables accruals and
1,426
-
(1,246)
15,160
-
-
13,914
15,340
other
liabilities
Accruals and Provisions,
other current accruals and
15,160
-
-
(15,160)
-
-
-
liabilities other (15,160)
liabilities
Long-term Debt
57,656
-
-
-
84,158
-
84,158
141,814
borrowings securities
Sort-term Debt
84,158
-
-
-
(84,158)
-
(84,158)
-
borrowings securities
Total liabilities Total
649,748
-
-
-
-
-
-
649,748
liabilities
Retained Retained
70,466
-
-
-
-
(1,771)
(1,771)
68,695
earnings earnings
Total equity
Total equity
174,802
-
-
-
-
(1,771)
(1,771)
173,031
241
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
List of restatements in the consolidated statement of financial position on 31
December 2022:
Accounting policy change 1: Reclassified EUR 1,311 thousand previously categorised under prepaid
expenses and other assets to align with other financial assets financial statement line item .
Accounting policy change 2: Reclassified EUR 1,664 of thousand interest payable previously
categorised under provisions, accruals, and other liabilities to be included under the deposit from
customers financial statement line item. Additionally, EUR 21,107 thousand of secured bonds were
reclassified from other financial assets to debt investments .
Accounting policy change 3: Merged trade payables totalling EUR 6,314 thousand and accruals
and other current liabilities totalling EUR 11,530 thousand into the provision, accruals, and other
liabilities financial statement line item.
Accounting policy change 4: Reclassified EUR 625 thousand of interest payable previously cat-
egorised under provisions, accruals, and other liabilities to be included under the debt securities
financial statement line item as they relate to issued bonds .
Correction of error: An adjustment has been made regarding the change in accounting treatment
of collection costs under the loans to customers, resulting in corresponding deferred tax implica-
tions on the change in the amount of ECL. EUR 2,389 thousand of additional ECL provision was
recognised with subsequent decrease in loans to customers balance. This adjustment includes
EUR 2,136 thousand of ECL provision from opening balance on 1 January 2022. Additionally, EUR
395 thousand of deferred tax asset was recognised on the amount of ECL provision recognised in
retained earnings. This adjustment includes EUR 365 thousand of opening balance on 1 January
2022 .
242
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
31 Policy Policy Policy Policy Correc- 31
EUR ’000 December change change change change tion of Total December
Old FSLI
New FSLI
2022 1 2 3 4 error change 2022
(Reported) (Restated)
Loans to Loans to
509,463
-
-
-
-
(2,389)
(2,389)
507,075
customers customers
Other
non-current
financial Debt
asset, other
current
investments
-
-
21,107
-
-
-
21,107
21,107
financial
assets
Other
non-current
financial Other
asset, other financial
39,209
1,311
(21,107)
-
-
-
(19,796)
19,413
current assets
financial
assets
Prepaid Prepaid
expenses expenses
and other and other
1,548
(1,311)
-
-
-
-
(1,311)
237
current assets
assets
Deferred tax Deferred tax
7,179
-
-
-
-
395
395
7, 574
assets assets
Total assets
Total assets
755,229
-
-
-
-
(1,994)
(1,994)
753,235
Deposits Deposits
from from
501,734
-
1,644
-
-
-
1,644
503,378
customers customers
Provisions,
Trade accruals and
6,314
-
-
(6,314)
-
-
(6,314)
-
payables other
liabilities
Accruals and Provisions,
other current accruals and
11,530
-
-
(11,530)
-
-
(11,530)
-
liabilities other
liabilities
Trade
payables, Provisions,
Accruals and accruals and
other current other
-
-
(1,644)
17,844
(625)
-
15,576
15,576
liabilities and
Long-term
liabilities
borrowings
Long-term Debt
46,791
-
-
-
625
-
625
47,416
borrowings securities
Total Total
573,269
-
-
-
-
-
-
573,269
liabilities liabilities
Retained Retained
77,679
-
-
-
-
(1,994)
(1,994)
75,685
earnings earnings
Total equity
Total equity
181,960
-
-
-
-
(1,994)
(1,994)
179,966
Consolidated statement of financial position on 31 December 2022
243
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
List of restatements in the consolidated statement of profit or loss for 2022
Changes in the income side of the consolidated statement of profit or loss:
Accounting policy change 1: Finance income in relation to interest from loans to related parties
and deposits with other banks of EUR 460 thousand has been merged with interest income
financial statement line item.
Accounting policy change 2: New customer and application fee totalling EUR 9 thousand have
been reclassified from the fee and commission income to interest income financial statement line
item.
Correction of error 1: Reminder fee of EUR 3,295 thousand has been reclassified from fee and
commission income to interest income financial statement line item .
Changes in the expense side of the consolidated statement of profit or loss:
Accounting policy change 1: A new financial statement line item titled fair value and foreign
exchange gains and losses has been created, and finance cost of EUR 3,848 thousand related
expenses included in interest expense have been reclassified there. Gain from disposal of non-
current assets of EUR 33 thousand has been reclassified from other expense to the other income
financial statement line item .
Accounting policy change 2: Depositor compensation scheme contributions of EUR 356 thousand
have been reclassified from interest expense to general and administrative expense, and total
banking and lending costs of EUR 13,589 thousand have been reclassified to the general and
administrative expense and selling and marketing expense financial statement line items .
Correction of error 2: Invoicing and collection cost of EUR 5,734 thousand has been reclassified
from the general and administrative expense to impairment loss on loans to customers financial
statement line item.
Correction of error 3: Scoring costs of EUR 320 thousand have been reclassified from the general
and administrative expense to interest income as part of effective interest income.
Correction of error 4: An adjustment has been made regarding the change in accounting treatment
of collection costs that led to increase in ECL provision for the loans to customers, resulting in
corresponding deferred tax implications on the change in the amount of ECL. Impact for 2022
includes increase in impairment loss on loans to customers by EUR 252 thousand and a positive
change in deferred tax asset by EUR 30 thousand.
Renaming of financial statement line items for alignment with the financial industry:
Interest revenue has been renamed to interest income.
Service fee revenue has been renamed to fee and commission income.
Finance cost has been renamed to interest expense and reclassified to net interest income.
Bank and lending costs have been merged with general and administrative expense .
244
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
EUR ’000 2022 Policy Policy Correc- Correc- Correc- Correc- Total 2022
Old FSLI New FSLI (Report- change change tion of tion of tion of tion of change (Restated)
ed) 1 2 error 1 error 2 error 3 error 4
Interest Interest
209,030
460
9
3,295
-
(320)
-
3,444
212,474
revenue income
Finance Interest
460
(460)
-
-
-
-
-
(460)
-
income income
Other income
Other income
37
33
-
-
-
-
-
33
70
Service fee Fee and
revenue commission
3,336
-
(9)
(3,295)
-
-
-
(3,304)
32
income
Finance costs Interest
(18,230)
3,848
356
-
-
-
-
4,204
(14,026)
expense
Fair value
and foreign
Finance costs exchange
-
(3,848)
-
-
-
-
-
(3,848)
(3,848)
gains and
losses
Impairment Impairment
loss on loans loss on loans
(78,660)
-
-
-
(5,734)
-
(252)
(5,986)
(84,646)
to customers to customers
Personnel Personnel
(33,956)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(33,956)
expense expense
Selling and Selling and
marketing marketing
(12,205)
-
(170)
-
-
-
-
(170)
(12,375)
expense expense
General and General and
administrative dministrative
(24,408)
-
(13,589)
-
5,734
320
-
(7,535)
(31,943)
expense expense
Bank and General and
lending costs dministrative
(13,405)
-
13,405
-
-
-
-
13,405
-
expense
Depreciation Depreciation
and and
(17,522)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(17,522)
amortisation amortisation
Other Other
(636)
(33)
-
-
-
-
-
(33)
(669)
expense expense
Profit before Profit before
13,841
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
13,590
income taxes income taxes
Income tax Income tax
(1,846)
-
-
-
-
-
30
30
(1,817)
expense expense
Profit for the Profit for the
11,995
-
-
-
-
-
(222)
(222)
11,773
year year
Earnings per Earnings per
share: share:
Weighted Weighted
average average
number of number of
21,578
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
21,578
ordinary ordinary
shares in shares in
issue issue
Total earnings Basic
per share, earnings per
0.38
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
0.38
EUR share, EUR
Consolidated statement of profit or loss on 31 December 2022
245
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
List of restatements in the consolidated statement of cash flows on 31 December 2022
The following changes have been implemented:
Accounting policy change 1: Purchase of non-current assets for the total amount of EUR 20,800
thousand has been relocated from investing activities to operating activities. The item was renamed
to increase (-) / decrease (+) in debt investments. Impairment on non-financial assets for the total
amount of EUR 622 thousand has been reclassified from other adjustments line.
Accounting policy change 2: Purchase of investments and other assets for the total amount of
EUR 3,625 thousand has been transferred from investing activities to operating activities. The item
was renamed to increase (-) / decrease (+) in derivative financial instruments (net). Purchase of
intangible assets of EUR 10,432 thousand was reclassified from purchase of tangible assets to
separate line item.
Accounting policy change 3: Finance cost, net has been split between net interest income and
unrealised items included in fair value and fair values and foreign exchange gain or loss in the
statement of profit or loss totaling EUR 194,170 thousand (EUR 198,224 thousand of interest
expense and EUR 3,848 thousand of fair value and fair values and foreign exchange gain or loss)
and interest received totaling EUR 208,064 thousand.
Accounting policy change 4: Movement in gross portfolio in amount of EUR 138,346 thousand has
been shifted to change in operating assets, and proceeds from long-term (EUR 47,672 thousand)
and short-term borrowings (EUR 39,400 thousand) have been merged. Movement in gross
portfolio has been renamed to increase (-) / decrease (+) in loans to customers. Deposits from
customers line item (EUR 17,828 thousand) has been moved from financing activities to operating
activities and renamed to increase (+) / decrease (-) in deposits from customers.
Correction of error 1: Invoicing and collection cost of EUR 5,734 thousand has been reclassified
from the general and administrative expense to impairment loss on loans to customers and hence
deducted from increase/decrease in loans to customers.
Correction of error 2: An adjustment has been made regarding the change in accounting treatment
of collection costs that led to increase in ECL provision for the loans to customers, resulting in
corresponding deferred tax implications on the change in the amount of ECL. EUR 252 thousand
of additional ECL provision was recognised with subsequent decrease in loans to customers
balance. Additionally, EUR 29 thousand of deferred tax asset was recognised on the amount of
ECL provision recognised in retained earnings.
246
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
EUR ’000 2022 Policy Policy Policy Policy Correc- Correc- Total 2022
Old FSLI New FSLI (Report- change change change change tion of tion of change (Restated)
ed) 1 2 3 4 error 1 error 2
CASH FLOWS CASH FLOWS
FROM FROM
PERATING PERATING
ACTIVITIES ACTIVITIES
Profit for the Profit for the
11,995
-
-
-
-
-
(222)
(222)
11,772
year period
Adjustments Adjustments
for: for:
Depreciation Depreciation
and and
18,144
(622)
-
-
-
-
-
(622)
17,522
amortisation amortisation
Net interest
income and
Finance costs, Fair values
15,286
-
-
(15,286)
-
-
-
(15,286)
-
net and foreign
exchange
gain or loss
Tax on income Income tax
from
operations
expense
1,846
-
-
-
-
-
(29)
(29)
1,817
Other Other
(172)
622
-
-
-
-
-
622
450
adjustments adjustments
Impairments Impairment
on loans loss on loans
78,660
-
-
-
-
5,734
251
5,986
84,646
to customers
Finance costs, Net interest
net, Interest income
-
-
-
(198,224)
-
-
-
(198,224)
(198,224)
received Fair value and
Finance costs, foreign
net, Interest exchange
-
-
-
3,848
-
-
-
3,848
3,848
received gains and
losses
Working Changes in
capital operating
changes: assets:
Increase (-) / Increase (-) /
decrease (+) decrease (+)
1,078
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
1,078
in current in other
receivables assets
Increase (+) / Increase (+) /
decrease (-) in decrease (-)
trade in other
(453)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(453)
payables and
other liabilities
liabilities
Movements in Increase (-) /
gross decrease (+)
-
-
-
-
(138,346)
(5,734)
-
(144,080)
(144,080)
portfolio in loans to
customers
Consolidated statement of cash flows for 2022
247
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Consolidated statement of cash flows for 2022 (continuation)
EUR ’000 2022 Policy Policy Policy Policy Correc- Correc- Total 2022
Old FSLI New FSLI (Reported) change 1 change change change tion of tion of change (Restated)
2 3 4 error 1 error 2
Purchase of Increase (-) /
non-current decrease (+)
-
(20,800)
-
-
-
-
-
(20,800)
(20,800)
financial in debt
assets investments
Increase (-) /
Purchase of decrease (+)
investments in derivative
-
-
(3,625)
-
-
-
-
(3,625)
(3,625)
and other financial
assets instruments
(net)
Increase (+) /
Deposits from decrease (-) in
-
-
-
-
17,828
-
-
17,828
17,828
customers deposits from
customers
Interest paid
Interest paid
(11,251)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(11,251)
Interest Interest
699
-
-
208,064
-
-
-
208,064
208,763
received received
Income taxes Income taxes
(3,637)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(3,637)
paid paid
Movements in Increase (-) /
gross decrease (+)
(138,346)
-
-
-
-
-
138,346
-
portfolio in loans to 138,346
customers
Net cash flows Net cash
used in flows used in
(26,151)
(20,800)
(3,625)
(1,598)
17, 828
-
-
(8,195)
(34,346)
operating operating
activities activities
CASH FLOWS CASH FLOWS
FROM FROM
INVESTING INVESTING
ACTIVITIES ACTIVITIES
Purchase of Purchase of
tangible and tangible
(10,903)
-
10,432
-
-
-
-
10,432
(471)
intangible
assets
assets
Purchase of Purchase of
tangible and intangible
-
-
(10,432)
-
-
-
-
(10,432)
(10,433)
intangible
assets
assets
Increase (-) /
Purchase of decrease (+)
investments in derivative
(3,625)
-
3,625
-
-
-
-
3,625
-
and other financial
assets instruments
(net)
Purchase of Increase (-) /
non-current decrease (+)
(20,800)
20,800
-
-
-
-
-
20,800
-
financial in debt
assets investments
Net cash flows Net cash
used in flows used in
(35,328)
20,800
3,625
-
-
-
-
24,425
(10,903)
investing investing
activities activities
248
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Consolidated statement of cash flows for 2022 (continuation)
EUR ’000 2022 Policy Policy Policy Policy Correc- Correc- Total 2022
Old FSLI New FSLI (Report- change change change change 4 tion of tion of change (Restated)
ed) 1 2 3 error 1 error 2
CASH FLOWS CASH FLOWS
FROM FROM
FINANCING FINANCING
ACTIVITIES ACTIVITIES
Repayment of Repayment of
short-term debt securities
(182,150)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(182,150)
borrowings
Perpetual Payment of
bonds perpetual
(3,670)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(3,670)
interests and
issuance costs
bonds interest
Repayment of Repayment of
finance lease lease liabilities
(1,939)
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
(1,939)
liabilities
Proceeds from Proceeds from
long-term debt securities
47,672
-
-
-
39,400
-
-
39,400
87,072
borrowings
Proceeds from Proceeds from
short-term debt securities
39,400
-
-
-
(39,400)
-
-
(39,400)
-
borrowings Increase (+) /
Deposits from decrease (-) in
17, 828
-
-
-
(17,828)
-
-
(17,828)
-
customers deposits from
customers
Net cash flows Net cash flows
from (used in) from (used in)
(82,859)
-
-
-
(17,828)
-
-
(17,828)
(100,687)
financing financing
activities activities
Cash and cash Cash and cash
equivalents, as equivalents, as
301,592
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
301,592
at 1 January at 1 January
Exchange Exchange
gains (losses) gains (losses)
on cash and on cash and
(3,930)
-
-
1,599
-
-
-
1,599
(2,331)
cash cash
equivalents equivalents
Net increase in Net increase in
cash and cash cash and cash
(144,338)
-
-
(1,599)
-
-
-
(1,599)
(145,937)
equivalents equivalents
Cash and cash Cash and cash
equivalents, as equivalents, as
153,325
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
153,325
at 31 at 31
December December
249
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
27. Subsequent events
Relocation of parent company
Multitude SE, announced on 5 January 2024 that it contemplates a relocation from Finland to
Switzerland while maintaining its legal personality and without dissolution. On 17 January 2024,
Multitude SE announced that as a first phase of the plan to relocate to Switzerland, the Board of
Directors of Multitude SE proposed a transfer of the registered office of Multitude SE from Finland
to Malta.
The completion of this relocation is subject to the approval of the Annual General Meeting of Mul-
titude SE. The transfer of the registered office from Finland to Malta would be followed by a con-
version of Multitude SE into a public limited liability company governed by the laws of Malta and
then an application to have the parent company registered in Switzerland pursuant to applicable
Maltese and Swiss laws by the end of the year 2024. On 21 March Multitude shareholders held an
Extraordinary General Meeting and approved proposal for the transfer of the registered office of
Multitude SE from Finland to Malta in accordance with the Council Regulation (EC) No 2157/2001
of 8 October 2001 on the Statute for a European Company (SE).
In anticipation and in pursuance of the transfer of the registered office, the Extraordinary Gener-
al Meeting resolved to amend the parent company’s current Articles of Association to introduce
a nominal value for Multitude’s shares by adding a new Article 10 in the Articles of Association
which reads as follows: The nominal value of the shares is EUR 1.85. Extraordinary General Meeting
resolved to increase the parent company’s share capital by EUR 55,766 from EUR 40,133,560 to
EUR 40,189,326. The increase will be carried out by transferring the necessary amount from the
invested unrestricted equity reserve to the share capital.
Extraordinary General Meeting resolved to appoint Ganado Services Limited (Registration Num-
ber: C10785) having its registered office at 171, Old Bakery Street, Valletta VLT1455, Malta as the
company secretary of the parent company, with effect from the date of registration of the parent
company with the Malta Business Registry.
Upon the registration of the parent company with the Malta Business Registry, PricewaterhouseC-
oopers (Registration Number: AB/26/84/38), with their registered office situated at 78, Mill Street,
Qormi, Malta will be appointed as the auditors of parent company until the close of the Annual
General Meeting to be held in year 2024, and that the Group’s Audit Committee be authorised
to fix their remuneration and sign any engagement letter as may be required for the purposes of
finalising the engagement thereof.
250
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
Ratings update
On 15 February 2024, Fitch Ratings revised Multitude SE's and Multitude Bank p.l.c.'s outlooks to
positive from stable, while affirming their Long-Term Issuer Default Ratings (IDRs) at 'B+'. Multi-
tude's senior unsecured notes were affirmed at 'B+' with a Recovery Rating of 'RR4' and its subor-
dinated hybrid perpetual capital notes (perpetual bonds) at 'B-' with 'RR6'.
Acquisition of Omniveta
CapitalBox acquires the business of Capenhagen-based Omniveta Finance in an asset-transac-
tion at the beginning of March 2024. Omniveta specialises in invoice purchasing, which provides
CapitalBox with a complimenting finance solution. This acquisition will add invoice purchasing to
CapitalBox offering for SMEs in Denmark and an opportunity to extend such offering to the other
markets that CapitalBox is active in.
New business unit
In November 2023, Multitude announced the plan to optimise the structure of its reportable seg-
ments and create a new business unit by rebranding the part of the SweepBank business. The new
business unit will be called Wholesale banking and be led by the CEO of Multitude Bank, Antti
Kumpulainen. It will be operational starting 1 January 2024 and be offering Secured Debt products
reported currently under SweepBank unit as debt investments financial statement line item in the
consolidated statements for 2023.
251
Multitude Group Annual Report 2023 – Consolidated Financial Statements (Audited)
EUR ’000 Notes 2023 2022
Revenue 4 15,369 11,880
Personnel expenses:
Wages and salaries (3,101) (3,159)
Pension expenses (456) (474)
Other social expenses (70) (70)
Total personnel expenses (3,627) (3,703)
Depreciation and amortisation 5 (794) (3,876)
Other operating expenses 6, 7 (16,373) (17,155)
Operating loss (5,424) (12,854)
Financial income:
Intra-group dividend income 8,013 20,767
Interest and financial income from third parties 4,888 415
Interest and financial income from Group companies 2,024 3,065
Total financial income 14,925 24,248
Financial expenses:
Interest and financial expenses to third parties (12,555) (6,044)
Interest and financial expenses to Group companies (1,103) (8,718)
Impairment of investments in subsidiaries (5,461) (13,518)
Total financial expenses (19,119) (28,280)
Net financial expenses (4,194) (4,032)
Loss before Group contribution and taxes (9,618) (16,886)
Group contribution 15,974 7,583
Income tax (24) (1)
Profit (loss) for the year 6,332 (9,304)
Multitude SE separate financial statements 2023
Statement of profit or loss
Multitude SE
separate financial
statements 2023
252
Multitude SE Annual Report 2023 – Separate Financial Statements (Audited)
Statement of financial position
EUR ’000 Notes
31 December
2023
31 December
2022
ASSETS
Non-current assets:
Intangible assets 8 2,173 2,862
Tangible assets 9 1,426 1,328
Investments 10 185,378 181,336
Non-current receivables from Group companies 11 18,000 1 691
Non-current receivables from third parties 11 - 703
Total non-current assets 206,977 187,919
Current assets:
Current receivables from Group companies 12 22,755 6,267
Current receivables from third parties 4,262 8,455
Cash and cash equivalents 333 8,148
Total current assets 27, 350 22,870
Total assets 234,327 210,789
EQUITY AND LIABILITIES
Equity:
Share capital 13 40,134 40,134
Treasury shares (103) (142)
Other reserves 14,708 14,708
Retained earnings 33,541 45,436
Profit (loss) for the period 6,332 (9,304)
Total equity 94,611 90,831
Liabilities:
Non-current liabilities
Non-current liabilities, interest-bearing to third parties 14 91,000 96,000
Non-current liabilities, interest-bearing to Group companies 14 41,583 18,446
Total non-current liabilities 132,583 114,446
Current liabilities
Current liabilities, interest-free to third parties 15 4,147 3,627
Current liabilities, interest-free to Group companies 15 2,986 1,884
Total current liabilities 7,132 5,511
Total liabilities 139,715 119,957
Total equity and liabilities 234,327 210,789
253
Multitude SE Annual Report 2023 – Separate Financial Statements (Audited)
Statement of cash flows
EUR ’000 2023 2022
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Profit (loss) for the year 6,332 (9,304)
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and amortisation 794 3,877
Financial income and expenses 4,194 (4,910)
Group contributions (15,975) (7,583)
Other adjustments 39 -
Operating loss before working capital changes (4,616) (17,920)
Working capital changes:
Decrease in trade and other receivables 305 1,861
Increase in trade payables 1,303 1,202
Cash used in operations (3,008) (14,857)
Interest paid (15,357) (14,886)
Dividends received 4,358 20,767
Interest received 2,703 3,480
Other financing items (372) (1,246)
Net cash used in operating activities (11,677) (6,742)
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of tangible and intangible assets (205) (114)
Proceeds from sale of tangible and intangible assets 3 -
Acquisition of subsidiaries (2,442) (20,450)
Acquisition of associates (1,016) -
Loans granted (-) / Repayment of loans (+) (15,607) 49,147
Net cash (used in) from investing activities (19,267) 28,583
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from borrowings (+) / Repayment (-) 18,138 (71,972)
Dividends paid (2,591) -
Group contribution received 7,583 15,750
Net cash from (used in) financing activities 23,130 (56,221)
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents (7,815) (34,380)
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the period 8,148 42,528
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents (7,815) (34,380)
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the period 333 8,148
254
Multitude SE Annual Report 2023 – Separate Financial Statements (Audited)
Notes to the separate financial statements
1. Basis of preparation of the separate financial statements
Parent company information
Multitude SE, registered in Helsinki, is the parent company of Multitude Group. Copies of the con-
solidated financial statements can be obtained from Multitude SE, located in Ratamestarinkatu 11
A, 00520 Helsinki.
Share capital
The share capital of the company is EUR 40,134 thousand and the number of shares is 21,723,960.
The shares have no nominal value. All the shares are attached with equal voting rights and equal
right when distributing dividend.
Accounting principles and methods
Multitude SE financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the Finnish Accounting
Standards, FAS.
Valuation methods
Tangible assets have been valued at acquisition cost.
Receivables, financial assets and liabilities
Receivables are stated at face value, but no more than probable value. Securities and other finan-
cial assets included in financial assets are carried at cost or, if lower, at their probable value at the
balance sheet date. Liabilities are stated at nominal value or, if the debt is linked to an index or
other benchmark, at a higher nominal amount than the changed benchmark.
Allocation principles and methods
The acquisition cost of tangible assets is depreciated according to the amortisation plan. The
difference between the acquisition cost and residual value of the asset is booked as depreciation
over the economic period of the asset.
Depreciation periods
• Renovation in own premises - 10 years
• Intangible assets - 3 to 10 years
• Tangible assets - 4 years
Receivables and liabilities denominated in foreign currency
Foreign currency transactions are recorded at the exchange rate on the transaction date. Other
assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies outstanding at the end of the financial year
have been translated into EUR at the exchange prevailing in the balance sheet date and exchange
differences have been recognised through profit or loss.
Comparative information
The parent company’s financial year is the calendar year. The comparative figures used are the
previous year’s financial statements.
255
Multitude SE Annual Report 2023 – Separate Financial Statements (Audited)
2. Average personnel 2023 2022
During financial year 46 45
3. Management compensation, EUR ’000 2023 2022
Board of Directors and CEO 699 490
4. Revenue, EUR ’000 2023 2022
Canada 12,418 -
EU 2,924 5,315
Finland 27 2,155
Australia - 4,410
Total revenue 15,369 11,880
5. Depreciation and amortisation, EUR ’000 2023 2022
Intangible assets
Other capitalised expenditure (772) (3,838)
Tangible assets
Machinery and equipment (22) (38)
Total depreciation and amortisation (794) (3,876)
6. Other operating expenses, EUR ’000 2023 2022
Other expenses with Group companies (8,641) (9,867)
Professional fees (4, 278) (3,685)
Other operating expenses (1,620) (2,080)
Marketing cost (357) (524)
Administrative expenses (637) (309)
Audit fees (672) (400)
Non-audit fees (169) (289)
Total other operating expenses (16,373) (17,155)
256
Multitude SE Annual Report 2023 – Separate Financial Statements (Audited)
7. Audit fees and other services from audit companies, EUR ’000 2023 2022
PWC
Audit fees 672 400
Non-audit fees:
Other services 169 62
Total audit fees 672 400
Total non-audit fees 169 62
8. Intangible assets, EUR ’000 Capitalised expenditures
Acquisition cost as at 1 January 2023 18,724
Additions for the year ended 31 December 2023 83
Acquisition cost as at 31 December 2023 18,807
Accumulated amortisation as at 1 January 2023 (15,862)
Amortisation for the year ended 31 December 2023 (772)
Accumulated amortisation as at 31 December 2023 (16,634)
Net book value as at 1 January 2023 2,862
Net book value as at 31 December 2023 2,173
8. Intangible assets, EUR ’000 Capitalised expenditures
Acquisition cost as at 1 January 2022 19,340
Additions for the year ended 31 December 2022 114
Disposals for the year ended 31 December 2022 (731)
Acquisition cost as at 31 December 2022 18,724
Accumulated amortisation as at 1 January 2022 (12,755)
Amortisation for the year ended 31 December 2022 (3,838)
Depreciation on disposals for the year ended 31 December 2022 731
Accumulated amortisation as at 31 December 2022 (15,862)
Net book value as at 1 January 2022 6,585
Net book value as at 31 December 2022 2,862
257
Multitude SE Annual Report 2023 – Separate Financial Statements (Audited)
9. Tangible assets, EUR ’000
Real
estate
shares
Machinery
and equip-
ment
Other
tangible
assets
Total
Acquisition cost as at 1 January 2023 1,308 606 1 1,915
Additions for the year ended 31 December 2023 - 122 - 122
Disposals for the year ended 31 December 2023 - (3) - (3)
Acquisition cost as at 31 December 2023 1,308 725 1 2,035
Accumulated depreciation as at 1 January 2023 - (587) - (587)
Depreciation for the year ended 31 December 2023 - (22) - (22)
Accumulated depreciation as at 31 December 2023 - (609) - (609)
Net book value as at 1 January 2023 1,308 20 1 1,328
Net book value as at 31 December 2023 1,308 118 1 1,426
9. Tangible assets, EUR ’000
Real
estate
shares
Machinery
and equip-
ment
Other
tangible
assets
Total
Acquisition cost as at 1 January 2022 1,308 606 1 1,915
Additions for the year ended 31 December 2022 - - - -
Acquisition cost as at 31 December 2022 1,308 606 1 1,915
Accumulated depreciation as at 1 January 2022 - (548) - (548)
Depreciation for the year ended 31 December 2022 - (39) - (39)
Accumulated depreciation as at 31 December 2022 - (587) - (587)
Net book value as at 1 January 2022 1,308 59 1 1,367
Net book value as at 31 December 2022 1,308 20 1 1,328
10. Investments, EUR ’000
Investments in
subsidiaries
Investments in
associates
Total investments
Acquisition cost as at 1 January 2023 181,336 - 181,336
Additions for the year ended 31 December 2023 3,655 1,016 4,671
Impairment of investment for the year ended 31
December 2023
(629) - (629)
Book value as at 1 January 2023 181,336 - 181,336
Book value as at 31 December 2023 184,362 1,016 185,378
258
Multitude SE Annual Report 2023 – Separate Financial Statements (Audited)
11. Non-current receivables, EUR ’000
31 December
2023
31 December
2022
Receivables from Group companies 18,000 1,691
Non-current receivables from third parties - 703
Total non-current receivables 18,000 2,393
12. Current receivables, EUR ’000
31 December
2023
31 December
2022
Receivables from Group companies 22,755 6,266
Other receivables 1,728 7,456
Accrued revenue 2,534 3,941
Total current receivables 27,017 17,663
10. Investments, EUR ’000
Investments in
subsidiaries
Acquisition cost as at 1 January 2022 165,462
Additions for the year ended 31 December 2022 20,450
Impairment of investment for the year ended 31 December 2022 (4,576)
Book value as at 31 December 2022 181,336
Book value as at 1 January 2022 165,462
13. Changes in equity 2023, EUR ’000
Share
capital
Treasury
shares
SVOP
reserve
Retained
earnings
Equity
total
Total equity as at 1 January 2023 40,134 (142) 14,708 36,132 90,831
Other changes - 39 - - 39
Dividend distribution - - - (2,591) (2,591)
Profit for the year - - - 6,332 6,332
Total equity as at 31 December 2023 40,134 (103) 14,708 39,873 94,611
13. Changes in equity 2022, EUR
’000
Share
capital
Treasury
shares
SVOP
reserve
Retained
earnings
Equity
total
Total equity as at 1 January 2022 40,134 (142) 14,708 45,436 100,136
Loss for the year - - - (9,304) (9,304)
Total equity as at 31 December 2022 40,134 (142) 14,708 36,132 90,831
259
Multitude SE Annual Report 2023 – Separate Financial Statements (Audited)
14. Non-current liabilities, EUR ’000 31 December 2023 31 December 2022
Non-current liabilities to third parties* 91,000 96,000
Non-current liabilities to Group companies 41,583 18,446
Total non-current liabilities 132,583 114,446
* On 5 July 2021, Multitude SE issued EUR 50 million worth of unsecured and subordinated per-
petual capital notes ("capital notes") at 99.50% of the nominal amount. The capital notes (ISIN:
NO0011037327) were drawn against a total authorised framework of EUR 100 million with a float-
ing coupon rate of 8.90% plus 3-month Euribor. Capital notes do not meet the definition of equity
under Finnish companies Act 12 par. 1§ and as such, accounted and presented as liabilities in the
separate financial statements of Multitude SE. Capital notes are treated as equity according to
the IFRS requirements in the Group consolidated financial statements (Note 2.5.21 and Note 21 of
consolidated financial statements).
15. Current liabilities, EUR ’000 31 December 2023 31 December 2022
Trade payables 309 496
Other liabilities 109 489
Accrued expenses 3,728 2,643
Liabilities to Group companies 2,986 1,884
Total current liabilities 7,132 5,511
16. Accruals, EUR ’000 31 December 2023 31 December 2022
Accruals of personnel expenses 1,541 898
Other accrued expenses 2,188 1,745
Total accruals 3,728 2,643
17. Rental liabilities, EUR ’000 31 December 2023 31 December 2022
Rental liabilities 2 2
18. Commitments given
There are no commitments issued by Multitude SE to third parties or Group companies in 2023.
19. Related party transactions
The Group has issued loan in the total amount of EUR 1.9 million to the Leadership Team members
with the purpose of purchasing Multitude's shares. All shares purchased with this loan are pledged
to the Group and used as collateral. There is no ECL provision created for this loan as at 31 Decem-
ber 2023. The loan shall accrue fixed interest of 5.5% per annum and be paid annually. The principal
on the loan shall be repaid on 31 December 2028.
260
Multitude SE Annual Report 2023 – Separate Financial Statements (Audited)
Approval of the consolidated financial statements and the
Board of Directors' report
Helsinki, 27 March 2024
Ari Tiukkanen Chairman of the Board
Lea Liigus Member of the Board
Jorma Jokela CEO Member of the Board
Michael Cusumano Member of the Board
Kristiina Leppänen Member of the Board
Goutam Challagalla Member of the Board
The Auditor’s Note
A report on the audit performed has been issued today
Helsinki, 28 March 2024
PricewaterhouseCoopers Oy
Authorised Public Accountants
Jukka Paunonen
Authorised Public Accountant
261
Multitude SE Annual Report 2023 – Separate Financial Statements (Audited)
To the Management of Multitude SE
We have been engaged by the Management of Multitude SE (business identity code 1950969-1 (hereinafter also
“the Company”) to perform a reasonable assurance engagement on the Company’s consolidated IFRS financial
statements for the financial year 1 January - 31 December 2023 in European Single Electronic Format (“ESEF
financial statements”).
Management’s Responsibility for the ESEF Financial Statements
The Management of Multitude SE is responsible for preparing the ESEF financial statements so that they comply
with the requirements as specified in the Commission Delegated Regulation (EU) 2019/815 of 17 December
2018 (“ESEF requirements”). This responsibility includes the design, implementation and maintenance of internal
control relevant to the preparation of ESEF financial statements that are free from material noncompliance with
the ESEF requirements, whether due to fraud or error.
Our Independence and Quality Management
We have complied with the independence and other ethical requirements of the International Code of Ethics for
Professional Accountants (including International Independence Standards) issued by the International Ethics
Standards Board for Accountants (IESBA Code), which is founded on fundamental principles of integrity, objectivi-
ty, professional competence and due care, confidentiality and professional behaviour.
Our firm applies International Standard on Quality Management 1, which requires the firm to design, implement
and operate a system of quality management including policies or procedures regarding compliance with ethical
requirements, professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
Our Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the ESEF financial statements based on the procedures we have
performed and the evidence we have obtained.
We conducted our reasonable assurance engagement in accordance with the International Standard on Assur-
ance Engagements (ISAE) 3000 (Revised) Assurance Engagements Other than Audits or Reviews of Historical
Financial Information. That standard requires that we plan and perform this engagement to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the ESEF financial statements are free from material noncompliance with the ESEF
requirements.
A reasonable assurance engagement in accordance with ISAE 3000 (Revised) involves performing procedures to
obtain evidence about the ESEF financial statements compliance with the ESEF requirements. The procedures
selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material noncompliance
of the ESEF financial statements with the ESEF requirements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those
risk assessments, we considered internal control relevant to the Company’s preparation of the ESEF financial
statements.
We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Independent Auditor’s Reasonable Assurance Report on
Multitude SE’s ESEF Financial Statements
PricewaterhouseCoopers Oy, Authorised Public Accountants, P.O. Box 1015 (Itämerentori 2), FI-00101 HELSINKI
Phone +358 20 787 7000, www.pwc.fi
Reg. Domicile Helsinki, Business ID 0486406-8
Opinion
In our opinion, Multitude SE’s ESEF financial statements for the financial year ended 31 December 2023 comply,
in all material respects, with the minimum requirements as set out in the ESEF requirements.
Our reasonable assurance report has been prepared in accordance with the terms of our engagement. We do not
accept, or assume responsibility to anyone else, except for Multitude SE for our work, for this report, or for the
opinion that we have formed.
Helsinki 28 March 2024
PricewaterhouseCoopers Oy
Authorised Public Accountants
Jukka Paunonen
Authorised Public Accountant (KHT)